(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog"

Digitized by the Internet Arciiive 

in 2009 with funding from 

Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1966indi 



Indiana (/bulletin 

INDIANA 
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOLS 

OF 
EDUCATION & LIBERAL ARTS 




,0.30. i 



INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA 
1966-67 



RHODES R STi^BlEY irBBflUT 

IWniflMA ll^•l^/t:oclTv ,-.■■ r..-^■.,„. -_ 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



BULLETIN 



VOLUME 72 



FEBRUARY 1966 



Number 1 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA 

Catalogue Number 
1966 - 1967 




THIS UNIVERSITY IS ACCREDITED BY THE NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR 

ACCREDITATION OF TEACHER EDUCATION, THE MIDDLE STATES 

ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND THE 

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN. 



Issued Annually in February by the Trustees of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Indiana, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter, 

June 30, 1913, at the Post Office in Indiana, Pennsylvania, under 

Act of Congress, August 24, 1912. 



•WCA^Uv 






INDIANA UNrtBRSTY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

1966—1967 

THE SUMMER SESSIONS 

Pre Session 

Registration and beginning of classes June 6 

Session Ends June 24 

Main Session 

Registration June 27 

Classes begin June 28 

Session ends Aug. 5 

Post Session 

Registration and beginning of classes Aug. 8 

Summer Commencement Aug. 21 

Session Ends Aug. 26 

FIRST SEMESTER 

Orientation of Freshmen Friday, Saturday 

(Details will be mailed) Monday, Tuesday, Sept. 9-13 

Faculty Workshop Saturday, Sept. 10 

Registration Wednesday, Sept. 14 

Classes begin with First Period Thursday, Sept. IS 

Thanksgiving Recess Begins at the Close of 

Classes Tuesday, Nov. 22 

Thanksgiving Recess Ends at 8:00 A.M Monday, Nov. 28 

Christmas Recess Begins at the close of 

Classes Friday, Dec. 1(3 

Christmas Recess Ends at SKH) A.M Tuesday, Jan. 3 

Commencement Sunday, Jan. 15 

First Semester Ends at the Qose of Final 

Examinations Saturday, Jan. 21 

Last Meeting of Saturday Campus Closes Saturday, Jan. 21 

SECOND SEMESTER 

Registration Monday, Jan. 30 

Classes Begin at 8:00 A.M Tuesday, Jan. 31 

Spring-Easter Recess Begins at the Close 

of Classes Thursday, March 23 

Spring-Easter Recess Ends at 8 HX) A.M Tuesday, April 4 

Second Semester Ends at the Close of Final Examinations Wednesday, May 24 

Alumni Day Saturday, May 27 

Commencement Sunday, May 28 



Kathleen McCoy 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA 
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION 



JOHN R. RACKLEY 
Superintendent of Public Instruction 



COMMISSION ON HIGHEB EDUCATION 
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

GEORGE G. GRAY _ _ _ Levittown 

KATHARINE E. McBRIDE 3ryn Mawr 

OTIS C. McCREERY _ _ Bridgeville 

GAIL L. ROSE _ _ Renfrew 

JAMES H. ROWLAND ..._ Jlarrisburg 

CHARLES G. SIMPSON Philadelphia 

LEONARD N. WOLF _ Scranton 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

JOHN E. DAVIS, President Indiana 

ROBERT REYNOLDS, Vice-President Pittsburgh 

JAMES L. O'TOOLE, Secretary _ _ Sharon 

ARTHUR P. MILLER, Treasurer New Kensington 

SAM R. LIGHT „ Punxsutawney 

PATRICK T. McCarthy Punxsutawney 

A. R. PECHAN ..._ Ford City 

MARY ALICE ST. CLAIR Indiana 

JOSEPH W. SERENE „ Indiana 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION 
OF THE COLLEGE 

WILLIS E. PRATT President 

BERNARD GANLEY Administrative Assistant 

RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Faculty and Academic Affairs 

GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, JR Dean, School of Education 

A. DALE ALLEN Assistant Dean, School of Education 

WILLIAM W. HASSLER Dean, School of Liberal Arts 

I. LEONARD STRIGHT Dean, Graduate School 

CHARLES D. LEACH Director College Development, Grants and Awards 

SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE Director of Public Relations 

ARTHUR NICHOLSON Director, Off-campus Centers and Cultural Affairs 

S. TREVOR HADLEY Dean of Students 

JAMES LAUGHLIN Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Admissions 

NANCY J. NEWKERK Dean of Women 

F. LEE PATTESON Assistant Dean of Women 

EL WOOD B. SHEEDER Dean of Men 

WADE MACK Assistant Dean of Men, Veterans* Counselor 

OWEN DOUGHERTY Assistant Dean of Men 

WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI Librarian 

HAROLD C. McCORMICK Business Manager 

ROBERT O. WARREN Registrar and Scheduling Officer 

LOIS BLAIR Director of Laboratory Experiences 

SAMUEL HOENSTINE Director of Keith School and Placement 

CHRISTOPHER KNOWLTON Manager, Student Co-op Association 

DWIGHT SOLLBERGER Science Coordinator 

W. W. EICHER Supt. of Maintenance and Construction 

ORPHA LOWRY House Director 

RALPH F. WALDO Physician 

ROBERT G. GOLDSTROHM Assistant Physician 

MRS. RUTH DAVIS Nurse 

MRS. FLORENCE DONGILLA Nurse 

MRS. HAZEL DEEMER Nurse 

MRS. JOHN OLSON Nurse 

CHAIRMAN OF DEPARTMENTS 

LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Art 

ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER Business 

FRANCIS G. McGOVERN Economics 

STANLEY W. LORE Education-Psychology 

P. DAVID LOTT Elementary 

JAMES R. GREEN English 

HERBERT E. ISAR Foreign Languages 

THOMAS G. GAULT Geography 

JOHN CHELLMAN Health Education 

RICHARD F. HEIGHES History 

A. CAROLYN NEWSOM Chairman, Home Economics 

JAMES E. McKINLEY Mathematics 

ARCHIE T. MADSEN MUiury Science 

HAROLD S. ORENDORFF Music 

KOBERT M. HERMANN PhUosophy 

CLYDE C. GELBACH Political Science 

MORTON MORRIS Special EducaUon 

RAYMOND L. LEE Social Science 

DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology 

PAUL R. WUNZ Chemistry 

RICHARD E. BERRY Physics 

ESKO NEWHILL Sociology - Anthropology 

DIRECTORS OF SPECIAL CLINICS 

MARION M. GEISEL Psychological Clinic 

MAUDE BRUNGARD Speech and Hearing Clinic 

DOROTHY M. SNYDER Reading Clinic 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PRINCIPAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES 

Administrative, Council on Academic Affairs, Alumni, Athletic, Policy, Elementary Educa- 
tion, faculty Council, Graduate Council, Library and Instructional Materials, Professional Standard*, 
ROTC Seli.'ction, Student Cooperative Association, Student Personnel. 

THE FACULTY 

WILLIS E. PRATT President 

A.B., Allet;heny College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; LL.D., Westminster College; 
LI..D., University of Pittsburgh 

A. DALE ALLEN Assistant Dean, School of Education 

A.B., DePaiiw Univorsity; M.S., Ed.D., University of Indiana 

LOIS V. ANDERSON Elementary Education 

A.B., Muskingum College; B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of 
Pittsburgh 

MAMIE L. ANDERZHON Geography 

Ph.B., M.S., Chicago University 

JOSEPH ANGELO Mathematics 

B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

IDA Z. ARMS Mathematics 

B.S., State College, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Duke University; M.S., University 
of Illinois N 

EDWIN W. BAILEY Mathematici 

B.S., Albright College; M.A., Columbia University 

DONALD J. BALLAS Geography 

B.S., Clarion State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

FRANK J. BASIL Geography 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT, JR. Business 

B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

MARGARET L. BECK English 

A.B., Goucher College; A.M., University of Pennsylvania 

WILLIAM R. BECKER Music 

A.B., M.A., State College of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Iowa 

PATRICIA ANN BELL Home Economics 

B.S., Buffalo State University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

WILLIS H. BELL Science 

B.S., Grove City College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

HERBERT A. BENTON Sociology . Anthropology 

B.A., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

DONALD A. BENZ Elementary Educ. 

B.E., Wisconsin State University, Steven* Point; M.A., D.Ed., George Peabody College for 
Teachers 

ROBERT EUGENE BERNAT Music 

BFA, Carnegie Institute of Technology; MFA, Brandeis University 

RICHARD BERRY Chairman. Physic* 

B.S., Lafayette; M.S., Ph.D., Princeton 

WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR. EngUsh 

A.B., Dickinson College; A.M., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

SANDRA JOAN BEZILA Health & Physical Education 

B.S., Slippery Rock State College 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



EDWARD W. BIEGHLER 

B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., Ohio State University 



MARGARET BIEGHLER 

B.A., University of Oregon 



Foreii^ Languages 
Foreign Lanfuages 



LOIS C. BLAIR Director of Laboratory Experiences 

A.B., Grove City College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., Teachers College, 
Columbia University; LL.D., Grove City College 



MARY JANE BOERING 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

CARL W. BORDAS 

B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

DAVID T. BORST 

B.S., Fredonia State Teachers College; M.Ed., University of Buffalo 

JOSEPH PHILIP BOYLE 

B.A., Siena College; M.A., State University of New York 

W.^LLIS BRAMAN 

B.S.M., Baldwin Wallace; M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music 

JESSIE BRIGHT 

A.B., M.A., University of Rochester 

LORRIE J. BRIGHT 

A.B., Kenyon College; M.A., University of Rochester 

KENNETH W. BRODE 

A.B., M.A., Kent State University 

EDWARD N. BROWN 

B.S., Westminster College; A.M., Oberlin College 



Bnsinesi 



Chemistry 



Philosophy 



Social Science 

English 

Foreign Language 

Chemiitry 
College; A.M., Oberlin College 

MORRISON BROWN English 

B.S., State College, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State University 



MAUDE O. BRUNGARD 

B.S., Lock Haven State; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

ROBERT W. BURGGRAF 

B.S., Columbia University; A.M., University of Kentucky 

ROBERT W. BUTLER 

B.S., Western Maryland College 

CATHERINE C. CARL 

Mns.B., Oberlin Conservatory of Music; A.M., Indiana University 

PATRICK CARONE 

A.B., M.A., West Virginia University 



Special Education 

Music 

Military Science 

Music 

Political Science 



JOHN CHELLMAN Chairman, Health and Physical Education 

B.S., Slippery Rock State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., George Peabody 
College for Teachers 

DON CHEAN-CHU Education-Psychology 

A.B., National Central University, Nanking, China; Ed.M., University of Maryland; Ed.D., 
Columbia University 



SHOW CHIH RAJ CHU 

B.A., National Central University; M.A., Bob Jones University 

FAIRY H. CLUTTER 

A3., West Virginia University; A.M., University of Pittsburgh 



Foseign Language 
English 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



EDWARD GEORGE COLEMAN Chemi«trr 

B.S., Wiaconsin State; M.S., Univ. of Wisconsin; M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology 

DAVID M. COOK EnflUh 

B.A., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State UniTersity 

CHARLES L. COOPER Business 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh 

EDITH M. CORD Foreign Languages 

Baccalaureat, Toulouse; Licence-es-Lettres, University of Toulouse 

STEVEN CORD History 

B.B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ed. D., Teachers College, Columbia University 

RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Faculty and Academic AfTaira 

A.B., Manchester College; A.M., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

JOSEPH COSTA Physics 

B.A., St. Vincent College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

HARRY E. CRAIG English 

B.A., Geneva College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

WILLA RUTH CRAMER Home Economics 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

KOBERT J. CRONAUER Art 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., Columbia University 

BLAINE C. CROOKS Mathematics 

A.B., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.M., Harvard 

ROBERT J. CUREY English 

B.A., Hillsdale College; M>A., University of Michigan 

WILLIAM E. CUTLER Education-Psychology 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed,, Penn State University 

CHARLES A. DAVIS Music 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., New York University 

CLARABEL DAVIS Keith School 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.S., New York University 

JOHN A. DAVIS English 

B.S., Lehigh University; M.A., Univ. of Pennsylvania 

RICHARD O. DAVIS Keith, Area Curriculum Director 

A.B., Geneva College; M.Ed., D.Ed., University of Pittsbnrgh 

LEONARD B. DeFABO Education-Psychology 

A.B., St. Mary's University; M.Ed., Duquesne University 

DANIEL DICICCO Music 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.M., University of Michigan 

ROBERT H. DOERR Business 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

THOMAS J. DONGILLA Art 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

OWEN J. DOUGHERTY Health and Physical Education, Asst. Dean of Men 

M.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER Chairman, Business 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsbnrgh 

GLADYS DUNKELBERGER Mnsie 

B.M., Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kansas; Mus.M., Northwesters Univeraity 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



KENNETH F. EDGAR Education-Psychology 

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

DONALD G. EISEN English 

A.B., M.A., Western Reserve University 
ANN ELLIOTT Health and Physical Education 

A.B., Berea College; B.S., Russell Sage College; M.A., New York University 

ROBERT W. ENSLEY English 

A.B., Ohio Wesleyan University; A.M., Columbia University 

CHARLES W. FAUST Foreign Languages 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers College, Terre Haute; M.A., Middlebnry College 

FERNAND FISEL Foreign Language 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.A., SDA, Theological Seminary 

MARSHALL GORDON FLAMM Special Education 

A.B., University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Temple University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

LIDA T. FLEMING Keith School 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

WILLIAM M. FORCE English 

A.B., M.A., Colgate University 

OLIVE M. FORNEAR Music 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.M., West Virginia University, Morgantown, W.Va. 

LARRY FRANK Music 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

WERNER J. FRIES Foreign Language 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 

SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE PubUc Relations 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

MARGARET E. GABEL Library 

B.S., State College, Kutztown, Pennsylvania; M.S., L.S., School Library Science, Syracuse 

University 

WALTER W. GALLATI Biology 

A.B., Drew University; M.S., University of Miami (Fla.) ; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

BERNARD GAI^EY AssisUnt to the President 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

THOMAS G. GAULT Chairman, Geography 

B.S.. Middle Tennessee State College; A.M., Ed.D., George Peabody College for Teachers 

MARION M. GEISEL SpecUl Education 

B.S., M.A., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

CLYDE C. GELBACH Chairman, History 

A.B., M.Litt., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

VIRGINIA GERALD Sociology-Anthropology 

B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., University of Ariiona 

FRANK GHESSIE, JR. Business 

B.A., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

ALICE T. CHRIST Keith School 

B.A., Lake Erie College; M.A., Columbia University 

JOHN A. CHRIST Art 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University 

RAYMOND D. GIBSON Mathematics 

B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., Westminster College; M.A., University of Illinois 

RALPH M. GLOTT Elementary Education 

B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburfh 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



LOUIS L. GOLD Biology 

B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburg 
WALTER A. GOLZ Mu»ic 

B.S., State Teachere College, Trenton, New Jersey; M.A., Columbia UniTersity 

BERNICE GOTTSCH.\LK Keith School 

B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

DOROTHY W. GOURLEY English 

B.S., Indiana State College 

WILLIAM F. GRAYBURN English 

A.B., M.A., Univenity of Pittibargh; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Univerdty 

JAMES R. GREEN Chairman, English 

B.S., Lafayette College; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University 

DONALD GROFF Geolofy 

B.S., Redlands University 

ANTONIO M. GUARDIOLA Foreign Language 

Maestro Normal, Eseuela Normal para Maestros de La Rabana; D. en P., Universidad de La 
Habana 

AURORA P. GUARDIOLA Foreign Language 

Maestro, Escncla Normal para Maestros, La Habana, Cuba; Doctor en Pedagogia, Universidad 
de la Habana, Cuba 

S. TREVOR HADLEY Dean of Students 

B.S.. State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh 

HARRY HALDEMAN English 

B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University 

ARVILLA T. HARROLD Music 

B.A., Colorado State College of Education, Greeley, Colorado; M>A., University of Rochester 

WILLIAM W. HASSLER Dean of School of Liberal Arts 

B.S., Juniata College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

EDWARD F. HAUCK Keith 

B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

JOHN I. HAYS Education-Psychology 

A.B., Geneva College; A.M., Stetson University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

WAYNE HAYWARD English 

A.B., University of Washington; A.M., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Birmingham, 

England 

RICHARD HAZLEY English 

A.B., University of Pittsbuigh; A.M., Columbia University ^ 

WILLIAM HEARD Chemistry 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

RICHARD F. HEIGES Acting Chairman, Political Science 

B.S., Indiana State College; M_A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

ISOLDE A. HENNINGER Foreign Lang. 

B.A., M.A., Ohio State University 

WILLARD HENNEMAN Mathematics 

B.S., Towson State of Maryland; M.Ed., Johns Hopkins; M.A.T., Ph.D., Cornell University 

ROBERT M. HERMANN Chairman, Philosophy 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

RICHARD A. HERRMANN Military Science 

B.S., Canisius College 

PAUL R. HICKS Assistant LibrarUn 

A.B., University of South Carolina; M.AX.S., George Peobody College for Teachers 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



E. SAMUEL HOENSTINE Director of Keith School and Placement 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., 
University of Pittsburgh 

DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology 

B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; M.S., Cornell Univenity; Ph.D., University 
of West Virginia 

HELEN B. HOVIS Home Economic* 

B.S., Muskingum College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

H. EUGENE HULBERT Music 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

RAYMONA E. HULL English 

A.B., Western Reserve University; A.M., Cornell University; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia 
University 

LAWRENCE A. L\NNI English 

B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Western Reserve University 

JAMES M. INNES Art 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Kansas City Institute 

DOMINIC J. INTILI Music 

B.M., M.M., Oberlin 
CARMEN E. ISAR Foreign Languages 

B.S., Federal Mexican Teachers College 

HERBERT E. ISAR Chairman, Foreign Languages 

B.A., M.A., New York University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

ANN S. JONES English 

A.B., Muskingum College; A.M., Columbia University 

M. KATHLEEN JONES Home Economics 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

ARTHUR KANNWISHER Philosophy 

B.D., Pittsburgh Theological Seminary; A.B., Ph. D., University of Pittsburgh 

ALMA KAZMER Home Economics 

B.S., Indiana State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

BERNICE W. KING Home Economics 

B.S., Central State Teachers College; M.A., Michigan State College 

.MARIAN KIPP Mathematics 

A.B., Chatham College; A.M., Columbia University 

CHARLES L. KLAUSING Director of Athletics 

B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

JOYCE KLAWUHN Education-Psychology 

A.B., University of Michigan; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

JAMES L. KLEMM Mathematics 

B.S., University of Chicago; M.S., Purdue University 

MAY E. KOHLHEPP Elementary Education 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pittsburgh 

SALLIE SUE KOON Home Economics 

B.S., University of North Carolina; M.S., Iowa State College 

JACK KUHNS Elementary Education 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

COPAL S. KULKARNI Geography 

B.Sc, Karnatak University, India; M.Sc, Hindu University, India 

DOROTHY KURTZ Library 

B.A., McPherson College 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI Head Librarian 

B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; M.S.L.S., Library School, University of Illinois 



Foreign Languages 



FRANK E. LANDIS 

A.B., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

JAMES W. LAUGHLIN Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Admissions 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., E.D., Pennsylvania State University 

ELIZABETH LaVELLE Home Economics 

B.S., University of Rhode Island; M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

CHARLES DANIEL LEACH Director of College Development, Grants and Awards 

B.S., Lycoming College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

RAYMOND I. LEE Coordinator, Social Science 

A.B., Eastern Michigan University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

ISADORE R. LENGLET Geography 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

ARTHUR A. LEONE Foreign Language 

B.A., Penn State; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

EUGENE E. LEPLEY Health and Physical Education 

B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

ROBERT M. LETSO Health & Phys Ed 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY 

A.B., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

FRANCIS W. LIEGEY 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University 

DOROTHY I. LINGENFELTER 

B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 

YU-CHEN LIU 

B.A., Cheeloo University; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University 

WILLIAM F. LONG, SR. 

B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Bucknell University 

STANLEY W. LORE 



Education-Psychology 

Biology 

Keith School 

Home Economics 

Mathematics 

Education-Psychology 
B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

P. DAVID LOTT Chairman, Elementary 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

JOANNE P. LOVETTE Art 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

ONEIDA I. LOZADA Foreign Language 

Bachelor in Letters and Sciences, Instituto Havana, Cuba; Doctor in Education, University of 
Havana 



VANNIS ANNE LUCAS 

A.B., Bridgev^ater College; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 

BEVERLY LUCAS 

B.S., West Chester State College 

DOROTHY F. LUCKER 

A.B.. Ph.D., University of Texas; A.M., Columbia University 

DONALD M. MacISAAC 

A.B., M.S., Syracuse University 

DOYLE RICHARD McBRIDE 

B.S.. Defiance College; M.A.T., Indiana University 

RONALD McBRIDE 

B.S., M.A., Bowling Green State UniTersity 



Home Economics 

Health and Physical Education 

English 

Education-Psychology 

Mathematics 

Mathematiei 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



BLANCHE W. McCLUER Edneation-P^ychology 

B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, Terre Haute, Indiana; Ed.M., Ph.D., PenntyWania State 
University 

ALBERT R. McCLURE Bnaineas 

B.S., Indiana State College 

JAMES E. McCONNELL Geography 

B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.A., Miami University 

KATHLEEN E. McCOY History 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

RONALD E. McCOY Mathematica 

B.S., 'State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

JAMES E. McKINLEY Chairman, Mathematics 

B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., 
University of Pittsburgh 

MIRIAM McKINLEY Home Eeonomioa 

B.A., Bowling Green State University 

REBECCA McKINNEY Nursing Education 

B.S., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

REGIS A. McKNICHT Health and Physical Education 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University 

C. DAVID McNAUGHTON Masic 

B.A., Dickinson College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University; Diploma Juilliard Graduate School 

LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Art 

B.S., State College, Edinboro, Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Pennsyl- 
vania State University 

WADE MACK Assistant Dean of Men 

A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania 

ARCHIE T. MAJDSEN Chairman, Military Science 

A.B., Washington State University 

CHARLES D. MAHAN English 

A.B., Marshall; M.A., University of Kentucky 

KATHERYNE MALLINO Library 

B.S., Clarion State College; M.SX.S., Drezel Institute 

JAMES HARVEY MAPLE Mathematics 

B.S., California State College; M.A., Bowling Green State University 

IRWIN M. MARCUS HUtory 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Lehigh University 

RONALD L. MARKS Chemistry 

B.S., State College, Lock Haven, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

LILLIAN G. MARTIN Keith Sshool 

B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

WILLIAM J. MARTIN MQitary Science 

B.S., University of Akron 

DADY MEHTA Music 

B. of Piano Per., Ecole Normal De Miuiqne, Paris; Graduate Diploma of Piano Per., Graduate 
Diploma of Composition, State Academy of Music, Vienna. 

ROBERT E. MERRITT Biology 

B.S., Albany State College; M.S., Cornell University 

JANE S. MERVINE History 

A.B., Hood College; A.M., University of Michigan 

LAURABEL H. MILLER English Dept. 

B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MARK MILLER Art 

B.F.A., Philadelphia CoUefe of Art; M.F^., Tyler School of Art of Temple University 

VINCEJST P. MILLER Geography 

A.B., Muskingum College; A.M., Pennsylvania State University 

ROBERT N. MOORE Chemistry 

B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., Bucknell University 

WALLACE F. MORRELL Mathematics 

B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., ClarJuon College of Technology 

MORTON MORRIS Chairman Special Education 

A.B., City College of New York; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., Columbia University 

ROBERT L. MORRIS History 

A.B., Lycoming College; M.A., Colombia University; Ph. D., West Virginia University 

RUTH S. MORRIS Business 

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Bucknell University 

EDWARD R. MOTT Elementary 

B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

GEORGE W. MURDOCH Director of Financial Aid 

B.S., Shippensbnrg Sute College; M.Ed., University of Pitttbargh 

J. ROBERT MURRAY Education-Psychology 

B.S., State College, Edinboro, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

GERTRUDE F. NEFF Music 

Mus. B., American Conservatory of Music, Chicago; B.S., Kirksville State Teachers College 

RUSSEL C. NELSON Music 

B.M.E., M.Mus., Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Michigan 

ESKO E. NEWHILL Chairman, Sociology-Anthropology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Syracose University 

NANCY J. NEWKERK Dean of Women 

B.M.E., Oberlin College; A.M., Syracuse University 

A. CAROLYN NEWSOM Chairman, Home Economics 

B.S., Texas Stats College; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Ohio State College 

ARTHUR F. NICHOLSON Director, Off-Campus Centers and Cultural Affairs 

B.S., Indiana State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State College; Ed.D., New York University 

LEOLA T. HAYES NORBERG Home Economics 

B.S., M.S., Temple University 

CARL P. OAKES Mathematics 

B.S., Indiana State College; Ed-M., Pennsylvania State University 

JAMES M. OUVER History 

B.A., University of Arkansas; M.A,, University of Missouri 

GLENN W. OLSEN Mathematie* 

B.S., State College, Edinboro, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

IVO OMRCANIN Foreign Languages 

A.B., Urbanian University; Ph.D., Gregorian University; L.L.B., Sorbonne J.S.D., Trieste 
University; J. CD., Catholic University, Paris, France 

MILDRED EVELYN OMWAKE Home Economics 

B.S., George Washington University; M.S., Drexel Institute 

LUDO OP DE BEECK Foreign Language 

Diploma Van Geaggregeerde Voor Het Lager Secundair Onderwijs — Belgium Ministry of Edusation 

HAROLD S. ORENDORFF Chairman, Music 

B.A., Central Washington College of Education; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia 
University 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ANNA O'TOOLE Elementary Education 

B.S., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

DOROTHY PALMER PoUtical Science 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., Miami University 

ELIZABETH STEWART PARNELL Library 

A.B., Smith College; M.S., School of Library Service, Columbia University 

PATRICIA L. PATTERSON Business 

B.S., Grove City College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University 

F. LEE PATTESON Assistant Dean of Women 

A.B., West Virginia University; M.A., Marshall University 

JAMES EDWARD PAYNE Geography 

A.B., A.M., University of North Carolina 

LAURENCE J. PERKINS Music 

B.S., Northern State College, Aberdeen, South Dakota, M.M., Eastman School of Music 

JOSEPH A. PETERS Mathematics 

B.S., St. Joseph's College, M.S., University of Illinois 
NOEL A. PLUMMER Education-Psychology 

B.S., Juniata College; M.S., University of Miami 

RUTH PODBIELSKI Health and Physical Education 

B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

JOHN POLESKY Business 

B.S., Indiana State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

JAMES S. PORTER Education-Psychology 

B.S., Grove City College; M.S., University of Pittsburgh; Ed. D., University of Pittsburgh 

PAUL A. PRINCE Geography 

B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Qark University; Ed.M., Harvard University 

C. ELDENA PURCELL Home Economics 

B.S., M.S., Purdue University 

DOWNEY D. RAIBOURN Sociology-Anthropology 

A.B., M>A., University of Indiana 

RICHARD E. RAY English 

B.S., M.Ed., Indiana State College 

CHARLES RECESKI Health & Phys Educ. 

B.S., Lycoming 

CHARLES D. REESE Biology 

B.S., Alderson Broaddus College; M.A., West Virginia University 

DANIEL G. REIBER Physics 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

JOHN W. REID Education-Psychology 

A.B., Swarthmore College; M.A., Univ. of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Columbia Univ. 

RICHARD G. REIDER Geography 

B.A., M.A., Colorado Stale College 

MILDRED M. REIGH Mathematics 

A.B., Juniata College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., University of Illinois 

RALPH W. REYNOLDS Art 

A.B., Beloit College; A.M., State University of Iowa 

WILLIS J. RICHARD Economics 

A^., Berca Collage; M.S., Iowa Sute Univeriity 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 15 



MABEL RIDDLE Engliah 

A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., Ohio State Uaiversity 

MAURICE L. RIDER Encliah 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

J. MERLE RIFE History 

A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., Ph.D.. Ohio State University 

WANDA P. RIFE Library 

B.S., Ohio State University; M.S., L.S., Western Reserve University 

PAUL A. RISHEBERGER Education-Psychology 

A.B., Washington and Jefferson College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

ARLENE RISHER Business 

A.B., Mount Union College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

M. GERTRUDE RITZERT English 

B.S., Geneva College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

RICHARD D. ROBERTS Physics 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State Univ. 

BERNARD ROFFMAN Foreign Lan(ua«e 

B.S., New York University; M.A., Fordham University 

FRANK ROSS Art 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology 

JOHN R. SAHLI History 

A.B., Geneva College; Ed.M., A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

NORMAN W. SARGENT Education-Psychology 

A.B., Hiram College; A.M., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Indiana University 

ROBERT H. SAYLOR Education-Psychology 

A.B., Juniata College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

EUGENE F. SCANLON Special Education 

B.Ed., Duquesne University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

ALICE SCHUSTER HUtory 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

SEYMOUR SCHWARTZ Special Education 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Colnmbia University 

JOHN H. SCROXTON ChemUtry 

B.A., M.S., Alfred University 

GEORGE K. SEACRIST EnglUh 

B.S., Indiana State College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

ROBERT C. SEELHORST Art 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University 

FREDERICK W. SEINFELT EngUsh 

A.B., A.M., Pennsylvania State University 

DALE M. SHAFER Mathematics 

B.S., Kutztown, M.A., Columbia University 

CATHERINE P. SHAFFER English 

A.B., Pennsylvania State University; A.M., Gettysburg College 

EJiWARD D. SHAFFER Education-Psychology 

B.S., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

LEWIS H. SHAFFER Health and Physical Education 

B.S., Ohio University; EdJl., Pennsylvania State University 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MILDRED N. SHANK Keith School 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University 

WALTER T. SHEA Svciology-Anthropology 

B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of Wisconsin 

ELWOOD SHEEDER Dean of Men 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh 

WILLIAM C. SHELLENBERGER Phywcs 

B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Syracuse University 

ARTHUR G. SHIELDS Biolofy 

B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsbargh; Ed.D., 
Pennsylvania State Univenity 

KENNETH L. SHILDT Computer Center 

B.S., Shippensburg State College 

DANIEL C. SHIVELY Library 

A.B., Princeton University; M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology 

HARVEY A. SIMMONS Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Ph. D., University of Chicago 

HERMAN L. SLEDZIK Health and Physical Education 

B.S., Ed.M., Pennsylvania State Univenity 

ROBERT E. SLENKER Alt 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; AJI., Columbia University 

BERT A. SMITH Political Science 

A.B„ University of Nebriuka; M.A., University of Missouri 

HELENA M. SMITH Englidi 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., PhJ)., Pennsylvania State Univeraity 

SAMUEL G. SMITH Health and Physical Education 

B.S., Waynesburg College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

WILLIAM R. SMITH Mathematics 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.M., Harvard University 

MARIE E. SNEAD Library 

B.S., Geneva College; B.S., L.S., Syracuse University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan 

DOROTHY M. SNYDER Education Psychology and Special Education 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Uni- 
versity 

DWICHT SOLLBERCER Science Coordinator 

B.S., Sute College, Slippery Hock, Pennsylvania; PhJ)., Cornell University 

EMMA LOU SOMERS Mathematics 

B.S., Indiana State College; M.Ed., Penzuylvania State University 

ANTHONY J. SOJIENTO Foreign Language 

B.A., Penn State; M.A., Middlebury; Doctor of Romance Thilology, University of Madrid 

GEORGE L. SPINELLI Edncation-Ptychology 

B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittaburgji 

ANDREE-MAKIE SRABIAN Foreign Langoaga 

Baccalaureat es Lettres, Sorbonne 

MARTIN L. STAPLETON Biology 

B.S., State College, Kutztown, Pennsylvania; M.A., Lehigh University 

ROGER GERALD STERN English 

A.B., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Columbia University 

CHARLES B. STEVENSON MUitary 

B.A., M.A., George Washington UnivezBity 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



17 



ELIZABETH D. STEWART Music 

B.M., American Conservatory, Chicago, Illinois; M.F.A., Ohio University 

MARGARET O. STEWART English 

A.B., A.M., University of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

LAWRENCE C. STITT Mu»te 

B.S., A.M., New York University 

JAMES K. STONER Business 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh 

GEORGE A. STOUFFER, JR. Dean, School of Education 

B.S., State College, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburg 



RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University 



Science 



I. LEONARD STRIGHT 



Dean, Graduate School, Mathematics 



A.B., A.M., Allegheny College; Ph.D., Western Reserve University 

WILLIAM STUBBS English 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

CRAIG G. SWAUGER English 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh 

BEATRICE F. THOMAS Businew 

B.S., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

HAROLD W. THOMAS Business 

B.S., Grove City College, Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 



RAYMOND L. THOMAS 

B.S., Indiana State College; M.A., Columbia University 

ROBERT N. THOMAS 

B.S., Indiana State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

MARIA URIA-SANTOS 

Licenciado, University of Madrid, Spain; M.A., University of Florida 

WILLIAM J. VAIL 

B.A., M.S., West Virginia University 

ROBERT J. VISLOSKY 

B.S., Edinboro; Ed.M., Penn State University 

MATTHEW H. VOLM 



K^iglish 

Geography 

Foreign Language 

Biology 

Art 

Foreign Language 



Philologisches Staatsexamen, Universitat Mun3ter; Ph.D., University of Virginia 

ROBERT C. VOWELS Economics 

A.B., M.A., Howard University; Ph.D., American University 

EUPHEMIA NESBITT WADDELL Library 

A.B., College of Wooster; M.S., Library School, University of Illinois 

JAMES A. WADDELL English 

A3., Berea College; M.A., University of North Carolina 

PAUL M. WADDELL Phytic* 

A.B., Bethany College; A.M., Cornell University 

RICHARD F. WAECHTER Biology 

B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Bucknell University 

ALBERT J. WAHL History 

B.S., M.S., Lafayette College; Ed.D., Temple University 

FLORENCE WALLACE History 

A.B., Wellesley College; A.M., Columbia University 

JOANN E. WALTHOUR Keith School 

B.S., Chatham College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ROBERT 0. WARREN Registrar and Scheduling Officer 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

JOHN G. WATTA EngUsh 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh 

CHARLES E. WEBER Geography 

B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University 

KATHRYN WELDY English 

B.S., Kutztown State College; M.A., Middlebury College 

HERBERT WENGER Elementary Education 

B.S., Milwaukee State Teachers; M.S., University of Wisconsin 

C. ROBERT WIGNESS Music 

M.M., Boston University; B.M.E., Morningside College 

JAMES H. WILDEBOOR Music 

A.B., Ottowa University; M.M.E., University of Kansas 

JAMES C. WILSON Education-Psychology 

B.S., Clarion State College; M.Ed., Duquesne University; D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

MRS. ANNA T. WINK Director CotnpaUr Center, Mathematics 

B.A., Gettysburg; M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

DAVID C. WINSLOW Geography 

A.B., University of Oklahoma; A.M., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Clark University 

EDWARD G. WOLF Library 

Ed.B., Duquesne University; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute 

DALE W. WOOMER Business 

B.A., M.Ed., Penn State University 

PAUL R. WUNZ, Jr. Chr. Chemistry 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State Univ.; Ph. D., University of Delaware 

ROBERT L. WOODARD Physics 

B.S., Syracuse University; M.S., State University of New York, Geneseo, New York; PhJ)., 
Cornell University 

JOHN A. YACKUBOSKEY Social Science 

B.A., North Georgia College; M.A., Emory University 

HAROLD J. YOUCIS Education-Psychology 

B.M.E., Drake University; M.S., Ithaca College; Ed.D., Indiana University 

MAURICE M. ZACUR Geography 

B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

CYRIL J. ZENISEK Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

PATSY A. ZITELLI Physics 

A.B., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh 

EMERITI 

JOHN E. DAVIS Director of Teaching, Placement, Keith School 

A.B., Pennsylvania State University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

JOY E. MAHACHEK Chairman, Mathematics 

Coordinator of Secondary Education Departments 
A.B., State College of Iowa; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

GEORGE P. MILLER Chairman, Health and Physical Education 

B.S., A.M., Columbia University 

NORAH E. Zmm Geography 

B.S., University of Utah; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Chicago 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SUPERVISING TEACHERS IN COOPERATING SCHOOLS 



Alirahams, Thomas — Jeannette 
Adams, Paul — Altoona 
A'Hearn, Neloese — Butl«r 
Aikey, Charles — Johnstown 
Aikey, Robert — Johnstown 
Ainann, Alfred — Jeannette 
Anthony, George — Westmont 
Apel, Dale — Now Kensington 
Applegale, Marion — New Kensington 
Arbutiski, Thomas — Lower Burrell 
Arezina, Marko — Lower Burrell 
Armstrong, John — New Kensington 
Ashworth, Edna — Benjamin Franklin 
Askey, William — Westmont 
Austin, Edward — Hempfield 
Bach, Martha — Johnstown 
Baird, Lucile — Butler 
Balest, Florence — Monroovillo 
Balla, Alexander J. — Monroeville 
Barkhymer, Jessie T. — Westmont 
Barkley, Ruth — Lower Burrell 
Bash, Bernadine J. — Hempfield 
Bash, Jean — Monroeville 
Basil, Frank — Punxsutawney 
Baxter, Evelyn — Baldwin-Whitehall 
Bell, Larry — Lower Burrell 
Bell, Madeline — Purchase Line 
Benner, Helen — Ford City 
Bergman, Anna Betty — Monroeville 
Bernat, Edwinna — Benjamin Franklin 
Betar, Walter — Altoona 
Bianca, Arlene — Laura Lamar 
Bigley, Edna — Leechburg 
Binkey, Marjorie — Laura Lamar 
Bistline, Darwin H. — Altoona 
Bloom, Keith — Marion Center 
Bloom, Marion — Penna Manor 
Bloomfield, Kathryn A. — Altoona 
Blough, Verna — Johnstown 
Bode, Marian — Baldwin-Whitehall 
Boggio, PhUip — Greensburg-Salem 
Bohn, Russell Kenneth — Altoona 
Bolha, Emil — Westmont 
Boothman, Isabelle — Hempfield 
Bowers, Edith B. — Punxsutawney 
Bowers, Lawrence — Murrysville 
Bowes, Margaret — Johnstown 
Boyer, Eleanor — Butler 
Boyles, Robert — Butler 
Breon, Paul — Greensburg-Salem 
Brobst, Roger — Penn Hilli 
Brooks, Edgar J. — Altoona 
Brougher, Glenn — Femdale 
Brown, Charlotte — Benjamin Franklin 
Brown, Gerald — Penns Manor 
Brown, Gladys — Benjamin Franklin 
Bmnelli, Jnlia — Greensburg-Salem 
Bucar, Paul — Norwin 
Buchanan, Kathryn — Indiana 
Buchanan, William G. — Purchase Line 



Bachovecky, Catherine — Johnstown 
Burchfield, Robert — Altoona 
Butterbaugh, Beryl — Altoona 
Byrnes, Carol — Monroeville 
Calabrese, Clyde — Derry 
Calderwood, Lelia — Johnstown 
Calhoun, Elsie — New Bethlehem 
Calhoun, Mae — New Kensington 
Calvo, Delfino — Derry 
Camissa, Michael — Butler 
Campbell, Larry — Monroeville 
Carnahan, Harry — Indiana 
Cams, Judith — Monroeville 
Carson, Dale — Hollidaysbnrg 
Carosella, S. Anthony — Johnstown 
Caruso, Paul J. — Ford City 
Caruso, Victor — Ford City 
Casillo, Catherine — New Kensington 
Celigoi, Rudolph — North Braddock 
Chervenick, Joseph — Murrysville 
Cherry, Helen — Altoona 
Christy, Beulah — Lower Burrell 
Cieslik, Robert — Murrysville 
CipoUini, John — I>aura Ijunar 
Clarchick, Lois — Plum Borough 
Claypool, Charlotte — Monroeville 
Coffman, Harold — Kiski Area 
Collins, Joseph — Hollidsysburg 
Conn, Patricia — Kittanning 
Cotterell, Alice — Monroeville 
. Coup, Jack — Norwin 
Covode, Nora Grace — Richland Twp. 
Cramer, Virginia — Penn Hill* 
Cree, Delores T. — Harmony Joint 
Crops, Jeanne — Indiana 
CrisafuUi, Margaret — Conemaugh Twp. 
Crist, Zella E. — Altoona 
Cross, William — Butler 
Cummings, Patrick — HolUdaysburg 
Curry, Richard — Altoona 
Dangherty, Wallace — Kiski Area 
D'Amato, Hugh — Jeannette 
Dautlick, Jeanne — Monroeville 
Davis, James — Ford City 
Davis, Kenneth — Monroeville 
Dean, John — Johnstown 
Debrozzi, Louis — Monroeville 
Deemer, Geraldine — Wilkinsburg 
DeGaetano, Arveta — Indiana 
Delia, Jean — New Kensington 
Dick, Roger — HolUdaysburg 
Dickson, Patricia — Churchill 
DiTullio, Josephine — Monroeville 
Dixon, Bemice — United Joint 
Dobos, LaVeme H. — Norwin 
Dombart, Donald — Butler 
Donaldson, Ralph — Greensburg-Salem 
Doney, Clifford — Punxsutawney 
Donnellan, Walter — Monroeville 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Dunlap, William — Hempfield 

Edder, Margaret — Indiana 

Edwards, Margaret — Johnstown 

Esch, Georgianna — Altoona 

Esch, Glynn — Altoona 

Esper, Thomas — Monroeville 

Everett, Richard — Penn Hills 

Fails, Donald J. — MonrocTille 

Fails, George — Hempfield 

Farabaugh, Leonard — Murrysville 

Fassett, Natalie — Laura Lamar 

Feather, Lois — Monroeville 

Feeley, Paul — Richland 

Ferner, Emma — Johnstown 

Fetlerman, Gerald R. — Punxautawnaj 

Fetterman, William F. — Penns Manor 

Fiorina, John — Derry 

Fitnnauric«, Vincent — New Kenaington 

Fleming, Dorothy — Indiana 

Fleming, Ruth — Monroeville 

Folino, Alba — Lower Burrell 

Fox, Cecil — Hollidaysburg 

Franlc, Elizabeth — Ford City 

Friedman, Doris — Johnstown 

Furrer, Ethelyn C. — Altoonm 

Galhreath, Edith — Johnstown 

Gallo, John E. — Marien Center 

Garrity, James Patrick — Greensburg-Salem 

Gates, £. Jean — Altoona 

Gecowets, Mary Lee — Monroeville 

George, John — Lower Burrell 

George, Glenn — United Joint 

Gerhart, Wade — Greensburg-Salem 

Gershman, Thelma — IndiuiA 

Giles, Leah — Purchase Line 

Ginnocchi, Anthony — Lower Burrell 

Good. Sherman E. — Derry 

Good, William — Westmont 

Gosser, Margaret — Kiski Area 

Gottshall, Richard — Altoeoa 

Goold, Betty — Blairsville 

Graf, Carl E. — Altoonm 

Graybill, Dorothy — Hempfield 

Green, Elizabeth — Indiana County 

Green, S. Elizabeth — Richland Twp. 

Grove, Harold — Indiana 

Guiney, Sue — Lower Burrell 

Gutt, Frieda — Norwin 

Guzan, Marianne — Ford City 

Hackman, Mary Jane — Monroeville 

Halcovich, Connie — Johnstown 

Hall, Ina — Monroeville 

Hamilton, Robert W. — Franklin Twp. 

Hancnff, William — Hollidaysburg 

Hardin, Marian — Penn Trafford 

Harding, Richard — Baldwin- Whitehall 

Harrold, Carol — New Kensington 

Harriger, Charles — Lower Burrell 

Harris, Thomas — Indiana 

Harmon, Daniel — Indiana 

Heaton, Mary Ellen — Indiana 

Heckler, Vieva — Windber 



Heininger, Lois — Altoona 

Hempfield, Alma — Butler 

Henger, Jo Anne — Johnstown 

Herceg, John — New Kensington 

Hershberger, Jane — Cambria County 

Hershberger, Nyle — Ferndal'* 

HUd, Robert — Highlands 

Kile, Joan — Penns Manor 

Hill, Marybelle — Indiana 

Hince, Thaddeus — Lower Burrell 

Hoffman, Wilbert — Altoona 

Holden, Robert — Monroeville 

Holitein, William C. — Indiana 

Houk, Sara — Indiana 

Hover, Helen — Penn Hills 

Huber, Joseph — Richland Twp. 

Hunt, Margaret — Johnstown 

Hunter, Betty — Indiana 

Hunter, Sheldon — Westmont 

Huntington, C. Porter — Johnstown 

lanni, Mary Ellen — Benjamin Franklin 

Idzkowski, Velva — Westmont 

Ifft, Edith — Butler 

Ifft, John — Butler 

IngersoU, Ralph — Monroeville 

Ingraham, Mary — Norwin 

Jacobus, Esther — Lower Burrell 

Jacoby, Morna — Benjamin Franklin 
Jamison, Ardelle — Laura Lamar 

Jamison, Clair — Laura Lamar 

Jerko, Beatrice — Purchase Line 

Johns, Beverly — Richland Twp. 

Jones, Margaret — United Joint 

Jones, Susannah — Derry 

Johnston, Murray — Monroeville 

Joseph, Lambert — Indiana 

Kalminir, Lillian — Johnstown 

Karalfa, Rose — Johnstown 

Kaufman, John — Westmont 

Kaufman, Marjorie — Westmont 

Keefer, Neal — Indiana 

Kelley, Ethel — Turtle Creek 

Kelley, John Kermit — Blairsville 

Kemmler, June — Baldwin-Whitehall 

Kendall, Elsie — Blairsville 

Kensek, Michael — Har-Brack 

Kerr, Jane D. — Butler 

Keslar, Grace — Portage 

King, Marie — Ligonier 

Kinkead, Ralph Victor — Greensburg-Salem 

Kist, Nell Marie — Derry 

Kline, Ellen — Butler 

Kocerka, George I. — Johnstown 

Kocerka, Mary Louise — Johnstown 

Koch, Edward — Indiana 

Krouse, Hazel G. — Altoona 

Kropinak, Stephen — Kittanning 

Kunkle, Jean — Indiana 

Kurtz, Katherine — Johnstown 

Laird, David H. — Indiana 

Lantz, Eugene — Altoona 

LaufTer, Charles — Norwin 

LaughUn, Regis — Monroeville 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Lawrence, Bemice — Johnstown 
LofHi'r, Forrest L. — Johnstown 
Lenhart, Carolyn — Monroeville 
Leone, Arthur — Churchill 
Leslie, John — Butler 
Lewis. Betty — Indiana 
Lightcap, Theda — Marion Center 
Livingston, Hazel — Johnstown 
LockarJ, Raymond — Penns Manor 
Long, Kathryn A. — Johnstown 
Long, Thalia — Indiana 
Loveday, Marian — Murrysville 
Loveless, Richard — Central Cambria 
Lozier, James — Murrysville 
Luchsinger, Jane — Blairsville 
Ludwig, William — Greensburg- Salem 
Lynch, Robert E. — Johnstown 
McConnell, Sally — Punzsutawney 
McCormick, David — Murrysville 
McCoy, Lydia — Indiana 
McCullough. LaRue Helen — Indiana 
McDonald, Gertrude — Altoona 
McEIhinney, Feme — Kittanning 
McGee, Herbert — Freeport 
McGee, Richard — Indiana 
McGregor. Dorothy — Altoona 
McJunkin, Wilma — Indiana 
McKinney, Ronald — Butler 
McLaughlin, Charles — Monroeville 
McQuilkin, Theodore — Indiana 
McVitty, Claire — Benjamin Franklin 
Mack, Frances A. — Ncrwin 
Mahan, Donald — Purchase Line 
Mahoney, Nora B. — Altoona 
Mancuso, Judith — Laura Lamar 
Malletz, Alex — Deiry 
Mandigo, Howard — Indiana 
Mannion, Robert J. — Westmont 
Maquilken, William — Richland Twp. 
Marinucci, Frank — New Kensinfton 
Markle, Ruby — Derry 
Marshall, George A. — Butler 
Marsico, Peter — East Deer-Fra«ier 
Marts, Bertha — Saltsburgh 
Mastro, Joseph — Derry 
Meek, Richard — Hollidaysburg 
Melleky, John — Johnstown 
Meneely, Clyde R. — Punzsutawney 
Menk, George — New Kensington 
Merich, George — Murrysville 
Messabni, George — Altoona 
Middlekauff, Ray — Monroeville 
Miller, Carl — Johnstown 
Miller, Evelyn — Blair County 
Miller, Richard E. — Marion Center 
Miller, Ruth — Blairsville 
Mills, Judith — Monroeville 
Minder, John W. — Hempfield 
Mish, Edward — Blairsville 
Mitchell, Melvin — Punzsutawney 
Mniszak, Joseph — Leechbnrg 
Mohler, Slava — Churchill 
Molinengo, Alice — Punzsntawney 



Molter, Oliver — Greensburg-Salem 

Montgomery, Katherine — Greensburg- Salem 

Montgomery, Mariun — Marion Center 

Monti, John C. — Altoona 

Mooney, Walter W. — New Kensington 

Moore, Mary E. — Butler 

Mostoller, Earl — Westmont 

Murphy, Frank — Lower Burrell 

Murphy, Lawrence — Lower Burrell 

Myers, Mary Jane — Cambria County 

Nealand, William — North Cambria 

Nealer, Edward — Marion Center 

Neely, Donald — Hollidaysburg 

Nemec, Margaret — Monroeville 

Nicely, Robert — Norwin 

Nichol, Evelyn — Indiana County 

Nichol, Olive — Marion Center 

Nicholls, Sterling — Indiana 

Oakes, Robert — Penns Manor 

O'Block, Patricia — Monroeville 

O'Leary, Robert — Monroeville 

Oliver, Frank G. — New Kensington 

Orledge, Wallace — Johnstown 

Owens, Lucille M. — Jeannette 

Page Roberta — Monroeville 

Painter, Martha — Ford City 

Palmer, Bain — Marion Center 

Paone, Anthony — Westmont 

Park, Jean — Greensburg-Salem 

Paul, Edith — Johnstown 

Philliber, Robert — Punzsutawney 

Pesarchick, John — Norwin 

Pino, Bruno — Penns Manor 

Fletcher, Robert — Monroeville 

Polk, Helen — Murrysville 

Pollock, George Raymond — Indiana 

Porter, Helen — Benjamin Franklin 

Potter, Richard — Altoona 

Potts, Nancy — Monroeville 

Potts, Velma — Monroeville 

Previte, Peter — Penns Manor 

Puckey, Marian — Altoona 

Puff, Margaret — Butler 

Puhala, Joan — Johnstown 

Querry, Dorothy — Altoona 

Radomsky, Andrew — Marion Center 

Rager, Leora — Ferndale 

Ramsey, Arthur C. — Altoona 

Randolph, Virginia — Indiana 

Redenberger, Charles — Altoona 

Reichart, Lillian — Ford City 

Rhodes, Izetta — Johnstown 

Richards, Thelma — Johnstown 

Riley, John — Indiana 

Roadannel, Patricia — Altoona 

Rohrbacher, Gail — Monroeville 

Rose, Martha — Penn Hills 

Roumm, Phyllis — Indiana 

Ruck, Joan Marie — Hollidaysburg 

Ruland, Dorothy — Indiana County 

Rupert, Hubert B. — Ford City 

Rutter, Gilbert — Hempfield 

Sakaluk, Walter — Monroeville 



22 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Salay, John — Conemaugh Twp. 
Salinger, Ann — Johnstown 
Sann, Lillian — Johnstown 
Saunders, Anna J. — Monroeville 
Schrock, Dorothy N. — Purchase Line 
Sebastian, Frank — Purchase Line 
Servinsky, Stanley — Indiana 
Seyler, Martha — Butler 
Shaffer, Blanche — Conemaugh Twp. 
Shaffer, Richard — Butler 
Sharrow, Frederick — Freeport 
Shaw, Francis — Punxsutawney 
Shearer, Walter — New Kensington 
Shick, William — Punxsutawney 
Shuster, Stephen — Greensburg- Salem 
Sibley, James — Greensburg-Salem 
Simmons, Robert — Hemp6eld 
Simpson, Clifford J. — Indiana 
Slack, Robert — Monroeville 
Slezak, Elmer — Greensburg-Salem 
Slick, Richard — Femdale 
Slosky, Kenneth — New Kensington 
Smith, Mona — Blairsville 
Smith, Pauline — New Bethlehem 
Smith, Virginia — Monroeville 
Sofish, Joan — Monroeville 
Sofish, Stanley — Monroeville 
Sowers, HaroM — Ford City 
St. Clair, Frederick — United Joint 
Stapleton, Walter — Indiana 
Staruch, Stephen — Butler 
Stevenson, Alan — Elderton 
Stevenson, Richard — Westmont 
Stewart, Joyce — Monroeville 
Stewart, Marion H. — Butler 
Stewart, Nancy — Lower Burrell 
Stiffler, Robert — Penn HilU 
Stinevisor, Earl — Jeannette 
Stockdale, Mildred — Punxsutawney 
Stormer, William C. — Central Cambria 
Stokes, Minerva — Lower Burrell 
Strange, Marion — Churchill 
Stringer, Catherine — Johnstown 
Stuchell, William — PunxsuUwney 
Stump, Margaret — Jeannette 
Sturale, Ann — Penn Hills 
Sullinger, James W. — Indiana 
Swartzwelder, Phyllis — Johnstovm 
Swauger, Evelyn — Benjamin Franklin 



Sybinsky, Andrew — Hempfield 
Tepper, William — Johnstown 
Terwilliger, Helen — New Kensington 
Thomas, Mary Bess — Greensburg-Salem 
Thompson, Elizabeth — New Kensington 
Thompson, Marian — Indiana 
Torzok, Yvonne — Laura Lamar 
Traugh, Robert — Indiana 
Treft, Janet — Greensburg-Salem 
Urban, Jack — Greensburg-Salem 
Urban, Robert — United Joint 
Van Dyke, Frederick — Indiana 
Varrato, Ralph — Lower Burrell 
Vassilaros, Constantine — Monroeville 
Veselicky, Rudy — Lower Burrell 
Vinton, Beth — Indiana 
Vorlage, Ethel — New Kensington 
Waddell, Mildred — Benjamin Franklin 
Walter, Clair — New Kensington 
Waryck, William V. — HoUidaysburg 
Warzel, Roland — United Joint 
Watson, Lee — Altoona 
Waugaman, Sara — Hempfield 
Weaver, Marion — Ford City 
Weber, Madge — Ford City 
Weber, William C. — Derry 
Wellen, Lily Mazine — Marion Center 
Werner, Robert — Derry 
West, Martha — Laura Lamar 
Westrick, Louise — Johnstown 
Wetzel, Jean — Elders Ridge 
Wilden, Helen Lucille — Indiana 
Wille, Gladys — Penns Manor 
Waskaskie, William — Punxsutawney 
Williams, Bess — Jeannette 
Wilson, Chester — Elderton 
Wilson, Ray S. — Altoona 
Wilson, Thomas — Punxsutawney 
Wilt, Charles — North Braddock 
Wingard, Marlin — Windber 
Winslow, Mary — Benjamin Franklin 
Wolfe, Donald — Kiski Area 
Wood, Dorothy — Punxsutawney 
Woods, Harry — Indiana 
Woods, Janet — Monroeville 
Woomer, Ida — Altoona 
Zedick, John — Indiana 
Zeliff, Carol — Hempfield 




The University 



^^.^ ^ "& PURPOSES 

v^Sl^c*v ^^ ^ GENERAL INFORMATION 

^iS%^^ ^ t<^ HISTORY 






BUILDINGS 

ADMISSION REGULATIONS 

FEES, DEPOSITS, 
REPAYMENTS 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 

REGULATIONS OF 
THE COLLEGE 

SPECIAL SERVICES 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PURPOSES OF THE UNIVERSITY 

As a multi-purpose institution encompassing the School of 
Education, School of Liberal Arts and the Graduate School, 
Indiana University of Pennsylvania endeavors to fulfill the pri- 
mary purpose of education as stated by Alfred North Whitehead, 
namely, "To stimulate and guide student self-development" so 
that the student learns both how to make a living and how to 
live. The University extends this educational opportunity to 
those students whose conscientious application and serious mo- 
tivation indicate promise of substantial achievement. 

As Emerson noted in his Journal over a hundred years ago, 
"The things taught in schools and colleges are not an education 
but the means of education." At Indiana University of Penn- 
sylvania these "means of education" comprise a variety of fac- 
tors. First there is a pervasive, intellectual climate designed to 
stimulate the student's imagination, stretch his mind, and ex- 
tend his tolerance as he rubs minds with new ideas, teachers, 
and associates in the classroom, laboratory and the library. 
These intellectual contacts also tend to develop critical inde- 
pendent judgments, mental discipline and the ability to make 
mature decisions. 

The various curricula are carefully structured to provide 
the student with a broad perspective that will enable him to 
appreciate his cultural heritage and at the same time afford 
him the opportunity to pursue in considerable depth his par- 
ticular sphere of interest. Such a comprehensive program in- 
evitably includes some knowledge that is worth knowing not 
for any material gain but simply because it enriches one's ex- 
istence. Also, the wide spectrum of courses which a student 
takes frequently contains at least one or two in which a stu- 
dent will have little interest or skill, but these too have their 
values for as T. S. Eliot has observed: "No one can really be- 
come educated without having pursued some study in which 
he took no interest." The vast bulk of the program, of course, 
will both absorb and challenge the motivated student. 

Undergirding the entire academic program is the philoso- 
phy that in the final analysis there is no education except self- 
education. Consequently, the faculty strive to whet intellectual 
appetites and to inculcate the problem-solving approach so that 
the student will acquire both the desire and ability to teach 
himself. In this way Commencement truly will become the be- 
ginning of "life-long learning." 

In addition to enabling students to acquire professional 
skills and enrich their cultural existence, the University endeav- 
ors to instill in each student a social consciousness which will 
make him a contributive and substantive member of society, 
for as de Tocqueville emphasized we cannot have a strong 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



democratic society without a good quality of citizenship. This 
attribute of good citizenship accrues partly from academic 
study and partly as a result of the social mores and associations 
which one encounters and experiences in college. 

Intertwined with the goal of increasing the student's social 
awareness and consideration for his fellow men, is the develop- 
ment of moral fibre. General Omar N. Bradley is duly dis- 
turbed by the fact that "ours is a world of nuclear giants and 
ethical infants." Indiana University of Pennsylvania firmly 
believes that no education, regardless of its academic excel- 
lence, can fulfill its true potential unless students are inspired 
and guided by spiritual values and moral considerations. 

Admittedly the University cannot succeed in realizing all 
of these goals; however, even this is part of the dynamic edu- 
cational process of becoming rather than attaining. 

THE UNIVERSITY, PRESENT AND PAST 

The Indiana University of Pennsylvania is a state-owned 
and state-controlled institution for higher education. It is a 
multi-purpose institution composed of three schools: The 
School of Liberal Arts, The School of Education, and The 
School of Graduate Studies. 

The university is an approved and fully accredited member 
of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary 
Schools, the American Association of University Women, and 
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Educa- 
tion, the three acknowledged accrediting agencies for insti- 
tutions in this region. The fact that this university is a 
member of these three organizations is of immediate personal 
importance to the individual student in two ways: first, the 
student may transfer college credits from one approved in- 
stitution to another without loss in case he finds it necessary 
to change colleges; and second, the student who is a graduate 
of an approved institution is eligible for a better teaching posi- 
tion. 

Throughout the entire history of the University at Indiana, 
great emphasis has been placed on maintaining high academic 
standards and providing adequate facilities conducive to in- 
dividual and group growth. The present record and reputation 
enjoyed by the University have evolved during a ninety year 
histor5^ Growing out of the need for a teacher training institu- 
tion in Western Pennsylvania, the General Assembly passed 
an act in the legislative session of 1871 granting aid to the es- 
tablishment of a normal school in the ninth district at Indiana. 

The first building was completed and opened for students 
on May 17, 1875. This building, named John Sutton Hall in 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



honor of the first president of the Board of Trustees, is still in 
use and in excellent condition. 

The steady growth of the institution has caused a continu- 
ous expansion in its building program and many new buildings 
have followed that edifice of tradition— John Sutton Hall. The 
size and natural beauty of the university campus offer ample 
opportunity for recreation in an environment conducive to per- 
sonal enjoyment. The main campus of the university originally 
23 acres with one building is now composed of 75 acres on 
which are located twenty-five principal halls, 20 other build- 
ings, and seven athletic fields. The College Lodge, located a few 
miles from Indiana, is surrounded by 100 acres of wooded hill- 
side. This not only offers opportunity for nature study by sci- 
ence and conservation classes but also provides an ideal setting 
for numerous social activities of the college. 

In April, 1920, entire control and ownership of the school 
passed to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In May, 1927, 
by authority of the General Assembly, the State Normal School 
became a college with the right to grant degrees. The name 
was then changed to the State Teachers College at Indiana, 
Pennsylvania. In 1960, the name was changed to State College 
at Indiana, Pennsylvania, deleting the word "Teachers." 

In 1965 Indiana was elevated to State University status 
with the right to expand its curriculum offerings and to grant 
degrees at the doctoral level as well as in several additional 
areas at the master's level. 

Since the founding of the college in 1875, Indiana has grad- 
uated over 20,000 students, and since the university became 
a degree conferring institution in 1927, over 12,000 degrees 
have been granted. Many of the graduates are organized 
into a strong Alumni Association with units active in many 
sections of Pennsylvania and also in New York, Michigan, and 
the District of Columbia. The Alumni Association cooperates 
with the university in many projects designed to better the 
university and for the welfare of the students. 

Located in Indiana Borough, Indiana County seat, in the 
foothills of the Alleghenies at an elevation of about 1,300 feet, 
the Indiana University of Pennsylvania is ideally situated for 
cleanliness and beauty. The University is easily accessible by 
automobile over excellent state highway routes coming from 
all sections of the state. These leading routes are route 422 east 
and west, route 286 northeast and southwest, and route 119 
north and south. Bus passenger services operate on frequent 
schedules to and from Indiana and all nearby cities and towns 
including Pittsburgh, Altoona, Johnstown, Butler, Punxsu- 
tawney, Kittanning, DuBois, Ridgway, New Castle and others. 
Indiana is also served by bus connections with the main line 
of the Pennsylvania Railroad at Johnstown and Pittsburgh. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS 

The campus of the university at Indiana is frequently de- 
scribed as one of the most beautiful small college campuses in 
the country. The campus proper located in the central section 
of the Indiana community, contains about seventy acres of land 
twenty-three of which were in the original area. New athletic 
playing areas were recently developed in the area known as 
the Glassworks immediately southwest of the main campus. In 
the center of the campus is the historic oak grove about which 
are grouped the main buildings, forming three sides of a quad- 
rangle. The rest of the campus is made beautiful by a careful 
distribution of shrubs, flowers and vines artistically arranged. 

John Sutton Hall is the largest building. In addition to 
housing more than 700 women students, it contains the post 
office, parlors, and recreation rooms, the President's apartment, 
an excellent laundry and ironing room, a shampoo room, and 
sorority rooms. 

Thomas Sutton Hall, erected in 1903, an addition to John 
Sutton Hall, contains the kitchen, dining rooms, and dietitian's 
office on the first floor, and housing for sixty-five women stu- 
dents on the second and third floors. 

Clark Hall, named in honor of Justice Silas M. Clark, a 
former member of the Board of Trustees, was erected in 1906 
on the site of a building burned that year. It was used as a men's 
dormitory until 1924; from 1924 until 1960 it served as a dorm- 
itory for women. It has now been reconverted into an adminis- 
tration building containing offices for the president, the deans, 
graduate studies, public relations, business, and other adminis- 
trative offices. A Computer Center is located on the ground 
floor. 

Wilson Hall was erected in 1893 as the model school and 
was named for A. W. Wilson, third president of the Board of 
Trustees. From 1941 until 1960, the building served as the 
library for the college. Since 1960 Wilson Hall has been oc- 
cupied by the Department of Social Studies. 

The Rhodes R. Stabley Library named for the late Dr. 
Rhodes R. Stabley, chairman of the English-Speech Depart- 
ment from 1941 to 1958, was completed in the spring of 1961. 
The three story building will eventually house 200,000 books 
and provide study room for about 550 students. 

An instructional program in the use of library tools and 
reference books is carried on by the staff to develop needed 
skills in library use. The well-organized general holdings of 
160,000 volumes are enhanced by the reference collection, 1,600 
current magazines, extensive files of bound and microfilmed 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLV.ANIA 



magazines and newspapers, state and federal documents, pam- 
phlets, and curriculum materials. 

Most materials are available by the "open stack" system 
which encourages the habit of using books freely. Students 
having access to all library materials can broaden their edu- 
cation through browsing, as well as widen their interests 
through intellectual reading. 

Comfortable reading areas have been arranged in the li- 
brary. Exhibits and displays are frequently changed as a 
m.eans of arousing interest and supplying information. 

Leonard Hall, named for Jane E. Leonard, for many years 
preceptress of Indiana Normal School, was erected in 1903 as a 
recitation building, and was destroyed by fire on April 14, 1952. 
A new Leonard Hall was constructed by the General State Au- 
thority and opened in September, 1954. The new building con- 
tains classrooms, laboratories, faculty offices, and the Indiana 
Film Library. 

David J. Waller Gymnasium was completed in 1928 and is 

used exclusiveh' for the women's physical education program. 
It includes two gymnasiums, a swimming pool, a physical ther- 
apy room, two classrooms, and numerous offices for the faculty. 

Jean R. McElhaney Hall, completed in 1931 houses the art, 
business education, and the foreign languages departments, 
one entire floor being given to each. This building, both in ap- 
pearance and in equipment for efficient work, is recognized as 
one of the finest educational buildings in the state. 

John S. Fisher Auditorium, completed in 1939, has a seat- 
ing capacity of 1600, and a well-equipped stage large enough to 
accommodate a cast of 100 people. Its design facilitates the pre- 
sentation of intimate drama to a small group or super-spec- 
tacles to capacity audiences. Light, air, and sound may all be 
mechanically controlled by the director of any presentation, 

John A. H, Keith School, completed in 1939, provides for a 
program of instruction from kindergarten through sixth grade, 
primarily for the purposes of observation and demonstration. 
The facilities include a library, a gymnasium, and a fine dem- 
onstration room with seats for 160 observers, which is a unique 
feature of the building. The school also contains the offices of 
the Director of Placement and the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences. Some classrooms are also utilized for 
college instruction. 

Special Education Building. This building, completed in 
1961, is a wing of John A. H. Keith School and houses speech, 
reading, and psychological clinics and a classroom. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



The Art Education Annex and six acres of land were 
bought in 1947. The building has been renovated and houses 
part of the art education department. 

Military Hall, a war-surplus structure erected in 1947, is 
located on Grant Street. It contains offices, storage rooms and 
two classrooms for the Reserve Officers Training Corps. 

The College Lodge is an important location in the instruc- 
tional and recreational life of the university. Owned by students 
and faculty, the 100 acres of wooded hillside with its rustic 
lodge and three shelter houses, not only offers opportunity for 
nature study by science and conservation classes, but is in 
frequent demand for picnics, meetings, and winter sports. 

Whitmyre Hall, named for Walter M. Whitmyre, who re- 
tired as dean of men in 1954 after serving for thirty-seven 
years, was completed in 1952. The dormitory houses 210 men 
students, recreational rooms, music practice rooms, dean of 
men's office, the dean of men's apartment, and the Whitmyre 
Dining Hall. 

Langham Hall, named for Judge J. Nicholas Langham, In- 
diana County Judge for twenty years and a member of the 
Board of Trustees of the University for fourteen years, was 
completed in 1960. This dormitory houses 185 men students, a 
large recreation area, lounges, study rooms, and laundry room. 

The new Student Union was completed in the fall of 1960, 
and doubled in size in 1963. Another addition was added in 
1965. It houses a co-educational recreation center, the coopera- 
tive bookstore and offices, some student publication offices, 
and other recreational facilities for students. This building is 
owned and operated through the Student Union Association, 
Inc., and the Student Cooperative Association, Inc. 

Cogswell Hall, named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Hamlin E. 
Cogswell, former music department chairman and his wife — 
a teacher who composed the Alma Mater, is located on South 
Eleventh Street. The building, housing music classrooms, prac- 
tice rooms and studios, and a recital hall, was completed in 
1960. 

Wahr Hall, named for Corinne Menk Wahr of the class of 
1916 who left a large sum of money to the university for schol- 
arship purposes, is located immediately adjacent to Langham 
Hall. This dormitory, housing 152 women students, recreation 
room and lounges, and quarters for an assistant dean of women, 
was completed in 1960. 

Walsh Hall, named for Dr. Matthew J. Walsh, longtime 
professor and dean of instruction at Indiana, is located to the 
immediate east of Wilson Hall. This building, housing science 
and mathematics classrooms for 200 students as well as faculty 
offices, lecture demonstration areas, and seminar rooms, was 
completed in 1960. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



The Greenhouse of the University is used as an experi- 
mental and demonstration laboratory by the Science Depart- 
ment in the conducting of biology courses. 

The University Infirmary is located behind Cogswell Hall 
off S. 11th St. on Papermill Avenue. 

Louise Stanley and Ellen Richards Houses, located at the 
rear of Cogswell Hall off S. 11th St., are used by the seniors of 
the home economics department for participating in practical 
home management problems based on actual family needs and 
expenditures. 

The New Athletic Field consisting of about 20 acres is 
being developed off S. 11th and Glass Streets. Already de- 
veloped there are a new baseball diamond, six all weather 
tennis courts, and other facilities including a track. The George 
P. Miller Football Stadium was completed in October, 1962, 
and a new two million dollar field house is to be located in this 
area. 

Agnes Sligh Turnbull Hall, Mabel Waller Mack Hall and 
Hope Stewart Hall, three new dormitories for a total of 600 or 
more women students have been constructed on the former 
Memorial Athletic Field. Turnbull Hall was occupied in Janu- 
ary, 1963; the other two halls were occupied in the fall of 1963. 

Jennie M. Ackerman Hall, located on East Campus near 
Pratt Drive, is the new Home Economics Building. Built at an 
approximate cost of $825,000, the new building contains class- 
rooms, lunch room, and nursery school facilities. 

McClellan Gordon Hall, a new dormitory for men, was 
completed in January, 1964. A new four-story structure which 
houses 230 men and the office of the assistant dean of men, is 
located just north of the John A. H. Keith School. 

Joseph Uhler Hall, formerly Thaddeus Stevens School, has 
been completely remodeled and converted into a university 
classroom building. Located on the corner of Oakland Avenue 
and Washington Street, the building contains twelve class- 
rooms and office space for members of the Education-Psychol- 
ogy and Elementary Departments, which will share the build- 
ing. 

Elkin Hall, a new five-story girls' dormitory is located on 
the southeast corner of School Street and Oakland Avenue. 
Costing over a million dollars, the building was completed in 
January, 1965, and houses 314 students. 

Foster Hall, completed in October, 1965, contains dining 
facilities for 2,000 students. This new dining hall also contains 
a cafeteria and a snack bar and coffee shop. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Memorial Gymnasium was completed early in 1966 and 
contains facilities for a variety of sports activities including 
basketball, swimming, handball, etc. 

Weyandt Hall, the new Science Complex currently under 
construction along Oakland Avenue just north of Walsh Hall, 
is scheduled for completion in September, 1966. To cost well 
over $3,000,000 when completed, this building will provide the 
best in facilities for studying and research in science. 



OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS 
OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Indiana University of Pennsylvania now has two off-cam- 
pus centers operating in the Punxsutawney and Kittanning com- 
munities, both about 28 miles from the main campus in Indiana, 
Pennsylvania. 

The first center was established in September, 1962, at 
Punxsutawney in an attractively renovated building, formerly 
used by the Punxsutawney School district in the west side of 
that community at the corner of Winslow and Center Streets. 
Enrollment at the Punxsutawney Center for 1966-7 will be 
nearly 225 full and part-time students. 

In September, 1963, Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
established a second center known as the Armstrong County 
Center located in the former offices of the West Penn Power 
Company at the corner of Rebecca and McKean Streets in Kit- 
tanning. The structure has been neatly renovated into a college 
instructional building which in 1966-7 will provide for 400 
full and part-time students. 

Both centers now have resident faculties who are regular 
university faculty members working full time at the centers. 
Other faculty from the main campus travel to the centers to 
provide adequate instructional staff to meet curriculum needs 
of students for their first two years of college in general edu- 
cation subjects for areas of concentration in a liberal arts 
school or majors in fields in a school of education. 

In most cases, the centers provide two full years of college 
work transferable to the main campus of Indiana University 
of Pennsylvania or to other accredited colleges. The chairmen 
of Indiana University of Pennsylvania centers advise with 
students as to their instructional programs and the best time 
for transfer to main campus for those in highly specialized 
areas. The centers and Indiana University of Pennsylvania 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



maintain a close liaison through a director of off-campus cen- 
ters who regularly visits both centers and maintains an office 
in Clark Hall, the administration building on the main campus 
in Indiana. 

For the most part students at the centers are persons living 
in the immediate county areas of the centers. Some students 
from distant points who cannot find accommodations on the 
main campus of Indiana University of Pennsylvania are also 
given the privilege of attending the centers and later transfer- 
ing to the main campus. Regular procedures for transfer have 
been established. 

Fry Hall at Punxsutawney and Boyer Hall at Armstrong 
County Center in Kittanning have been established as dormi- 
tories for students needing residence at these respective centers. 

Each center has its own library facilities supervised by a 
professional librarian from the main campus. In addition the 
centers may draw upon college library facilities and the serv- 
ices of the college in many other areas. 

Control of the centers is directly vested with the Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania administration and Board of Trus- 
tees. Advisory Boards from both center areas serve to establish 
local needs and advise with main university authorities. 

Both centers have their own evolving programs of lecture 
series, social affairs, and other matters vital to a complete 
college in addition to having access to the resources of Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania. 

Prospective college students from the areas served by the 
centers and a limited number of others who can not be ac- 
commodated on the main campus may apply for admission by 
requesting application papers from the Registrar's Office, In- 
diana University of Pennsylvania, or from the chairman of 
either the Punxsutawney or Armstrong County Centers. 

The same standards and requirements for admission which 
apply to students at the main campus also apply to both col- 
lege centers. 

For more detailed information on the programs at Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania Centers, one should write to the 
Chairman, Punxsutawney Center, Indiana University of Penn- 
sylvania, Punxsutawney, Pa., or the Chairman, Armstrong 
County Center, Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Kittan- 
ning, Pa., and request an Off-Campus Centers bulletin. This 
publication explains the steps necessary for admissions, out- 
lines programs of study, and gives other general details of the 
two year University Centers. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA S3 

HOW TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION 

1. Application papers and college catalog are available upon 
request to the Registrar's Office, Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania. 

2. The university will accept application papers from any 
applicant who has completed the junior year of high school. 

3. All applicants are required to take the senior College En- 
trance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test prior 
to January 1 of their senior year. Arrangements for these 
tests should be made through the high school principal or 
guidance counselor. 

4. Results of College Board tests during the junior year in 
high school will be accepted if scores meet minimum re- 
quirements for early consideration. Applicants who desire 
early consideration must have their applications completed 
by October 1. Applicants approved through early considera- 
tion will be notified by the Admissions Committee by 
November 15. Senior year high school transcripts may also 
be requested of an applicant at the discretion of the Ad- 
missions Committee. 

5. Complete high school transcript must be submitted, after 
high school graduation, to the Admissions Office. 

6. Applicants for admission who have attended other colleges 
or universities will follow the same general admission re- 
quirements but must in addition file an official transcript 
of their college record and a statement of honorable dis- 
missal and academic standing. 

7. No action on any apphcation will be taken by the admis- 
sions committee until all the necessary steps for admission 
have been completed and all required information is in the 
hands of the committee. The average length of time for 
processing is 8 weeks or more. Applicants who take tests in 
December can expect action on their applications by late 
February. 

8. All admission information should be mailed to the Director 
of Admissions', Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indi- 
ana, Pennsylvania. The following must be in the hands of 
the admissions committee before any action can be taken 
on any application: 

a. Application blank (blue form) — with application fee of 
$10 in the form of check or money order made payable 
to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The application 
fee is not refundable, or applicable to any cost incurred 
at the imiversity. 

b. High school transcript (white form). 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



c. Official transcript of CEEB scores from the Educational 
Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey. 

d. For transfer students, the official transcript and state- 
ment of honorable dismissal and academic standing. 

9. All applicants who are approved for admission to Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania will be required to report to 
the campus on a designated day for an interview, orienta- 
tion, and testing. One of the purposes of this day is to 
. verify the student's choice of his major department and 
curriculum. The applicant will also be required to bring to 
the campus a completed medical examination blank (yel- 
low form) in order to complete his application. The medi- 
cal examination blank will be sent to every apphcant at 
the time his admission is confirmed. 

10. Quotas for admission to the various departments of the 
University are largely determined by available physical 
facilities. For the past ten years the university has been op- 
erating at a peak enrollment level, and quotas for admission 
are frequently filled as long as ten months ahead of the 
registration date. Women students are required to live in 
university dormitories so that quotas for women students 
usually close earlier than for men. Closing dates for ap- 
plicants for 1965 and 1966 respectively, were as follows: 

Women Students — November 15, November 1. 

Men Students — February 15, January 1. 

Applications received after the date shown above were 
received too late to be processed. 

These dates are for applicants who were applying for ad- 
mission to the university for the fall term in September. 
Frequently the university must wait for other supporting 
data required to complete the application, but the dates 
shown above refer to the receipt of the personnel applica- 
tion (blue form) from the applicant. 

ADMISSION POLICY 

All applicants to Indiana University of Pennsylvania must 
meet the following admission requirements: 

1. Scholarship as evidenced by graduation from a second- 
ary school. 

2. Ability to do college work as determined by the Scholas- 
tic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination 
Board. 

3. Ability to succeed in the student's chosen major field 
may be determined by an aptitude test. 



I^fDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAMIA 



4. Satisfactory character and personality traits. 

5. Satisfactory health as determined by medical examina- 
tions. 

These general admission requirements are established by a 
faculty admissions committee and are administered by the Di- 
rector of Admissions. The admissions committee evaluates all 
applications in the light of the criteria listed above and either 
approves or rejects applicants on this basis. The committee 
will notify all applicants of action taken on applications at 
the earliest possible date dependent on the receipt of the neces- 
sary information required for final processing of the applica- 
tion. 

College Entrance Examination Board Scores. All appli- 
cants to Indiana University of Pennsylvania are required to 
take College Entrance Examination Board tests. Arrangements 
for these examinations should be made through your high 
school guidance counselor or by writing directly to the Edu- 
cational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Ap- 
plicants are encouraged to take these examinations during their 
junior year in high school. Junior year CEEB Scholastic Apti- 
tude Test results and high school academic performance at the 
conclusion of the junior year may qualify an applicant for early 
admission to the university. Placement in the upper half of the 
most recent Indiana freshmen class profile in both CEEB re- 
sults and high school academic achievement are expected.* 
Quahfication for early consideration, however, does not imply 
automatic early acceptance. Candidates selected for early ad- 
mission are normally notified by mid-November. 

All applicants whether approved for early admission or not 
are urged to repeat the College Board tests during their senior 
year in high school. Many applicants will also be requested to 
submit grades earned in the senior year in addition to the of- 
ficial high school transcript. 

Advanced Standing. The following regulations govern ad- 
mission of students with advanced standing. A student trans- 
ferring from another college will be required to meet the same 
requirements as any other applicant. Tliis would entail in ad- 
dition to the official college transcript, the high school tran- 
script, and CEEB Scholastic Aptitude Test. It would be expect- 
ed that acceptable advanced standing candidate's credentials 
be comparable to the admission standard established by the 
class level he will enter at the University. 



*The Freshman Class Profile of fall 1965 contained the following 
information — 1407 entering freshmen; 70 per cent from the first fifth 
of their high school graduating class; 75 per cent with a total CEEB 
score of 1000 or more, Mean CEEB Verbal, 525 and Mathematics, 549. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Students wishing to transfer may be candidates for admis- 
sion only if: 

1. They have a record of honorable dismissal. This would 
include no evidence of social or academic probation at 
other colleges. 

2. They have completed their work at other colleges with 
a quality point average exceeding 2.0, "C" average, or 
their equivalent at Indiana University of Pennsylvania. 

3. They have no grade below "C" or its equivalent in the 
semester prior to transfer. 

4. They have CEEB Scholastic Aptitude Test scores both 
Verbal and Mathematics equal to the average of the 
Freshman Class entering in the fall term preceding their 
application. 

5. They have applied within the framework of the closing 
dates established yearly by the Admission Conomittee 
of the University. 

The applications of students having the above qualifica- 
tions will receive the same consideration as those of other new 
candidates. The quota of transfer students is limited. 

A transcript of all collegiate work completed should be 
forwarded to the university from all colleges involved. Failure 
to do so or to report previous enrollment at another college 
might entail immediate disciplinary action. 

Credit will be given for acceptable courses pursued in 
accredited collegiate institutions in which the student has 
made a grade above the lowest passing grade. 

All students who are candidates for a degree shall be re- 
quired to arrange a program of studies approved by the dean 
of the school to which he is admitted. This initial evaluation 
by the Dean in which the transfer applicant enrolls is final 
with respect to meeting university degree requirements. 

No credit can be given for correspondence work. 

A student transferring 64 hours or more will be excused 
from Freshmen tests. Students transferring less than 64 hours 
may be excused from some or all Freshmen tests if they have 
a transcript of their test record sent to the university. 

Any other student must take the tests or submit his test 
records with his transcript of credit. No student may obtain 
a degree without a minimum residence of one year in this uni- 
versity. Junior standing can be attained only after attendance 
at Indiana for one semester. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Public School Nurse and 
Public School Dental Hygiene Degree Candidates 

Candidates for either degree program are expected to 
meet and follow the same entrance requirements as other ap- 
plicants with advanced standing. This would include the Scho- 
lastic Aptitude Test of the College Board or its equivalent, as 
well as a nursing school certificate. 

Readmission Policy for Students 
Who Withdraw From the University Voluntarily 

Students who withdraw from the University on a voluntary 
basis for reasons of health, financial difficulty, etc., and wish 
to re-enter, will need to notify in writing the Dean of the 
School in which they were enrolled as to their intent. This 
notification should be, at least, three months in advance of the 
beginning of the semester in which they wish to re-enter the 
University. 

PRE-PROGRAMMING AND REGISTRATION 

Students who are in full time enrollment status are given 
the opportunity to pre-program with departmental advisors 
for the next semester of attendance. Students will pre-program 
in March for the first semester and in May for the pre summer 
session. Pre-programming for the second semester occurs in 
October. Class cards for the courses selected are pulled in the 
Programming Center at designated dates shortly after such 
pre-programming. Prospective freshmen will prepare a pro- 
gram of studies with departmental advisors during interview 
dates preceding the semester of entrance. 

All students will accomplish registration and payment of 
fees by mail for the first and second semesters of each year. 
Registration materials are mailed to the student's home ad- 
dress and should be returned according to the schedule listed 
elsewhere in the catalog. 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

Absence and Tardiness. The university has no cut system of 
absenteeism. In case of absence or tardiness, the student will 
fill out a blank and present it to the teacher for admission to 
the class. 

The professor will pass judgment on the merits of the ex- 
cuse and handle the matter accordingly. 

The blanks will be available at any department of!ice. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



This plan puts the responsibiUty first upon the student, 
second upon the professor, and third upon the Deans of the Un- 
dergraduate Schools, who may in turn furnish the adviser and 
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women with whatever in- 
formation is necessary for a follow-up. 

Whenever a professor feels that any student has been ab- 
sent or tardy to an extent that might endanger scholastic 
standing, the professor will report the fact promptly to the 
office of the Dean of the appropriate undergraduate school. 

Grades. The following grades are used in reporting the 
standing of students at the end of each semester or summer 
term: A, excellent; B, good; C, average; D, passed; F, failed; 
I, incomplete. 

A grade of F can be cleared only by repeating the course 
in the regular way. The grade of I is used to record work which 
so far as covered, is of passing grade, but is incomplete because 
of personal illness or other unavoidable reason. It must be 
made up within two months after the student returns to 
the university. 

Quality Points. Quality points are assigned as follows: 
Grade A, 4 quality points per semester hour; B, 3 quality points 
per semester hour; C, 2 quality points per semester hour; D, 
1 quality point per semester hour and F, no quality points. 

To qualify for graduation, a student must have secured 
twice as many quality points as the number of semester hours 
he has earned in this university toward his degree. Quality 
points are not counted on grades from other schools and a 
student transferring from another school is held responsible 
for quality points only on work taken in this University. 

Advisory System. Purpose of the advisory system is to as- 
sist the student in his orientation to university life. Each stu- 
dent is assigned to a faculty adviser who confers with him 
relative to his program, his activities, his academic work, the 
evaluation of his progress and his education in values. At mid- 
semester teachers make reports of unsatisfactory work to the 
student's adviser. The adviser consults with the student re- 
ported with the thought of assisting him to improve his status 
by the end of the semester. 

Grade Reports. About a week after each semester or sum- 
mer session a full report is given or mailed to every student. 
Parents do not receive reports as it is assumed that university 
students are sufficiently mature and trustworthy to report the 
facts to their parents. 

Criteria Governing Continuance in the University. (1) For 

full-time students enrolled prior to June 1, 1965, It is expected 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



that a student shall maintain an overall "C" average to continue 
in good academic standing. A student earning less than 17 
quality points in a semester will be dismissed from the Uni- 
versity unless his cumulative average is at least 2.0. 

A student who has earned less than a C average may con- 
tinue on probation for one semester. During the semester that 
a student is on probation he will carry a limited program of 
studies not to exceed 15 semester hours. Where feasible, 
courses in which he received "D" or "F" grades will be repeat- 
ed. If a student fails to clear academically by earning a C 
average, he will be dismissed from the University unless his 
cumulative average is at least 2.0. Twelve semester hours is 
the minimum number of hours upon which a student's semester 
load will be computed for the purpose of determining a C aver- 
age. 

The student who is dismissed from the University under 
these circumstances will be provided with one opportunity to 
request readmission to the University and restore himself to 
good academic standing, provided the Professional Standards 
Committee feels that there is a reasonable chance to acquire the 
required grade point average. He may return to the University 
after the lapse of at least one semester and pursue a program 
consisting of at least 12 semester hours and no more than 
15 semester hours of work. All grades received for this semes- 
ter must be 'C or better to earn the student the opportunity to 
request readmission at the conclusion of the semester. 

If the student chooses to avail himself of the procedure 
provided for him to seek readmission, it will be his responsibil- 
ity to notify in writing the Office of the Dean of the School 
in which he was enrolled at the time of his dismissal and the 
Office of the Dean of Students before April 1, if requesting 
readmission for the following summer sessions or for the Fall 
semester starting in September. Written requests must be made 
to the above mentioned offices before November 1, if requesting 
readmission for the Spring semester starting in January. 

(2) For all full-time (a minimum of 12 credits per semester 
or a 12-weeks summer term) students enrolled after June 1, 
1965. A student at the end of two semesters (a minimum of 30 
semester credits attempted) must have a 1.6 cumulative aver- 
age or better to continue in the university; at the end of the 
third semester (a minimum of 45 semester credits attempted), 
he must have a 1.8 cumulative average or better to continue; 
and at the end of the summer following his fourth semester 
(a minimum of 60 semester credits attempted), he should have 
a 2.0 cumulative average. Students falling below these critical 
Q.P. averages will be dropped permanently for academic rea- 
sons. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Classification of Students. Students are placed in one of 
four classes according to progress towards graduation. 

A freshman has less than 30 semester hours and 62 quality- 
points. 

A sophomore has at least 30 semester hours and 62 quality 
points but has not attained junior standing. (Transfers having 
30 or more semester hours are so classified for one semester.) 

A junior has applied for junior standing and has been ap- 
proved. (See Junior Standing explanation, below.) 

A senior has been approved for junior standing and has 
earned 96 or more semester hours. (Persons holding degrees 
may be classified as seniors.) 

Junior Standing. The main purpose of junior standing is to 
screen the student at the close of his sophomore year to assure 
him that success in a university is evident; and that the uni- 
versity intends to recommend him for a position if he main- 
tains his progress at the same level. Formal admission to junior 
standing is a requisite for continuing the program in the uni- 
versity in either the School of Education or the School of 
Liberal Arts. 

A student who is enrolled in his fourth semester of uni- 
versity work or who will have at least 62 semester hours at 
the end of the current semester must apply for junior standing 
during the current semester. 

This application should be filled out completely by the stu- 
dent and his advisor and turned in to the office of the Assistant 
Dean of the School of Education or the office of the Dean of 
Liberal Arts on or before the deadline set for the current 
semester. Each application is taken under advisement for ap- 
proval or rejection by the Committee of Professional Stand- 
ards. 

Students must meet the following requirements to obtain 
approval for junior standing: 

1. The scholastic record must be "C" average or better for 
the first two years of work taken by the student, with 
a minimum of 62 semester hours, and the student must 
continue in good standing. 

2. A passing grade must be attained in English I and Eng- 
lish II. Students who transfer English credits to Indiana 
and are given credit for English II must attain at least 
a "C" grade in English I. If less than a "C" is earned, it 
will be necessary for the student to take English II. 

3. An adequate level of achievement as measured by the 
sophomore examinations in Reading, Writing, Mathe- 
matics, Social Studies, and Science will be required. A 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



student who fails any one of the examinations must re- 
peat the test or tests the next semester or summer ses- 
sion he is in college. Some students may be advised to 
take additional course (s) in the areas where test scores 
are lowest. 

4. For the School of Education the voice must be free from 
objectionable qualities. Students who have failed to pass 
a speech test are required to take corrective work in the 
Speech Clinic until their deficiencies, if remediable, have 
been overcome. Irremediable cases are given special 
consideration by the committee. 

5. The student should manifest academic and social ma- 
turity, professional zeal, and social consciousness. Ad- 
ditionally, he should have proved himself to be depend- 
able, co-operative and to possess high principles and 
good moral character. Preferably, he should participate 
in some extra-curricular activities. 

6. The student must have the endorsement of his depart- 
ment. A student who fails to receive the endorsement of 
his department should clarify his standing with the de- 
partment or change his major field. 

Students who fail to meet the above requirements will be 
given one semester or summer session to make them up. Stu- 
dents who fail to clear their deficiencies at the time of the 
second application will be dismissed from the university. 

After the first application for Junior Standing only one 
department change will be permitted. If the student, after his 
first application, changes his department it is his responsibility 
to see that his new department has every opportunity to eval- 
uate him as a candidate for a degree in that particular area. 

If in the junior standing process it is foimd that the stu- 
dent is not suited for the teaching profession or a particular 
field of Liberal Arts, the university will endeavor to assist 
him in making an adjustment to a new objective. 

Credentials will be examined by the Committee on Pro- 
fessional Standards and decisions will be reached on the basis 
of all evidence available. 

The Committee on Professional Standards is composed of 
the following personnel: Dean, School of Education, Chairman; 
Assistant Dean, School of Education; Dean, School of Liberal 
Arts; Dean of Students; Registrar; Dean of Women; Dean of 
Men; and a faculty representative selected by the Faculty 
Council. Two other personnel sit in as official committee mem- 
bers: as each student applicant is considered, his department 
chairman and his advisor also are official members of this 
committee. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Graduate work leading to the Master of Education degree 
has been available at Indiana University of Pennsylvania since 
September, 1957. At present the graduate student may earn this 
degree by working in any one of the following fields: Art, 
Biology, Chemistry, Counselor Education, Elementary Educa- 
tion, Elementary Science, English, Geography, Mathematics, 
Physical Science, Science, Social Studies, Business, and Music. 

In each of the programs the thirty hours of course work 
required for the degree is divided into four categories. The first 
category involves subject matter concentration in which the 
student completes from 14 to 22 hours of work. The second 
area includes 4 to 10 semester hours of work in the area of pro- 
fessional studies and may include a thesis. In the third place 
every student must take one two-hour course in foundations of 
education, and finally a two-hour course in Elements of Re- 
search is required. 

The student has a choice of completing the research re- 
quirements for this degree either by preparing a thesis for 
which 2 to 4 semester hours of credit may be given, or he may 
complete all thirty hours in course work and, in addition, pre- 
pare a research project. 

To be eligible to take work in the Indiana Graduate Pro- 
gram a student must: 

1. Present a Bachelor's degree from a college or a univer- 
sity that has been accredited by its regional accrediting 
agency. 

2. He must present a transcript of his undergraduate work 
showing a 2.5 honor point value for all four years of his 
undergraduate work. The 2.5 assumes a grade of A to 
have 4 honor points per credit hour, a grade of B to have 
3 honor points per credit hour, a grade of C to have 2 
honor points per credit hour, and a grade of D to have 
1 honor point per credit hour. 

If the applicant's undergraduate record does not meet 
this 2.5 honor point value, he may be admitted by mak- 
ing a satisfactory score on the entrance qualification 
examination. 

3. The applicant must present a Pennsylvania Teaching 
Certificate or its equivalent. This implies that he have 
an undergraduate major in the field in which he wishes 
to concentrate on the graduate level. This requirement 
applies to teachers only. 

For detailed information on Graduate Study at Indiana, 
one should write to the Dean of the Graduate School, Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania, for a copy of the Graduate Bulle- 
tin. This publication explains the steps necessary for admission, 
the requirements for the degree, and an explanation of each 
program. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



FEES, DEPOSITS, REPAYMENTS 

(Subject To Change) 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Basic Semester Fee for Regular Session. The basic fee for 
each student in each curriculum is charged as follows: 

Elementary Curriculum $125.00 

Academic Curricula 125.00 

Art Curriculum 143.00 

Business Education Curriculum 137.00 

Home Economics Curriculum 152.00 

Music Education Curriculum 170.00 

This fee covers registration and the keeping of records of 
students, library, student welfare, health services (other than 
extra nurse and quarantine) , and laboratory facilities. 

Students taking NINE or fewer semester hours shall pay 
at the rate of $12.50 per semester hour. Students taking more 
than NINE semester hours shall pay the regular basic fees; 
basic fees for special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis 
of an eighteen semester hour load. 

SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 

Basic Semester Fee for Regular Session. The basic fee for 
each student in the Liberal Arts Curriculum is $150.00 per 
semester. 

Students taking NINE or fewer semester hours shall pay 
at the rate of $15.00 per semester hour. Students taking more 
than NINE semester hours shall pay the regular basic fees. 

OTHER FEES APPLICABLE IN THE 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND THE 

SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 

Housing Fee. The housing fee for students is $306.00 per 

semester. This includes room, meals in one of the college 
dining rooms, and laundry of sheets and pillow cases. 

Out-of-state Fee. Out-of-state students pay a basic fee of 
$20.00 per semester hour of credit. If enrolled in the School of 
Education in the Art, Business, Home Economics, or Music 
Curriculum, they also pay the special curriculum fee as in- 
dicated below: 

Art $18.00 

Business 12.00 

Home Economics 27.00 

Music 45.00 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Student Activity Fee. An activity fee is collected from all 
students and administered through the Student Cooperative 
Association under regulations approved by the Board of Trus- 
tees. This fee of $20.00 per semester covers the cost of student 
activities in athletics, lectures, entertainment, student publica- 
tions, etc., and is payable in one sum for the semester at the 
time of registration. No activity fee is charged for Saturday 
campus and extension classes. 

Late Registration Fee. Each student registering after the 
date officially set for registration is required to pay an ad- 
ditional fee of $1.00 per day until the student is in regular at- 
tendance (except when permission for late registration has 
been secured in advance from the President because of illness 
or other unavoidable causes), provided that the total amount 
of the late Registration Fee shall not exceed $5.00. The same 
regulation shall apply to approved inter-semester payments. 

SPECIAL FEES 

Private Instruction in Music: 

Voice, Piano, Band, or Orchestra Instruments, $32.00 per 
semester — ^for one lesson per week. 

Pipe Organ, $42.00 per semester — for one lesson per week. 

Rental of Piano for practice, one period per day, $6.00 per 
semester. 

Rental of Pipe Organ for practice, one period per day, 
$36.00 per semester. 

Rental of Band or Orchestral Instruments, $8.00 per semes- 
ter. 

Damage Fee. Students are responsible for damages, break- 
age, loss, or delayed return of university property. 

Infirmary Fee. After three days in the university infirmary 
the University shall charge students who regularly eat in the 
university dining room an additional $1.00 for each day. Stu- 
dents who room at the university but do not eat in the uni- 
versity dining room shall pay $3.00 per day after the third day. 
Day students admitted to the infirmary pay board at the rate 
of $3.00 a day. This charge includes the regular nurse and reg- 
ular medical service but does not include special nurse or spe- 
cial medical service. 

Degree Fee. A fee of $5.00 to cover the cost of a diploma 
must be paid by each candidate for a degree. 

Transcript Fees. A fee of $1.00 is charged for the second 
and each subsequent transcript of records. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 45 

Delinquent Accounts. No student shall be enrolled, grad- 
uated, or receive a transcript of his records until all previous 
charges have been paid. 

Other Charges. In addition to the above fees the average 
student will require approximately $75.00 per semester for 
books, gymnasium costume, student organization dues, etc. 

Military Clothing Deposit. A deposit of $5.00 by all ROTO 
cadets to cover damage to the uniform or loss of its compon- 
ents; in addition, a charge of $3.00 is made to defray costs of 
military impediments. Any balance remaining from the de- 
posit will be returned at the end of the university year, or 
sooner, if the student terminates his enrollment in the ROTC. 

Advance Registration Deposit. A deposit of $15.00 must 
be made by all students when registration is requested. No 
refunds can be granted for the advance deposit fees nor can 
the fee be applied to another date of entrance. A check or 
money order for this amount must be drawn to the Common- 
wealth of Pennsylvania. If a money order is used it must be 
payable at Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. This is a guarantee of 
the student's intention to enter the university for the term or 
semester designated. This money is deposited with the Depart- 
ment of Revenue to the credit of the student's basic fee. 

Private Accounts. As a convenience to students, personal 
deposits may be made in the Student Co-operative Book Store 
and drawn against by countercheck from time to time. A small 
fee will be charged for this service. 

SUMMER SESSIONS FEES 

Basic Fee for Six-Weeks Summer Session. The fee for stu- 
dents enrolled in the School of Education for the regular Sum- 
mer Session is $12.50 per semester hour. A minimum basic fee 
of $37.50 is charged. 

The fee for students enrolled in the School of Liberal Arts 
for the regular Summer Session is $15.00 per semester hour. A 
minimum basic fee of $45.00 is charged. 

Basic Fee for Three Weeks Pre- and Post-Sessions. The 

basic fee for students enrolled in the School of Education for 
the Pre- and Post-Sessions is $12.50 per semester hour. A mini- 
mum basic fee of $37.50 is charged. 

The basic fee for students enrolled in the School of Liberal 
Arts for the Pre- and Post-Sessions is $15.00 per semester hour. 
A minimum basic fee of $45.00 is charged. 

Basic Fee for Special Curricula in the School of Education. 

In addition to the above fee for the summer sessions, students 



46 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

enrolled in the special curricula will pay the following addi- 
tional basic fees: 

Main Pre- Post- 
Session Session Session 

Art $6.00 $3.00 $3.00 

Business Education 4.00 2.00 2.00 

Home Economics 9.00 4.50 4.50 

Music Education 15.00 7.50 7.50 

OTHER FEES APPLICABLE IN THE SCHOOL OF 
EDUCATION AND THE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 

Activity Fee. For the regular summer session the fee is 
$7.00 and for the pre- and post-summer sessions, $3.50. 

Housing Fee. For the regular summer sessions the fee is 
$102.00 and for the pre- and post-sessions, $51.00. This fee in- 
cludes room, meals and the laundry of sheets and pillow cases. 

Out-of-State Fees. Students who are not residents of Penn- 
sylvania will pay a basic fee of $20.00 per semester hour with a 
minimum charge of $60.00 for each session. If enrolled in the 
special curricula they will pay the same special curriculum 
fees as resident students who are Pennsylvanians. 

REPAYMENTS 

No refunds will be made to students who are temporarily 
suspended, indefinitely suspended, dismissed, or who volun- 
tarily withdraw from the university. 

For personal illness, if certified to by an attending physi- 
cian, or for other reasons approved by the Board of Trustees, 
the housing and basic fees for that part of the semester which 
the student does not spend in the university will be refunded. 

TIME OF PAYMENTS 

Payment in full of all Pre-Session fees June 6, 1966 

Payment in full of all Main Summer Session fees June 27, 1966 

Payment in full of all Post-Session fees August 8, 1966 

Payment for the first half of first semester 

August 15, 1966 

Payment for the second half of first semester 

November 7-9, 1966 

Payment for the first half of second semester 

December 15, 1966 

Payment for the second half of second semester 

March 20-22, 1967 

Payment for the entire semester may be made in Septem- 
ber and January if desired. Above dates are for 1966-67. Dates 
for 1967-68 will be about the same. Exact dates for 1967-68 may 
be secured from the university's registrar or business office. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HOW BILLS AND CHARGES ARE TO BE PATO 

All bills, including basic fee, housing fee, and special de- 
partment fees are payable on enrollment day for at least the 
first nine weeks. Payment must be made by the student at 
registration. Checks or money orders, in the exact amount of 
the account, should be made payable to the Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania. Book Store purchases are on a cash basis. 
Checks for Activity Fee should be separate and made payable 
to the Student Cooperative Association. 

Students will not be permitted to enroll for any semester 
until all bills previously incurred have been paid; nor will 
credit be certified to other institutions or to the Department of 
Public Instruction xintil all overdue accounts have been paid. 

Students desiring to leave school before the close of a se- 
mester must report to the dean of students, registrar and to the 
business office to settle all unpaid accounts. 

Meal tickets for visitors can be obtained in the Slater Com- 
pany office. 

FINANCIAL AID 

The financial aid program at Indiana University of Penn- 
sylvania is administered through the office of the Dean of 
Students. A single financial aid application form is used for 
both scholarships and loans. 

All freshmen and transfer students who are applying for 
financial aid at Indiana University of Pennsylvania must also 
submit the Parents' Confidential Statement of the College 
Scholarship Service. This form may be obtained from your 
high school counselor, principal, or the College Scholarship 
Service, Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey. Applications for fi- 
nancial aid from entering freshmen must be on file in the 
Financial Aid office by March 1 for those entering college in 
September, and by November 1 for those entering college in 
the following January. 

LOANS 

Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund. By action of the Executive 

Committee of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania Alumni 
Association, the Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund was establish- 
ed in 1962, by contributions from alumni and friends. This fund 
commemorates the m.emory of Jennie E. Ackerman who served 
as Supervisor of Student Teachers at Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania for many years and is available to sophomores, 
juniors, and seniors who are maintaining satisfactory academic 
records at the University. The maximum outstanding amount 
extended to any one student cannot exceed $200. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Robert Bellis Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund has been 
established at Indiana University of Pennsylvania by friends 
and relatives in memory of Robert G. Bellis, a graduate of 
Indiana State College. The Robert Bellis Scholarship Loan 
Fund, as the memorial will be known, will be used to grant 
loans to deserving students, preferably to juniors or seniors, 
interest free the first year and at a very small interest rate 
beginning with the second. 

. Jane E. Leonard Memorial Loan Fund. This loan fund was 
established several years ago and has been built up largely 
through the work of the faculty and alumni. The fund now 
totals about $30,000. The governing board in charge of granting 
loans consists of a faculty committee appointed by the president 
of the University. The plan in operation provides for the grant- 
ing of loans to sophomores, juniors, and seniors with interest 
at two per cent, payable at maturity of the loan. In special 
cases of emergency a freshman may arrange for a short-term 
loan during his second semester in the university. The maxi- 
mum outstanding loan to any student cannot exceed $400. Ap- 
plications are available at the Director of Financial Aids Office. 

Thirty-day loans not to exceed $20 are available to all stu- 
dents in cases of emergency. No interest is charged. These loans 
are available upon application to the Dean of Students, Dean of 
Men, or Dean of Women. 

Mack Loan and Scholarship Fund. A loan and scholarship 
fund has been established by members of the Mack family to 
be used for making loan and scholarship grants to worthy stu- 
dents with financial need. Preference will be given to freshmen 
and sophomores who can give evidence of academic excellence, 
financial need, and promise as a future member of the teaching 
profession. At the present time the maximum loan available 
is $200 per year. 

Alan P. Mewha Geography Memorial Loan Fimd. This 
fund was established in 1959 and is administered by the faculty 
of the Geography Department. Juniors and Seniors have prior- 
ity on loans from this fund. Interest rates are the same as those 
for the Jane Leonard Fund. 

National Defense Student Loan Program. The National 
Defense Student Loan Program was authorized by the enact- 
ment of Public Law 85-864, the National Defense Education 
Act of 1958. The law requires that each borrower be a full- 
time undergraduate or graduate student, that he be in need 
of the amount of his loan to pursue his courses of study, 
and that he be, in the opinion of his institution, capable of 
maintaining good standing in his chosen courses of study. The 
law further provides that special consideration in the selection 
of loan recipients be given to (a) students with a superior aca- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 49 

demic background who express a desire to teach in elementary 
or secondary schools, and (b) students whose academic back- 
ground indicates a superior capacity or preparation in science, 
mathematics, engineering, or a modern foreign language. A stu- 
dent may borrow for college expenses in one year a sum not 
exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000), and during his entire 
course in higher education, a sum not exceeding five thousand 
dollars ($5,000) . Applications are available upon request at the 
office of the Director of Financial Aid. 

Flossie Wagner Sanford Student Loan Fund. The Penn- 
sylvania Federation of Women's Clubs has established a stu- 
dent loan fund in honor of Flossie Wagner Sanford an alumna 
and former member of the faculty of Indiana State College. 
Loans from this fund are made to qualified students by the 
Faculty Loan and Scholarship Committee who need financial 
assistance. 

Tau Kappa Epsilon Loan Fund. Through the generosity of 
a former Tau Kappa Epsilon faculty adviser, a sum of money 
has been made available for loans to members in good standing 
academically and with the fraternity. The maximum outstand- 
ing amount to any one student cannot exceed $400. 

Men's Varsity "I" Loan Fund. The Men's Varsity I Club 
has built up a loan fund for members of varsity athletic teams 
in good standing. Members may borrow not more than $150.00 
per year. Loans are made for a reasonable period of time and 
are interest free for the first year. Thereafter the interest rate 
is two per cent per annum. 

REGULATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Enrollment in the University implies an agreement on the 
part of each student to comply with the customs of the Univer- 
sity and to obey the regulations. 

The University reserves the right to dismiss any student 
who refuses to conform to University regulations. 

There shall be no intoxicating beverages or gambling on 
university property, fraternity houses, or in residences rented 
in town. Violation may lead to immediate suspension from the 
university. Students returning to the campus in an intoxicated 
condition will be suspended. 

Students shall not possess or store firearms while in resi- 
dence. 

Students are not permitted to act as sales or advertising 
representatives on campus without permission of the appro- 
priate Dean. Students should require outside sales representa- 
tives to show their authorization before making any commit- 
ment. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



All students brought before law enforcement authorities 
for law violations must also appear before the University Dis- 
ciplinary Committee for possible University disciplinary action. 

Only juniors and seniors and those who commute daily to 
the University may have cars at Indiana. Resident students 
with cars are not permitted to park on the Indiana campus be- 
tween the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Students with un- 
usual situations should direct their inquiries to the Dean of 
Men or the Dean of Women, Cars should be registered in the 
Dean of Students' Office, 

Women's Dining Room Policy. Beginning with the fall 
semester of 1966 all freshmen, sophomore, and junior women 
living in university owned or operated dormitories will take 
meals in the university dining halls; senior women may take 
meals in the dining halls if they wish. In the fall of 1967, all 
resident women will take meals in the university dining halls 
unless excused by the Dean of Women for good cause. AH ar- 
rangements for off -campus meals must be made with the Dean 
of Women before June 1, or January 15. This policy is subject 
to change at the close of any semester. Any changes in dining 
room status during the semester must be approved by the Dean 
of Women. 

Women's Housing Policy. All single women except those 
living with immediate relatives, those working for room and 
board in approved private homes, graduates of other institu- 
tions, or veterans are required to live in university dormitories 
or college operated houses. Married women may arrange for 
accommodations off campus. 

Note: Working for room and board constitutes the giving 
of twenty hours of work in exchange for room and meals. 
There shall be no exchange of cash monies except where the 
employer feels that the employee has done more than her 
share, or where extra work is done over and above the twenty 
hours. 

Up to April 15, those students who have indicated their 
intention of returning in the fall will have rooms assigned to 
them as follows: If they desire to keep the rooms they have, 
these rooms are re-assigned to them, unless for some reason it 
is felt wise or necessary to withdraw students from said rooms. 
As soon after April 15 as possible, the remaining rooms are 
chosen by lot. Only students who have indicated their intention 
of returning in the fall may reserve a room for the following 
year. Otherwise, their assignment to a room is cancelled and 
they take a place on the list of entering students. 

General supervision of the personal and social welfare of 
women students is exercised by the Dean of Women, Assistant 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Dean of Women, and head residents. Student body, faculty, 
and administration cooperate to maintain high standards of 
social life and conduct. Privileges are granted according to of- 
ficial class ratings based on academic achievement. Restrictions 
which are put upon the freedom of students are felt to be 
necessary for successful study and living conditions and for 
the well-being of the group. 

Participation in dormitory government is vested in the 
Women's Collegiate Association, of which all resident women 
are automatically members. Representatives from each living 
unit make up the Council, which serves as a clearing house 
for discussing difficulties and making recommendations con- 
cerning dormitory problems. A Judicial Board administers and 
enforces association regulations. 

Men's Housing Policy. Campus rooming facilities are under 
the supervision of head residents, student hall counselors or 
house heads, and these are responsible to the Dean of Men and 
Assistant Dean of Men. This group assists in effecting orderly 
procedures in resident living. All men, whether living on or off 
the campus, are expected to abide by the rules and regulations 
of the University. 

All freshmen, except those who commute from home daily, 
or who live with relatives, or who are married, shall live in 
one of the dormitories, or other college property when accom- 
modations are available. Other non-commuting students enter- 
ing Indiana for the first time shall live in university property 
when they can be accommodated. 

Likewise, upperclass non-commuting men under 21 years 
of age, shall live in one of the dormitories or other university 
property when space is available unless excused by the Dean 
of Men. Priority for assignments shall be to sophomores, jun- 
iors, and seniors, in that order. 

Non-commuting men who cannot be accommodated on the 
campus are expected to select rooms in town from an approved 
list compiled in the office of the Assistant Dean of Men. All 
financial arrangements are the responsibility of the student 
and the landlord. The Assistant Dean of Men is responsible for 
supervising rooming accommodations in town. 

The foregoing policy may be changed at the end of any 
semester. 

Men's Dining Room Policy. 

1. All male students living in university buildings shall 
eat in a university dining room. 

2. Men living off campus who wish to eat in a university 
dining room may do so as long as space is available but they 
shall make arrangements with the Dean of Men. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



3. Cooking in rooms in university buildings is absolutely 
forbidden. 

4. Assignments to a university dining room are on a semes- 
ter basis except in cases of emergency and w^hen excused by 
the Dean of Men. 

5. This policy is subject to change at the close of any 

semester. 

• Automobile Regulations. Resident students who live on 
campus and all freshmen and sophomores who do not com- 
mute daily from their homes are not permitted to have cars 
on the Indiana campus. Juniors and seniors not living on cam- 
pus and those who commute daily may have cars but must 
register them in the Dean of Students' Office and must have 
them properly identified with bumper stickers. Any exceptions 
to these policies must be approved by the Dean of Men or the 
Dean of Women. 

Baggage. AH baggage is delivered to the basement of the 
dormitory to which the student is assigned. Luggage should be 
plainly marked with the student's name and, if the room as- 
signment has been made, should also bear the room number. 
Students living in university owned or university controlled 
houses should mark their baggage with the street address. 

Laundry. The university provides each student with a 
laundered sheet and pillow case each week plus a laundered 
bedspread twice a month. 

Laundry and ironing rooms are maintained on the ground 
floors of all women's dormitories and on the ground floors of 
the newer male dormitories. 

Student Supplies. Students who live in university dormi- 
tories are furnished bed linen and bedspreads. Each student 
must provide blankets, towels, soap, needed toilet articles, etc. 
Curtains and draperies are provided. 

Students must also furnish their own gymnasium attire 
and towels. The Physical Education Department requires reg- 
ulation gymnasium and pool equipment, which are purchased 
in the College Book Store. 

Each student is required to own a good college dictionary, 
approved by the English Department. Such a dictionary costs 
about $6.00 and can be purchased in the College Book Store. 
Core courses in English require the dictionary as a standard 
text; other college courses use it extensively. 

Vacation and Guest Charges. Students may not remain at 

the university during Thanksgiving, Christmas, Easter, or sum- 
mer vacation. Students and teachers are responsible for meals 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



of their guests at current transient rates. The transient rate for 
meals is as follows: breakfast, 60 cents; lunch, 85 cents; dinner, 
$1.25. 

A charge of $1.58 is made for overnight guests on Friday 
and Saturday nights. Arrangements should be made with the 
House Director, or Dean of Women, or Dean of Men, depending 
on the dormitory involved. 

Day Students. Accommodations for women day students 
are provided in John Sutton Hall. Similar quarters for men day 
students are located in Whitmyre Hall and the ground floor of 
Gordon Hall. Library facilities provide pleasant study con- 
ditions for non-resident students. Students through their House 
Committee assume responsibility for care and use of rooms 
set aside for them. 

Day students may purchase lunches in the Thomas Sutton 
Dining Hall, the Charles Foster Dining Hall, The Student 
Union, or in the coffee shops in either the Foster Dining Hall 
or the Sutton Dining Hall. 

Fire Precautions. Students are not permitted to use or to 
have stoves, heaters or cookers, or other equipment for pro- 
ducing fire or heat in their rooms. Such equipment is prohibit- 
ed by fire regulations and will be removed and confiscated by 
the fire inspector. 

Smoking in women's dormitory rooms with the exception 
of the new buildings is absolutely forbidden, due to the fire 
hazard. Radios are permitted. Extension cords and double sock- 
ets are permitted only when approved by the electrician. 

The Handbook. The Student Cooperative Association pub- 
lishes a college Directory, which is available to all students 
without charge. This handbook contains information concern- 
ing college organizations, procedures, and routines. Another 
publication, the Freshman Information Booklet, is especially 
useful in the orientation of freshmen. 



SPECIAL SERVICES 

Administrative Office Hours. Monday through Friday: 8:00 
A.M. to 12:00 Noon; 1:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. Saturdays: 8:00 A.M. 
to 12:00 Noon. Offices are not open Saturday afternoons and 
Sundays. Offices close at 4:00 P.M. in June, July and August. 

University Infirmary. Off S. 11th Street behind Cogswell 
Hall is located the infirmary which is thoroughly equipped for 
all routine work. Four registered nurses are on the infirmary 
staff. Medical service is provided by a physician who comes 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAIMA 



daily to the infirmary. Twelve beds are available where resi- 
dent students may have three days' free hospitalization. See 
page 44 for infirmary fees. 

Library Hours. Mondav through Thursday: 7:45 A.M. to 
9:30 P.M.; Friday: 7:45 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; Saturday: 7:45 A.M. 
to 5:00 P.M.; Sunday: 3:00 P.M. to 8:00 P.M. 

Special Clinics. 

Three clinics at the university offer diagnostic testing and 
remedial or improvement service or instruction in the follow- 
ing areas: 

Psychological Clinic — diagnosis of academic and behavior 
problems and personal, vocational, and educational counseling. 

Reading Clinic — diagnosis and remedial instruction for 
reading and spelling disabilities and instruction for the im- 
provement of present skills. 

Speech & Hearing Clinic — diagnosis of speech problems, 
hearing tests and evaluations, and a regular program of ther- 
apy. 

These services are made available without charge to the 
students regularly enrolled at the university in order that they 
may be given the assistance necessary to remove deficiencies 
which would interfere with their successful performance and 
progress in the university and in their future work. 

University students v/ho need help in any of the areas sug- 
gested above are encouraged to use the facilities provided for 
them. 

University students may of their own initiative come to any 
clinic for help, or they may be referred by any faculty member 
or university official. 

Reserve Officers' Training Corps. The United States Army 
has a unit of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps at the univer- 
sity. All physically, morally qualified male freshmen are ex- 
pected to take and pass one year of the Basic Course of Military 
Science. Upon graduation from the regular university course 
and successful completion of the Reserve Officers' Training 
Corps Program, the student will receive a second lieutenant's 
commission in the United States Army Reserve. To make this 
program possible, deferments from the draft are issued to the 
students successfully meeting the University and ROTC re- 
quirements. Upon graduation, the former student serves on 
active duty for a period not to exceed two years, if called by 
the Secretary of the Army. This enables the student to obtain 
his university degree and then fulfill his obligation to his 
country. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Keith School. John A. H. Keith School, completed in 1939, 
provides for a program of instruction from kindergarten 
through sixth grade and provides for professional laboratory 
experiences such as observation, participation, student teach- 
ing and research. Professional laboratory experiences in Keith 
School may be planned and scheduled with the Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences. The school also contains 
the offices of the Director of Placement and the Director of 
Professional Laboratory Experiences. 

Placement Service. The services of the Placement Office 
are available to students who are graduating, students who are 
attending for certification, students who have been admitted 
to the graduate school, and alumni. The directors of the various 
departments take an active interest in the placement of their 
graduates. The Office supplies credentials to employers who 
are seeking applicants for positions, arranges for interviews, 
and serves as a center where graduates may keep their records 
up-to-date. Alumni are using this service increasingly. Positions 
are not guaranteed by the university, but Indiana's record of 
placement is one of the very best in Pennsylvania. The Place- 
ment Office also receives and makes available to graduates 
and undergraduates lists of vacancies in summer camp counsel- 
ing. 

THE SUMMER SESSIONS 

The Summer School is an integral part of the year's work. 
Students from other colleges, teachers in service and students 
in regular attendance can secure in the summer session three 
to twelve hours credit toward any certificate or toward grad- 
uation in any curriculum. The courses are planned primarily 
for those who have had previous work and for those who are 
accelerating their work. An effort is made to meet all reason- 
able requests of teachers who are working toward higher cer- 
tification or toward graduation. 

All courses given in the summer session require the same 
amount of time and are granted the same credit as if taken 
during a regular semester. The Summer School Bulletin will 
be mailed to anyone desiring more complete information re- 
garding the courses to be offered. 

Dates. Three sessions, two of three weeks and one of six 
weeks, are planned for the summer of 1966. The pre-session 
will open Monday, June 6 and close Friday, June 24. The main 
session starts Monday, June 27 and continues to Friday, August 
5. The post-session opens Monday, August 8 and closes Friday, 
August 26. It is thus possible for a student to secure three to 
twelve credits by attending the summer school. 

Address Director of Summer Sessions for special bulletin 
indicating courses and activities of the Summer Session, 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SCHOLARSHIPS 

Gamma Theta Upsilon Scholarship. The Gamma Theta 
Upsilon Scholarship was estabhshed by the Honorary Geo- 
graphy Fraternity to honor that Freshman geography major 
who attains the highest overall scholastic standing. This award 
of twenty-five dollars ($25) is made each year by a committee 
of the local chapter in consultation with the Dean of Instruc- 
tion. 

• Elementary Scholarship Award. Through the generosity of 
an alumna of the Elementary Education Department, an an- 
nual scholarship award of $50 is made each year to a senior in 
the Elementary Education Department who has maintained a 
fine academic record and who has strong professional promise. 

M. Vashti Burr Memorial Award. The sum of $100 is 
awarded annually to that student of Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania who is deemed by the faculty to be most de- 
serving, having in mind his or her economic need and the 
excellence of his or her industry and scholarship. This award is 
given through the generosity of Mr. William V. Whittington, 
Washington, D,C, 

Clark Scholarship. The Lieutenant Alpheus BeU Clark 
Memorial Scholarship was established by Mr. and Mrs, Steele 
Clark, Cherry Tree, Indiana County, in memory of their son. 
The sum of seventy-five dollars will be awarded each semester 
to that young man or woman, a senior in the University and a 
resident of Indiana County, who in the opinion of a committee 
chosen by the President, best qualifies for the honor in terms 
of academic ability, leadership, and service to the University 
with preference going to a veteran, or a son or a daughter of 
a veteran. 

Cole Prize in Ornithology. Each semester a prize of $25 is 
given to that student who presents the best research paper in 
the field of ornithology. This grant is made in the generosity of 
Mr. William W. Cole, Jr., a former student at Indiana Univer- 
sity of Pennsylvania, 

Harriet Farr Davis Scholarship in the Fine Arts. This 
scholarship worth fifty dollars ($50) is awarded each year to a 
senior in the Art Department who best meets a number of 
criteria established for this award. This scholarship was estab- 
lished by Dr. Guy P. Davis, a retired member of the faculty, 
in honor of his wife, Harriet Farr Davis. 

Gorell Educational Fund Scholarships. Each year several 

scholarships are granted to entering freshmen at Indiana Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, These scholarships are granted on 
the basis of need and academic record and are granted to 
Western Pennsylvania students. Funds for these scholarships 
come from the Gorell Educational Fund administered through 
the Pittsburgh Foundation. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Extension Homemaker Scholarships. Homemakers partici- 
pating in the Home Economics Extension program contribute 
funds annually for scholarships to be given to sophomores, 
juniors or seniors who are majoring in home economics in 
several colleges in the state. Indiana awards six on the basis 
of 4-H experience, need, scholarship and other outstanding 
characteristics. 

Junior Chamber of Commerce Awards. These awards are 
given annually to juniors selected by the officers of the Junior 
Chamber of Commerce and the Business Education Department 
faculty for $35 each for one semester only. 

Kappa Delta Pi Scholarships. The Kappa Delta Pi Scholar- 
ship was established by the Beta Gamma Chapter of this uni- 
versity to honor that member of the sophomore class who is 
judged to be the ideal university student. This award of twenty- 
five dollars is made each year by a committee of the local chap- 
ter and is awarded on the basis of scholarship. The Beta Gam- 
ma Chapter beginning with the 1961-62 college year is also of- 
fering an award of $25.00 to the graduate student at Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania with the best academic record. 

Ray Metzel Mellowmen Scholarship. One scholarship is 
given annually to that junior or senior who is a member of the 
Mellowmen. The scholarship is worth $200 for one year. 

Monday Musical Club String Scholarship. The Monday 
Musical Club of Indiana, Pennsylvania, gives a scholarship in 
the amount of $100 good for one year only to a string major 
in the Music Department. 

Morris Scholarships. The Helen Wood Morris Scholarships 
were established by Lieutenant-Colonel L. M, Morris, of Al- 
toona in memory of his wife, a graduate of the university. The 
sum of one hundred dollars will be awarded annually to stu- 
dents selected by a committee named by the institution, one 
award to a sophomore, the other to a junior. Students chosen 
must be in the highest quarter of their class, must be in need 
of financial assistance, and must have demonstrated worthiness 
in terms of character, personality, leadership and American 
citizenship. 

Ethyl V. Oxley Scholarships. Each year the Alumni of the 
Home Economics Department awards $75.00 scholarships to 
one, two or three outstanding students in the department. 
Awards are based on evidence of such characteristics as de- 
pendability, initiative in worthwhile professional experiences, 
accepting responsibility, social sensitivity and sincerity in deal- 
ing with people, sense of values, personality and scholarship. 

The Lenora Pechan Scholarship. The Lenora Pechan Schol- 
arship is awarded by Dr. Albert R. Pechan, a member of the 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Senate of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and of the Board 
of Trustees of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania, in the 
amount of $100 each year ($50 each semester) to a sophomore 
student, a member of the Reserve Officer Training Corps, who 
has been an outstanding student in the ROTC and whose other 
academic work is satisfactory. First priority will be given to a 
student from Armstrong County, selected by the officers of the 
Reserve Officers Training Corps and the Faculty Scholarship 
and Loan Committee. 

Pennsylvania Federation of Women's Clubs Scholarships. 

At least four scholarships of $100 each are offered annually to 
students in the art education department. These scholarships 
are provided by voluntary contributions from clubs to "Pennies 
For Art Fund", by the Pennsylvania Federation of Women's 
Clubs. 

Presser Foundation Scholarship. The Presser Foundation 
of Philadelphia awards two scholarships each year to music 
students a^ the Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Interested 
music students should apply through the chairman of the music 
department. 

Quota Club Scholarship. The Quota Club of Indiana has 
established a scholarship of $50 a semester or $400 for four 
years for a woman student at Indiana University of Penn- 
sylvania. 

ROTC Scholarships. The United States Army offers several 

two and four year scholarships. The United States Army pays 
for tuition, laboratory fees, textbooks and other required ex- 
penses except room and board. In addition the student receives 
$50 per month for the duration of the scholarship, except for 
a six-week Summer Camp Program where the pay is $120.60 
per month. To qualify the student must complete the ROTC 
program and must display a strong desire for a career as a 
Regular Army Officer. Instructions on how to apply may be 
obtained from the Professor of Military Science. 

Hannah Kent SchoflE Memorial Scholarship. Annually a 
scholarship worth six hundred dollars ($600) will be awarded 
to two entering freshmen at Indiana University of Pennsylva- 
nia. Applicants must be graduates of Pennsylvania High 
Schools who wish to prepare for teaching. Application forms 
may be obtained by writing the Financial Aid Office, Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania. Applica- 
tions must be filed prior to March 1st of each year. 

Secondary Education Club Scholarship. The Secondary 
Education Club grants a one-year scholarship for $50 to a 
secondary upperclassman. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Service Club Scholarships. The Kiwanis, Lions, and Rotary- 
Clubs of Indiana, Pennsylvania, have scholarship programs 
which provide financial aid for approximately 16 students per 
year at Indiana University of Pennsylvania. These scholarships 
are administered by the local service clubs with assistance 
from the Financial Aid Office at the University. 

Sgriccia Brothers Memorial Scholarships. Each year three 
scholarship awards of $100 each are granted to a senior in each 
of the following high schools: Marion Center, Penns Manor, and 
Purchase Line. These awards are made to the senior boy or 
girl planning to attend Indiana University of Pennsylvania who 
has attained the highest academic average during the tenth, 
eleventh, and twelfth grade years. Funds for these scholarships 
have been provided by the Sgriccia Brothers of Clymer, Penn- 
sylvania. 

State Scholarships. The Department of Public Instruction 
annually awards scholarships on the basis of competitive ex- 
aminations held in November of each year. These are awarded 
in each county and senatorial district in the state. Each schol- 
arship is worth $200 a year for four years and may be used at 
the State Colleges. Inquiries concerning State Scholarships 
should be sent to State Scholarship Program, Division of 
Guidance and Testing, Department of Public Instruction, P.O. 
Box 911, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. 

Student Council Foreign Student Scholarships. The Stu- 
dent Council grants four full scholarships annually to foreign 
students who have not previously been in the United States, 
and who can complete their proposed program in one academic 
year. Applications should be submitted to the Foreign Student 
Adviser no later than March. 

Syntron Foundation Scholarships. Through the Syntron 
Foundation of Homer City, four 4-year scholarships are award- 
ed annually to freshmen. These scholarships are worth $300 
per year for Education students and $350 per year for students 
in the School of Liberal Arts. Sixteen scholarships are in effect 
each year. Preference is given to graduates of Laura Lamar, 
Blairsville, and Indiana High Schools. Applications must be 
filed with the Director, Financial Aid by February 1. Eight 
of these scholarships are identified as C. S. Weyandt Memorial 
Scholarships and the other eight are identified as J. A. Metz 
Memorial Scholarships. 

Theta Xi Scholarships. Each year through the generosity 
of the Theta Xi National Men's Fraternity four scholarships 
of full tuition are granted to students at Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania. Two of these scholarships are granted to mem- 
bers of the Beta Lambda Chapter of the Theta Xi. Two are 
granted to members of the student body at large. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Corinne Menk Wahr Scholarships. Through the generosity 
of Corinne Menk Wahr, Class of 1916, approximately fifteen 
scholarships are awarded each year to worthy students. The 
amounts range from one hundred to one hundred and forty- 
four dollars, payable in the designated amount for each of four 
years. Applicants for Wahr Scholarships must be residents of 
Pennsylvania and must be interested in the teaching profes- 
sion. Applications may be secured from the Director, Financial 
Aid. In any one year as many as eighty students may be re- 
ceiving a total of $9,000 of Wahr Scholarship money. Policy 
governing the scholarship fund is established by the Board of 
Trustees and administered by a committee appointed by the 
President of the University. 

Nine Wahr merit recognition scholarships of fifty dollars 
each are given each year to students at the university for excel- 
lence in certain fields as follows: The student who excels in 
athletics; the student who contributes the most to campus wel- 
fare; the student who does the most to promote the fine arts; 
the student showing the most initiative in bringing new ideas 
or action to the Indiana campus; the student evidencing the 
most professional promise as a teacher; the student with the 
highest scholarship during the first three years of university; 
and the student who writes most effectively; and the graduate 
student with the most commendable record. 

Louise Wallace Memorial Scholarship. Each year a scholar- 
ship is granted to a worthy student at Indiana University of 
Pennsylvania. This scholarship has been established through 
the generosity of Mrs. Barbara Brant in memory of her mother. 

The Norah E. Zink Football Award. Dr. Norah E. Zink, a 
retired professor of the Geography Department of Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania has established an annual award 
of $25 which she gives that member of the varsity football 
team whose academic average shows the greatest improvement 
over the previous semester. 

OTHER FINANCIAL AID 

Student Employmient. Students are employed on a part- 
time basis in a number of departments on the campus. Posi- 
tions are filled on the basis of financial need and the special 
abilities required in certain jobs. Students are assigned to such 
jobs as waiters in the dining room, typists, office clerks, library 
assistants, relief switchboard and elevator operators, and jan- 
itors. Students in need of employment should file an applica- 
tion in the office of Financial Aid. All assignments to student 
employment are made by this office. Except in cases of ex- 
treme necessity, freshmen should not seek employment, but 
should plan to concentrate on their college work. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Applications for student employment are not accepted 
from students until they are actually on campus. To be kept on 
student employment rolls, the student must earn at least a 
"C" average in his total academic program. 

Student employment may be either under the Work-Study 
Program under the Higher Education Act or the regular uni- 
versity employment budget. 

Veterans. Children of a deceased veteran whose death was 
due to service-related causes may be eligible for educational 
assistance from the Federal Government under Public Law 634 
(War Orphans' Educational Assistance Act) . Immediately upon 
acceptance to Indiana, men and women who may qualify for 
such assistance should contact Veterans Administration to 
determine their eligibility. They should report to the Assistant 
Dean of Men before registering at the University if the Vet- 
erans Administration approves their training under Public 
Law 634. The office of the Veterans' Counselor is in Gordon 
Hall. 

SATURDAY CAMPUS CLASSES 

Saturday Campus Classes are held on the campus on Satur- 
days (generally between 9:00 A.M. and 1:00 P.M.). Courses are 
arranged according to the demand for them as indicated by 
teachers who are interested. This is not extension work. It is 
credited as "residence" work. Classes are scheduled to enable 
students to earn as much as six semester hours credit each 
semester. Persons interested should write for a schedule of 
courses. 

The basic fee for Saturday Campus Classes is $12.50 per 
semester hour of credit for students who are residents of Penn- 
sylvania in the School of Education with a minimum basic fee 
of $37.50. Students in the Liberal Arts Curriculum are charged 
$15.00 per semester hour who are residents of Pennsylvania 
with a minimum basic fee of $45.00, and $20.00 per semester 
hour of credit for students other than residents of Pennsyl- 
vania with a minimum basic fee of $60.00. Basic fees for special 
curricula shall be prorated on the basis of an 18 semester hour 
load. Not more than six semester hours credit may be earned 
in one semester by one who is doing full time teaching or other 
employment. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

Student Government Association. Student Government 
Association is composed of representatives from all areas of 
the university. The President, the Vice-President, and most of 
the members of the Student Government Association are elect- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ed annually in a campus-wide election held in late fall. The 
Student Government Association is active in making recom- 
mendations to the Administration for the improvement of stu- 
dent welfare and is also active in promoting the general wel- 
fare of the university and good community relationships. The 
Student Government Association provides an opportunity for 
discussion of student problems, brings the student body, fac- 
ulty, and administration closer together through a frank un- 
derstanding of mutual problems and promotes the observance 
of policies that will lead to improvement of university campus 
life. 

The Cultural Life Series. The Artists-Lecture Series spon- 
sored by the University Cultural Affairs Advisory Council and 
the Student Co-operative Association brings to the Indiana 
campus outstanding speakers on various contemporary affairs 
and artists in the fields of music, dance, drama, and other arts. 

During the past year the Cultural Affairs Advisory Council 
presented such outstanding speakers as Dr. S. I. Hayakawa, 
Dr. Aaron Copland, Winston S. Churchill, Colin Wilson, Dr. 
Ritchie Calder, George C. Enninful, Ulrico Schettini, Frans 
Reynders, Tom Ewell, Dr. J. Gaither Pratt, Ralph Bradford, 
David Blanchard, Watson S. Sims, Dr. Gerald Wendt, Dr. 
George E. Blair, Colonel Anthony Richard Flores, and Eve 
Merriam. 

In addition, famous artist groups were presented including 
the Orchestra San Pietro of Naples, Italy; the Little Angels, a 
brilliant Folk Dance Group from Korea; Voyages in Poetry 
and Folk Song, the Beaux Arts Trio of New York; the National 
Players presenting Moliere's "The Miser" and Shakespeare's 
"Romeo and Juliet;" the Hungarian Ballets Bihari; Feis Eire- 
ann, singers and dancers from Ireland; and Dick Weaver's 
Broadway production of Sean O'Casey's "Pictures in the Hall- 
way." 

RELIGIOUS LIFE 

The religious life of students is cared for through the ac- 
tivities of some twelve independent organizations. Three of 
these, the Newman Club, Westminster Fellowship and Wesley 
Foundation maintain private meeting facilities near the cam- 
pus. Others affiliate with and meet in local churches. For those 
groups too small to arrange their own needs, the university 
undertakes to provide limited facilities and faculty advise- 
ment. 

In addition to the denominational emphasis of these 
groups, selected programs in the University Cultural Affairs 
series are devoted to religious topics. A Committee on Religi- 
ous Affairs, made up of faculty and students, maintains liaison 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



with both student groups and local churches. The annual 
Christmas Pageant, a cultural event primarily musical in na- 
ture, has become a tradition and attracts much attention in 
December. 

All students are urged to attend their choice of the many- 
community places of worship, and to participate in these areas, 
district and national conferences which provide opportunity 
for the study of religious problems. 



EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES 

A large number of extra-curricular organizations conduct 
active programs on the Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
campus. In order to be recognized as an official college organi- 
zation, it must be approved by the Student Government Asso- 
ciation and the Administrative Council of the University. Be- 
low are listed those organizations which are presently recog- 
nized as extra-curricular groups on the Indiana campus. 



CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS 

American Guild of Organists Kaydeens 

Art Club Mathematics Club 

Association for Childhood Men's Student Leagues 

Education Men's Varsity "I" 

Campus 4H Club Music Educators Club 

Central Western Education Non-Resident Women's League 

^u ^"^ ^fu'^ Pershing Rifles 

Chess Club Republican Club 

Defense Supply Association Rifle Team 

Democratic Club S^.^^^^ ^^^^ 

English and Speech Club gocial Science Society 

Foreign Language Club gpecial Education Club 

Foreign Students' Club _, r. ■, tt • rm, 01 u 

Freshman Home Economics Club ^P^^^^.^^S^f ^J.^! ^^^^^^ ^^""^ 
Geographical Society 

Home Economics Club _,, 

Indiana College Slide Society ^}^^. f^^^.f^fl^ . ^,. , 
Indiana State College Drama Club Unidentified Flymg Objects 

International Relations Club W°"^^" ^ Athletic Association 

and WUS Women's Collegiate Association 



Student PSEA-NEA 
Student Government 



Junior Chamber of Commerce Women's Judicial Board 

CLASS ORGANIZATIONS 

Each of the four classes — Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, 
and Senior — has a class organization, holds social and profes- 
sional meetings, and sponsors a formal dance each year. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



FRATERNITIES 



Honorary — 

Alpha Omega Gamma, honorary 

geography 
Alpha Phi Omega, honorary 

service for men 
Alpha Psi Omega, honorary 

dramatic 
Chi Beta Phi, honorary science 
Delta Omicron, honorary music 

for women 
Delta Phi Delta, honorary art 
Gamma Rho Tau, honorary 

for business men 
Kappa Delta Pi, honorary 

educational 
Kappa Mu Epsilon, honorary 

mathematics 
Kappa Omicron Phi, honorary 

home economics 
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia Music 

Fraternity of America, for 

male music students 
Pi Gamma Mu, honorary social 

studies 
Pi Omega Pi, honorary business 
Pi Sigma Phi, honorary 

mathematics 
Sigma Alpha Eta, honorary for 

speech and hearing 

Service — 

Alpha Phi Omega, a national men's fraternity composed of men 
associated with the Boy Scout Organization, has an active chapter on 
the Indiana campus. 



Social — 

Panhellenic Association 

Women 
Alpha Gamma Delta 
Phi Mu 
Alphi Phi 

Alpha Sigma Alpha 
Sigma Kappa 
Alpha Sigma Tau 
Sigma Sigma Sigma 
Zeta Tau Alpha 
Delta Zeta 
Alpha Xi Delta 
Alpha Theta Nu 
Kappa Phi Delta 
Phi Lambda Chi 
Tau Kappa Epsilon 

Inter-Fraternity Council 

Men 
Delta Sigma Phi 
Theta Chi 
Kappa Delta Rho 
Sigma Phi Epsilon 
Sigma Tau Gamma 
Theta Xi 
Phi Sigma Kappa 
Tau Kappa Epsilon 



ATHLETICS 



Intercollegiate — Intercollegiate schedules are arranged in 
the following sports: 



Football 

Basketball 

Rifle 

Track 

Baseball 



Cross Country 

Wrestling 

Swimming 

Tennis 

Golf 



Intramural — A well organized and varied program of in- 
tramural sports and athletic activities is conducted for men 
and women. Organized league games are played in touch foot- 
ball, basketball, swimming, softball, play days, and volleyball. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS 

Campus Christian Fellowship Newman Club 

Canterbury Association Order of Rainbow for Girls 

Christian Science Organization Orthodox Christian Fellowship 

Chi Alpha Roger Williams Fellowship 

Hillel Foundation Wesley Foundation 

Lutheran Student Association Westminster Foundation 

Student Cooperative Association. The Student Cooperative 
Association plays an extremely broad role in the extra-curricu- 
lar life of the university. All students and faculty members 
belong to the Association. Generally speaking, almost all cam- 
pus-wide activities outside of the instructional program are 
sponsored wholly or in part by the Association. 

The ACTIVITY FEE is the chief source of income for the 
Association's activities. Upon payment of the fee each semester, 
every student receives an Activities Fee Receipt, which, when 
presented with the permanent "I" Card, will admit him free of 
charge to all college social, cultural, and athletic activities. 
Other income for the Association comes from the Co-op Book- 
store profits, athletics income, and income from all other events 
sponsored by the Association. 

Facilities of the Association — 

Student Union. The Student Union, financed by the stu- 
dents through their Activities Fees, offers many facilities for 
the college family. Students may relax or watch television in 
the lounge, buy a snack or a complete meal at the snack bar, 
listen to their choice of records in the music center, or play 
cards, billiards, or table tennis. 

The Bookstore, the Student Bank, and the Cooperative 
Association offices are located in the Union, as well as the 
Penn, the Oak, the Student Government, and the Student 
Union Board. 

The Student Union Board, made up of interested students, 
and the Union Director plan an active program of lectures, 
dances, movies, receptions, exhibits, and other events through- 
out the year. 

STUDENT BANK. As a convenience to students, personal 
deposits may be made in the Student Bank, located in the Stu- 
dent Cooperative Association office in the Student Union, A 
small fee will be charged for this service. 

COLLEGE LODGE. The College Lodge is under the juris- 
diction of the Student Cooperative Association for use by stu- 
dents at the Indiana Campus. The lodge property consists of 
104 acres. The lodge itself will accommodate groups of 300 to 
400 students comfortably during the course of the college year. 
On the property are found a number of picnic shelters, yolley 
ball, horseshoe, and badminton courts. The property is inter- 
laced with nature trails. In addition, during the winter months, 
a ski tow is in operation and the ski slope is available. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAiNIA 



ENROLLMENT BY CURRICULA 

First Semester 1965-66 
Indiana Campus, FtiU-Time Students 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 



Mea 

Art' 

First Year 27 

Second Year 17 

Third Year ..._ „ _... 16 

Fourth Year 14 

Business: 

First Year „ 86 

Second Year „ „ 62 

Third Year „... 47 

Fourth Year 39 

Elementary: 

First Year „ _ 26 

Second Year . _ 25 

Third Year 26 

Fourth Year _..„ 21 

English: 

First Year 35 

Second Year „ 29 

Third Year _ 25 

Fourth Year „ 18 

Foreign Languages 
French: 

First Year 5 

Second Year . _ 3 

Third Year _ 2 

Fourth Year ...„ _ 3 

German: 

First Year ...„ 6 

Second Year 3 

Third Year _ _... 2 

Fourth Year 1 

Russian: 

First Year 1 

Second Year „ 2 

Third Year 2 

Fourth Year _ 1 

Spanish: 

First Year 10 

Second Year 8 

Third Year 14 

Fourth Year 5 



34 
35 
33 
22 



48 
46 
37 
32 



243 
235 
189 
157 



72 
89 
76 
59 



41 
22 
14 
10 



34 

35 

34 

7 



Total 

61 
52 

49 
36 



134 

108 

84 

71 



269 
260 
215 
178 



107 
118 
101 

77 



46 
25 
16 
13 



44 
43 
48 
12 



Total By 
Curricula 



198 



397 



922 



403 



100 



23 



12 



147 



^^•thleeu McCoy 



INDIANA UNIVKRSITY OF PENNSYLV.\NIA 



Men 

Geography: 

First Year 12 

Second Year 13 

Third Year 11 

Fourth Year 15 

Home Economics: 

First Year 1 

Second Year 1 

Third Year 

Fourth Year 

School Food Service Management: 

First Year 1 

Second Year 

Third Year 

Fourth Year 1 

Mathematics: 

First Year 129 

Second Year 88 

Third Year 58 

Fourth Year 67 

Music: 

First Year 56 

Second Year 42 

Third Year 19 

Fourth Year 16 

Public School Nursing: 

Third Year 

Fourth Year 



96 
94 

71 
64 



100 
71 
39 
30 



38 
33 
34 
14 



12 
17 
13 
22 



97 
95 
71 
64 



229 

159 

97 

97 



94 
75 
53 
30 



Total Br 
CarricuU 



64 



327 



14 



582 



252 



Science 

Biology: 

First Year 49 

Second Year ...„ 18 

Third Year 26 

Fourth Year 24 

Chemistry: 

First Year 28 

Second Year 23 

Third Year 11 

Fourth Year 18 

Earth Science: 

First Year _ 1 

Second Year 2 

Third Year _ 3 

Fourth Year 7 



14 
15 

7 
4 



6 

11 

1 

3 



63 
33 
33 
28 



34 
34 
12 

21 



157 



101 



14 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Men 

General Science: 

First Year 4 

Second Year . 4 

Third Year 1 

Fourth Year _ ^ 5 

Physical Science: 

First Year 1 

Second Year 1 

Third Year _ 1 

Physics: 

First Year _... 13 

Second Year _ 10 

Third Year _ 5 

Fourth Year _.._ 3 

Physics-Mathematics : 

First Year „ _ „... 2 

Second Year „ ^... 6 

Third Year 2 

Fourth Year _. 4 



Women 

1 
1 
1 

2 



13 

11 

6 

3 



ToulBy 
Cnrricnla 



19 



33 



16 



Social Science 

History: 

First Year 33 8 

Second Year 35 5 

Third Year _ 1 

Fourth Year 2 

Social Science: 

First Year _ 63 25 

Second Year 47 13 

Third Year 47 21 

Fourth Year 61 13 

Special Education for the Mentally Retarded 

First Year „ 4 12 

Second Year _ 3 8 

Third Year 5 10 

Fourth Year 9 

Teaching of the Speech and Hearing Handicapped: 

First Year 8 17 

Second Year 3 24 

Third Year 10 25 

Fourth Year 2 9 

Unclassified: 

First Year 11 26 

Second Year 4 9 

Third Year 1 



TOTAL 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION .. 



.1,723 



2,642 



41 

40 

1 

2 



88 
60 
68 

74 



16 

11 

15 

9 



25 
27 
35 
11 



37 
13 

1 



4,365 



84 



290 



51 



98 



51 
4,365 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 



Undecided: 

First Year 2 

Second Year 

Third Year 5 

Fourth Year 1 

Humanities 
English: 

First Year _ 7 

Second Year 4 

Third Year 3 

Fourth Year 2 

Speech and Theatre: 

First Year 12 

Second Year 1 

Foreign Languages: 

First Year 6 

Second Year 3 

Third Year 1 

Fourth Year 

Art: 

First Year 

Music: 

First Year 1 

Second Year 1 

Fourth Year 1 

Philosophy: 

First Year 3 

Second Year 3 

Undecided: 

First Year 6 

Second Year „ 3 

Third Year „ 

Fourth Year 



Women 

1 
1 
1 

3 



Toul 

3 

1 

6 

4 



14 


21 


4 


8 


4 


7 


2 


4 


1 


13 





_1_ 


10 


16 


8 


11 


3 


4 


1 


1 


3 


3 


1 


2 


1 


2 





1 





3 





3 


4 


10 


1 


4 


1 


1 


1 


1 



ToUl By 
Corricula 



14 



40 



14 



32 



16 



Social Science 

History: 

First Year 20 

Second Year _ 8 

Third Year 9 

Fourth Year 4 

Political Science: 

First Year _ _ 33 

Second Year „ _ 13 

Third Year 11 

Fourth Year _ 4 



1 


21 


3 


11 


1 


10 





4 


3 


36 


1 


14 





11 





4 



46 



65 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Economics: 

First Year 24 

Second Year 16 

Third Year 12 

Fourth Year 5 5 57 

Anthropology and Sociology: 

First Year 10 

Second Year 

Third Year 8 

Fourth Year 5 5 10 53 

Geography: 

First Year 2 

Second Year 6 

Third Year 2 

Fourth Year 1 1 15 

Psychology: 

First Year 19 

Second Year 11 

Third Year 8 

Fourth Year 10 2 12 69 

Undecided: 

First Year 10 

Second Year 8 

Third Year 10 

Fourth Year 1 i 38 

Natural Science 
Mathematics: 

First Year 40 

Second Year 27 

Third Year 6 

Fourth Year S 2 5 97 

Biology: 

First Year 34 

Second Year 14 

Third Year 3 

Fourth Year 2 2 76 

Chemistry: 

First Year 39 

Second Year 11 

Third Year 4 

Fourth Year 5 5 65 

Physics: 

First Year 14 

Second Year 8 

Third Year 2 

Fourth Year 4 4 28 






24 





16 





12 





5 


12 


22 


7 


7 


6 


14 


5 


10 





2 





6 


4 


6 





1 


15 


34 


4 


15 





8 


2 


12 


7 


17 


2 


10 





10 


1 


1 


17 


57 


1 


28 


1 


7 


2 


5 


16 


50 


6 


20 


1 


4 





2 


4 


43 


1 


12 


1 


5 





5 





14 





8 





2 





4 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Undecided: 

First Year 35 

Second Year 12 

Third Year 3 

TOTAL 

SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 600 



193 



38 

13 

3 



793 



54 
793 



SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT FIRST SEMESTER 1965-66 
Full-Time Undergraduate Students 

Indiana Campus 2,085 2,586 4,671 

Armstrong County Center 158 161 319 

Punxsutawney Center 80 88 168 

Total Full-Time Students 2, 323 2,835 5,158 5, 158 

Part-Time Undergraduate Students 

Indiana Campus 148 229 377 

Armstrong County Center 36 35 71 

Punxsutawney Center 5 5 10 

Total Part-Time Students 189 269 458 458 

Nurses — Indiana Hospital __26 _26 26 

Graduate Students _441 248 689 689 

GRAND TOTAL 2,953 3,378 6,331 6,331 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ENROLLMENT BY COUNTIES 

School of Education, School of Liberal Arts, Armstrong County 
Center, Punxsutawney Center 

First Semester 1964-65 
Full-Time Students 



County Total 

Adams 3 

Allegheny 1,354 

Armstrong 370 

Beaver 186 

Bedford 31 

Berks 16 

Blair 97 

Bradford 3 

Bucks 18 

Butler 94 

Cambria 357 

Cameron 10 

Carbon 4 

Centre 25 

Chester 9 

Clarion 20 

Clearfield 105 

Clinton 4 

Columbia 1 

Crawford 42 

Cumberland 31 

Dauphin 25 

Delaware 10 

Elk 21 

Erie 56 

Fayette 74 

Forest 8 

Franklin 11 

Greene 9 

Huntingdon 23 

Indiana 654 

Jefferson 182 

Lackawanna 1 



County Total 

Lancaster 17 

Lawrence 61 

Lebanon 9 

Lehigh 7 

Lycoming 12 

McKean 34 

Mercer 85 

Mifflin 6 

Montgomery 36 

Northampton 6 

Northumberland 7 

Perry 3 

Philadelphia 6 

Pike 1 

Potter 10 

Schuylkill 2 

Snyder 1 

Somerset 97 

Sullivan 1 

Susquehanna 5 

Tioga 1 

Union 4 

Venango 25 

Warren 25 

Washington 113 

Wayne 1 

Westmoreland 652 

Wyoming I 

York 36 

Total Pennsylvania Students 5,118 

Out-of-State and Foreign Students 40 

TOTAL 5.158 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 73 



PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

Students at Indiana University of Pennsylvania may pur- 
sue programs of study in the School of Liberal Arts leading to 
the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, and In 
the School of Education to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Education. For each degree the student must earn 128 semester 
credits with an overall "C" average, in addition to meeting all 
other degree requirements for graduation. 

DEPARTMENTAL ABBREVIATIONS 

The following departmental abbreviations are used to 
identify courses referred to in this catalog. 

Art — Art Math — Mathematics 

Biol— Biology MS— Military Science 

Bus— Business Mus— Music 

Chem— Chemistry Phil— Philosophy 

Econ— Economics Phys— Physics 

Ed— Education PolS— Political Science 

ESci— Earth Science Psy— Psychology 

El— Elementary PSN— Public School Nursing 

Eng — English Rus — Russian 

FL — Foreign Languages Sci — Science 

Fr— French Soc— Sociology-Anthropology 

Geog— Geography Sp — Spanish 

Ger— German SpEd — Special Education 

HE— Home Economics SpH— Speech and Hearing 

Hist— History SS— Social Studies 

HPe— Health & Physical Zool— Zoology 
Education 

Key For Course Numbers 

Courses for freshmen are numbered in the lOO's, sopho- 
mores in the 200's, juniors in the 300's and seniors in the 400's. 

Required courses are numbered between 1 and 50 and elec- 
tive courses are numbered between 51 and 100, within each 100. 

Elective courses open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors 
are listed in the 200's. Elective courses open to juniors and 
seniors are listed in the 300's. 

General Education 

The primary objective of general education is to develop 
those understandings, attitudes and values, and social skills 
that will enable the student to enjoy a life that is satisfying to 
himself as an individual and which will enable him to play a 
constructive role in his community and in society without 
respect to his piofessional or vocational interest or activity. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 





55 sem. hrs. 




24 sem. hrs. 


8 




4 





The following program in general education will be taken by- 
all students in both the School of Liberal Arts and the School 
of Education. The courses in this program will be distributed 
throughout the four years of university study. Only basic or in- 
troductory courses in the program will be concentrated in the 
first two years of the student's program. 



Required of all students 

Humanities 

Eng 101 and 102 English I and II 
Eng 201 and 301 Literature I and II 
Art 101 Introduction to Art or 
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 

FL Foreign Language 6 

(A two semester sequence)* 

*Those students who enter with two or more high school credits 
in a foreign language and who wish to continue this language, must 
elect sequence 201-202 or 251-252. If they have had no foreign lan- 
guage in high school or choose to begin a second language, they may 
satisfy the language requirement by electing the sequence 101-102, or 
151-152 accompanied by 051-052. 

Natural Sciences 12 sem. hrs. 

Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics* 4 

Biol 103 and 104 General Biology I and 11 or 
Sci 105 and 106 Physical Science I and II 8 

Social Sciences 15 sem. hrs. 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

SS 102 History of Civilization II 3 

SS 104 History of U.S. & Pa. II 3 

SS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Health and Physical Education 4 sem. hrs. 

HPe 101 Health 2 

HPe 102 and 203 

Physical Education I and II 2 

A student may not be required to take an introductory course in 
this program which falls within his major field or area of concentra- 
tion. In this case he may begin his study in the major or concentration 
with the first course in that field. Such substitutions or modifications 
in the general education program may be made by the student in con- 
sultation with his or her adviser. 

'Students majoring in Natural Sciences will normally (ubstitute Math 152 for thu oouraa. 



INDIANA liNIVi:HSITY OI" PFNNSVJAANI A 



THE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 

WIIXIAM W. HASSLER, Dean 

Ever since man began to systematize knowledge, a liberal 
education — which Mark Van Doren defines as "nothing less 
than a complete one" — has enjoyed wide acceptance and sup- 
port. With society's current emphasis on change, a broad lib- 
eral education is now virtually a necessity. Thus, today's states- 
man must be skilled not only in political science and history; 
he also should be knowledgeable in economics, geography, sci- 
ence and sociology in order to cope effectively with the intri- 
cate problems of modem statecraft. 

The philosophy which undergirds the Liberal Arts pro- 
gram is the emphasis upon a fundamental understanding and 
application of basic principles implemented by the deliberative 
method of teaching which stresses the quality rather than the 
rate of learning. Consequently, our staff consciously endeavors 
not only to impart an appreciation of culture and the compre- 
hension of our environment, but also to teach the student to 
analyze and to solve problems so that ultimately he may be 
able to teach himself. 

The program of studies in the School of Liberal Arts is de- 
signed to enable the student to pursue a general program, a 
study in depth within a chosen subject, an inter-disciplinary 
program or a pre-professional program of study. All students 
in this school are required to take the program of general ed- 
ucation of 55 semester hours as outlined on page 74. Each stu- 
dent also must elect to pursue a major of 36 semester hours in 
the Humanities, Natural Sciences or the Social Sciences. The 
remaining 37 semester hours required for graduation may be 
used to pursue a concentration within a particular subject or 
in accordance with a plan agreed upon by the student and 
his adviser. 

Students in the Liberal Arts program may receive either 
the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree depending 
on their program of study. Students majoring in the Humani- 
ties and Social Sciences will be awarded the A.B. degree, 
whereas Natural Science majors who complete the prescribed 
requirements for a single area of concentration may receive 
the B.S. degree or the A.B. degree depending upon the program 
elected. 

Fields of Major Study and Concentration 

The three fields in which students may pursue major 
studies are the Humanities, Natural Sciences and the Social 
Sciences. The minimum semester hours requirement in each 
field is thirty-six. The student, with the assistance and approv- 
al of his adviser, then uses the remaining thirty-seven semester 
hours to pursue the study of a particular subject or subjects 
as a concentration within his major field. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Humanities Major 36 sem. hrs. 

English 6 sem. hrs. 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 

Eng 251 History of the English Language 3 

Speech and Theater 6 sem. hrs. 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 

Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3 

Foreign Language 6 sem. hrs. 

A two-semester sequence of the foreign 
language in addition to that which the stu- 
dent has completed to satisfy the General 
Education requirement in foreign language 6 

Art 6 sem. hrs. 

Art 115 Art History I— to 1500 3 

Art 116 Art History H— since 1500 3 

Music 6 sem. hrs. 

Mus 302 Music History II 3 

Mus 303 Music History m 3 

Philosophy 6 sem. hrs. 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

Within this major field of the Humanities the student may pursue 
a concentration of study in any one of the following subjects — Fine 
Art, English, French, German, Philosophy, Spanish, Russian, Music, 
and Speech and Theater. The course requirements for such a concen- 
tration and the sequence according to which the courses may be 
taken are to be determined by the student's adviser. 

Natural Science Major 

Mathematics 
Math 152 Algebra & Trigonometry 
Math 157 Anal. Geometry & Calculus I 

Biological Science 
Biol 103 General Biology I 
Biol 104 General Biology II 

Chemistry 

Chem 111 Chemistry I 
Chem 112 Chemistry II 

Physics 

Phys 111 Physics I 
Phys 112 Physics U 

Earth Science 
E Sci 211 Astronomy or E Sci 221 Geology 3 

Within this major field of the Natural Sciences the student may 
pursue a concentration of study in any one of the following subjects — 
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. The course require- 
ments for such a concentration and the sequence according to which 
the courses may be taken will be determined by the student's adviser. 

Social Science Major 36 sem. hrs. 

History 6 sem. hrs. 

Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 

Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3 





36 sem. 


hrs. 


5 

4 


9 sem. 


hrs. 


4 

4 


8 sem. 


hrs. 


4 
4 


8 sem. 


hrs. 


4 
4 


8 sem. 


hrs. 




3 sem. 


hrs. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Political Science 6 sem. hrs. 

Pols International Relations 3 

Pols 358 Contemporary Political Problems 3 

Economics 6 sem. hrs. 

Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3 

Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Prob. 3 

Sociology-Anthropology 6 sem. hrs. 

Soc 251 Principles of Sociology 3 

Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3 

Geography 6 sem. hrs. 

Geog 149 Economic Geography 3 

Geog 251 Geography of U.S. and Canada 3 

Psychology 6 sem. hrs. 

Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 

Psy 452 Social Psychology 3 

Within this major field of the Social Sciences the student may 
pursue a concentration of study in any one of the following subjects 
— Anthropology-Sociology, Economics, Geography, History, Political 
Science and Psychology. The course requirements for such a concen- 
tration and the sequence according to which these courses should be 
taken will be determined by the students' adviser. 

Inter-disciplinary Studies 

Students with dual or special objectives may, with the 
guidance and approval of his department and the Dean, under- 
take an inter-disciplinary program. One example of this type 
of program which has been established with well-defined re- 
quirements is that in Urban-Regional Planning and Administra- 
tion as outlined on page 99. This is an integrated Social Science 
program which equips the students for vocational opportuni- 
ties in a rapidly expanding field. Another type of inter-discipli- 
nary program is illustrated by the study of a cultural area such 
as Latin America which would require the selection of courses 
in History, Language, Geography, Art, Literature and Political 
Science from both the Humanities and the Social Sciences. 
Other inter-disciplinary programs can be tailored for the vari- 
ous fields of student interests. 

Pre -Professional Studies 

Indiana University of Pennsylvania is accredited not only 
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Educa- 
tion but by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Sec- 
ondary Schools and The American Association of University 
Women as well. It is on the basis of the latter accreditation 
that pre-professional programs of study are offered for admis- 
sion to Medical, Dental, Theological, Engineering and Law Col- 
leges. These pre-professional programs of study are planned in 
consultation with advisers and the Dean. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAiMA 



Students interested in preparing for an engineering career 
may take 2.5-3.0 years of pre-engineering work at Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania followed by 2.0-3.0 years at an 
engineering college or a university. Graduates from this pro- 
gram receive the A.B. degree from Indiana University of Penn- 
sylvania and the B.S. degree from the engineering school. The 
University has established co-operative programs with Buck- 
nell University, Drexel Institute of Technology, Pennsylvania 
State University, and the University of Pittsburgh. 

Students desiring to become Medical Technologists can 
take the 4-year baccalaureate program in Natural Science with 
an area of concentration in either Biology or Chemistry follow- 
ed by a year of clinical work in a hospital approved by the 
Registry of Medical Technologists. 



HUMANITIES 

The Humanities comprise those branches of learning which 
are primarily cultural in character. In addition to developing 
communication skills, the Humanities program enhances one's 
capacities of logic, moral values and imagination. The Humani- 
ties also broaden and enrich a student's appreciation of litera- 
ture, art, music and philosophy. And as Matthew Arnold so 
aptly stated: "We shall find that this art, and poetry, and elo- 
quence, have in fact not only the power of refreshing and de- 
lighting us, they have also a fortifying, and elevating, and 
quickening, and suggesting power, capable of wonderfully 
helping us to relate the results of modern science to our need 
for conduct, our need for beauty." 



ART 

LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Chiinnan 

The Art concentration in the Liberal Arts program is con- 
cerned primarily with exploring a significant phase of human 
knowledge. The program presumes to do more than provide a 
background for specific goals which the student will determine 
later. The specific aim of the program at this point is not voca- 
tional. However, the concentration has fundamental values for 
one or more areas of the visual arts and the preparation of 
students for graduate study. In addition, the program affords 
an opportunity to develop a sense of aesthetic values which 
will lead to a fuller appreciation, a deeper understanding and a 
more productive life. The depth offered here is not conclusive, 
rather it is sufficient to develop resourcefulness, seasitivity and 
satisfaction of the human desire to be expressive. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HUMANITIES 
ART 

LAWRENCE F. MeVITTY, Chairman 



FIRST SEMESTER 

SH 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Biol 193 General Biology I or 

Soi 105 Physical Science I 4 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 

Art 115 Art Hiatory I to 1500 3 



16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Art 101 Intro to Art or 

Mo* 101 Intro to Music 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

HUt 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Eng 214 Shakespeare S 

Art 111 Draw. All Media 2 

Art 113 Color and Design 2 

Art 214 Model and Scnlp 2 

18 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Elective 8 



16 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Phil 120 Intro to Phil or 

Anth 110 Anthropology 3 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

Mas 302 Mnsic History U S 

Electire* 7 



1< 



SECOND SEMESTER 

SH 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 General Biology II or 

Sci 106 Physical Science 11 4 

HPe 102 Physical Ed I or 1 

MS 102 Military Science I 2 

Art 116 Art History 11-1500 3 

Art 112 Comp. Fig. Dwg 2 

Art 114 Des. VoL Space 2 

1617 

FOURTH SEMESTER 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Pay 201 Gen. Psychology 3 

Eng 251 Hist. Eng. Lang 3 

Art 315 Pottery & Ceramics 2 

Electives S 



18 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization 11 3 

Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Electives 7 



18 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

PhU 222 Ethics 3 

Mns 303 Music History HI 3 

Electives 7 



J£ 



ELECTIVES — Humanities Art Concentration 



SH 

Art 215 Crafts in Metal and Wood 2 

Art 216 Seminar in Art 3 

Art 313 Water Color— Mixed Media 3 

Art 314 Oil and Mixed Media 3 

Art 316 Jewelry 2 

Art 412 Graphic Arts I 3 

Art 451 Advanced Crafts 3 

Art 452 Advanced Ceramics 3 



SH 

Art 453 Advanced Sculpture 3 

Art 454 Advanced Painting 3 

Art 457 Advanced Graphic Arts 3 

Art 458 Art History III 3 

Art 459 Architecture and Home Planning 3 

Art 460 Fabrics 3 

Art 451 Advanced Jewelry 3 



*A two semester sequence. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ENGLISH-SPEECH AND THEATER 

JAMES R. GREEN, Chairman 

ENGLISH 

The candidate for the Hberal arts degree who has shown 
better than average competence in his language skills may 
choose an area of concentration. His work beyond the general 
education program will consist of a core of required courses 
designed to provide him with an appropriate background in 
the development of English language and literature. With the 
help and approval of his adviser, a student will plan additional 
courses to fit his individual interests from the list of English 
Department electives. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Sci 105 Physical Science I or 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mui 101 Introduction to Muiic S 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C a 



16 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 201 English II 4 

Sci 106 Physical Science II or 

Biol 104 General Biology II 4 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 1-2 

15-16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Eng 211 Classical Literature 3 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 

FL Foreign Language* 3 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Eng 251 History of English Language 3 

Eng 258 Nature of Drama 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 



17 



15 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Art 115 Art History I S 

Mus 302 Music History II 3 

Electires 6 



IS 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Art 116 Art History II 3 

Mus 303 Music History III 3 

Electives 3 



15 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

Electivea 15 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

Electives 12 



18 



15 



*A two semester sequence. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SPEECH AND THEATER 



The candidate for the liberal arts degree may choose to 
develop a program in Speech and Theater. In addition to two 
required introductory courses (Nature of Drama and Oral 
Reading), the student will select additional courses from the 
list of Speech and Theater courses to develop his interest in 
this area of the liberal arts. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Sci 105 Phys. Science I or 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 



16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Eng 211 Classical Literature 3 

PHe 203 Physical Education II 1 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 



17 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 201 English H 4 

Sci 106 Physical Science II or 

Biol 104 General Biology II 4 

KL Foreign Language* 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 1-2 

15-16 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Eng 251 History of English Language 3 

Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 



IS 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Hist lot History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Art 115 Art History I 3 

Mus 302 Music History II 3 

Electivee 6 



15 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Puis 111 American Citizenship 3 

Anlh 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Art 116 Art History II 3 

Mus 303 Music History III 3 

Electives 3 



IS 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

Electives 15 

18 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

Electives ~, 12 



IS 



*A two semester sequence. 



INDIANA UiNIVERSlTY OF PENNSYLVAiNIA 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

EDWABS ir. BIECHLER, Cbairmui 

The Department of Foreign Languages currently offers a 
complete undergraduate program in French, German, Spanish, 
and Russian. The Department also offers an elementary se- 
quence only in Chinese. 

In the course of his study of a foreign language as an 
element of general education, the non-major student will 
•acquire: 

1. Some command of the language with primary stress on 
comprehension of the printed page, reasonable accuracy 
in pronunciation, some oral skill, and basic facts of struc- 
ture. 

2. Some knowledge of the facts of political and cultural his- 
tory of the area where the language is spoken. 

3. Some comprehension of current problems, trends, and 
directions of this area. 

4. A better understanding of language as a condition and tool 
of mankind, its nature, functions, and relationships. 

5. Development of greater understanding and tolerance of 
other cultures and their characteristic points of view. 

Those who major in a foreign language acquire active skill 
in all phases of the language, enter more deeply into the his- 
tory, culture, and literature of which it is the vehicle, find gain 
some comprehension of its historical development 

Students who specialize in a modem foreign language are 
better prepared for careers in government work, librarianship, 
and journahsm. Those students who elect to do further grad- 
uate work in their languages may thereby prepare themselves 
for a career in college teaching. If they prefer teaching in the 
secondary area, they may gain excellent preparation and satis- 
fy formal requirements for certification by entering into the 
Master of Arts in Education program which is offered by 
several leading graduate institutions. Finally, language com- 
petence is a distinct asset in the business and industrial world, 
especially to those involved in foreign trade and overseas op- 
erations. 

It is assumed that a student electing foreign languages as 
an area of concentration will have had at least two years of a 
language of his choice in high school. He will then begin with 
the sequence 251-252 and will take concurrently with those 
courses 053-054, Oral Practice III and IV. If he has not had the 
language of specialization in high school, he will begin with 
151-152 and 051-052, Oral Practice I and II. An area of 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



concentration requires a minimum of 30 semester hours 
excluding 151-152 or the equivalent courses in high school. 
The area of concentration in foreign languages requires 
30 credits beyond the 151-152 course sequence. It is recom- 
mended that a student concentrating in one foreign language 
also complete at least the intermediate sequence in a second 
language, particularly if he is looking forward to graduate 
work. The second language will normally be started in the 
sophomore year or the preceding summer session. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Foreign Language B 

Oral Practice 2 

Eng 101 Eni-'lish I 4 

Biol 103 Genera] Biology I or 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 101 Military Science 2 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Ck. 

Foreign Language 1 

Oral Practice 2 

Eng 201 English II 4 

Biol 104 General Biology 11 or 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mns 101 Introduction to Music S 

HPe 101 Health 2 



17-18 



It 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Eoreigii Language 6 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 8 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Art 115 Art History I 3 

HPe 203 Physical Education 11 1 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

I- cireign Language 6 

Eng 251 History of English Language S 

Psy 201 General Psychology I 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Art 116 Art History II t 



17 



IS 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Foreign Language 3 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 

Mus 302 Music History II 8 

Elective: 6 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Foreign Language 3 

Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3 

Mus 303 Music History HI 8 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Elective* 8-6 



17 



IS-lt 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

Electives 9-12 

15-18 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Aiilh 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

Electives 9-12 

15-18 



REQUIRED COURSES 

FL 251-252 Language III-IV S er. each 

FL 053-054 Oral Practice IIMV ...2er. Meh 

FL 351 ■'^S? Advanced Language 3 or. each 

FL 3()I-;i62 Development of Culture and Literature .3 cr. each 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MUSIC 

HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, OKirman 

The Liberal Arts student who desires to concentrate in 
Music has the choice of three options: Music Literature, Music 
Performance and Music Theory. The programs in these three 
phases of music for the Liberal Arts student are designed to 
give the student a considerable but not necessarily professional 
experience in depth in each phase. The student who chooses to 
concentrate in Theory will not become a composer, but he will 
acquire a fuller understanding of the art of music and its func- 
tion in our culture. Similar statements could also be made in 
regard to the concentrations in Music Literature and in Musi- 
cal Performance, 

The Liberal Arts student will not be preparing specifically 
for a vocation or further study, but rather for a deep and broad 
understanding of the culture in which he must live. However, 
by its very nature, it will be an excellent base for graduate 
study in the area of concentration and a fine background for a 
rich cultured life. 



Music Performance Concentration 

FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 



Eng 101 English I 4 

Eng 232 Oral Reading • 

HPe 101 Health I or 

MS 101 Military Science t 

Mu8 III Sigiit Singing I 2 

Mus 115 Harmony I 3 

Mhs 113 Ear Training I 1 

Piivate Instraetion/Voie* 1 

16 
THIRD SEMESTER 

Eng 238 Nature of Drama S 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Geog 101 World Geography S 

Art 115 Art History I 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I (women) 1 

Mus 215 Harmony III 3 

Private Inttrument or Voice 1 

16-17 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Biol 103 General Biolofy I 

Sci 105 Physical Science i 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literatare 2 

Private Instrument or Voice 2 

Electives 4 



Cr. 

Eng 201 English II 4 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

MS 102 Military Science (men) (2) 

Ma* 112 Sight Singing II 2 

Mus 116 Harmony II 3 

Mus 114 Ear Training II 1 

Private Instruction/Voice 1 

16-17 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Art 116 Art History II 3 

HPe 103 Physical Education II (women) 1 

Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 

Mus 301 Music History I 3 

Private Instrument or Voice 1 

16-17 
SIXTH SEMESTER 

FL Foreign Language* ■ 3 

Biol 104 General Biology II 

Sci 106 Physical Science 4 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 

Private Instrument or Voice 2 

Elective 3 



IS 



*A two semester sequence. 



IS 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



85 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Phil 120 Introductiim to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Phil 221 Losic 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Private Instrument or voice 2 

Elective 2 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Eng 251 History of English Language S 

Private Instrument or voice 2 

Electives 4 



IS 



16 



Music Theory Concentration 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 Eiiflish I 4 

Eng 232 Oral Reading S 

HPe 101 Health I or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 

Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2 

Mus 115 Harmony I S 

Mus 113 Ear Training I 1 



15 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr, 

Ent! 201 English II 4 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

MS 102 Military Science (men) (2) 

Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2 

Mus 116 Harmony II 3 

Mus 114 Ear Training II 1 

14-16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Geog 101 World Geography S 

Art 115 Art History I 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I (women) 1 

Mus 215 Harmony III S 

1S-I6 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Psy 201 General Psychology S 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Art 116 Art History II 8 

HPe 103 Physical Education II (women) 1 

Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 

Mus 301 Music History I 3 

15-16 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Biol 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 

Eng 301 Introduction to Litemtnra 2 

Mus 306 Counterpoint I 2 

Mus 309 Orchestration I 2 

Mus 302 Music History II 3 



16 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Biol 104 General Biology II or 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 

Mus 307 Counterpoint II 2 

Mus 310 Orchestration II 2 

Mus 303 Music History III 3 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Phil 102 Introduction to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

SS 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

SS 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Mug 411 Composition I 2 

Mus 308 Fugue and Canon 2 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Eng 251 History of English Language S 

Mus 412 Composition II ...,. 3 

Electives 5 



16 



16 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Music Literature Concentration 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Eng 232 Oral Reading S 

HPe 101 Health I or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 

Mns 111 Sigbt Singing I 2 

Mai 115 Harmony I 3 

Mng 113 Ear Training I 1 



16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Eng 238 Natnr* of Drama 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Ceog 101 World Geography 3 

Art 115 Art History I S 

HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 

Mai 215 Harmony III 3 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 201 English II 4 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

MS 102 Military Science (men) (2) 

Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2 

Mus 116 Harmony II 3 

Mui 114 Ear Training II 1 

15.17 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Pay 201 General Piychology 3 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Art 116 Art History 11 S 

HPe 103 Physical Education II 1 

Mus 216 Harmony IV S 

Mus 301 Masic History I S 



16 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

Biol 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Mm 302 Music History II 3 

Electives 5 



16 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

FIj Foreign Language* 3 

Biol 104 General Biology II or 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 8 

Mus 303 Music History III • 

Music Literature Elective 3 



17 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Phil 221 Logic 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Music Literature Elective 3 



IS 



*A two semester sequence. 



16 



EIGHTH SEIMESTER 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Eng 251 History of English Language S 

Music Literature Elective 3 

Elective! 5 



17 



Students must pass a piano proficiency jury examination 
in all these areas of concentration. 

PHILOSOPHY 

ROBERT M. HERMANN, Chairman 

Studies in Philosophy should equip any student to better 
handle the theoretical issues which confront him. But solutions 
to the special problems of Philosophy, problems of logic, of 
ethics, of metaphysics and of epistemology, are not easily 
agreed upon. Influential as many of the proposed solutions 
have been, historically and intellectually, on both science and 
art, there have always been dissenters. In the words of William 
James, "To know the chief rival attitudes towards life, as the 
history of human thinking has developed them, and to have 



INDLVNA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



heard some of the reasons they can give for themselves, ought 
to be considered an essential part of liberal education ... A 
man with no philosophy in him is the most inauspicious and 
unprofitable of all possible social mates." 

Students who elect an area of concentration in Philosophy 
will take Introduction to Philosophy, Ethics, Logic, History of 
Philosophy, and Reading Colloquium, together with additional 
courses in the field to total a minimum of twenty-seven semes- 
ter credits. Although Philosophy is listed in the Humanities 
section, a concentration in the discipline may be integrated 
with the program of any Liberal Arts major. 

NATURAL SCIENCE 

The objectives of the Science Departments as they relate 
to the Liberal Arts program are as follows: 

1. To provide all students with the opportunity to secure a 
sound understanding of the nature of the scientific enter- 
prise and its relationship to society. 

2. To give science students a thorough background of know- 
ledge in the specific field of their choice as far as the un- 
dergraduate years permit. 

3. To provide science students with those skills and attitudes 
which will enable them to go on successfully to more ad- 
vanced programs. 

The Science Departments believe that science has a very 
important contribution to make toward the realization of the 
objectives of the Liberal Arts program. Those qualities that 
promote science such as critical thinking, respect for truth, ob- 
jectivity, reasonable skepticism, and a desire for a better knowl- 
edge of the natural world are all attributes of the liberally 
educated individual. 

The Science Departments believe that the objectives of the 
science program are reached through careful study in well- 
planned courses. The acquisition of knowledge gained by sci- 
entists is a first step in understanding the capabilities of sci- 
ence. Investigation in the classroom imparts to the student a 
knowledge of the methods scientists use to ferret out the se- 
crets of their environment. Students are encouraged to under- 
take investigations to reach an understanding of the work of 
scientists. Students are expected to put forth their best efforts 
to achieve the objectives of the courses and of the science pro- 
grams. 

The Science Departments offer a major in the general area 
of the Natural Sciences. This major consists of 36 semester 
hours. However, most students will wish to extend this major 
by concentrating in one of several areas of Science through 
selection of suitable electives. These areas are Biology, Chem- 
istry, Geography-Earth Science, and Physics. By selecting a 
field of concentration students will be eligible to enter grad- 
uate or professional schools in the area of their choice. Stu- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



dents who plan to continue their studies beyond the under- 
graduate school should study carefully the requirements of ad- 
vanced programs and select courses to meet such requirements. 
The vocational opportunities created by science have 
caused many young people to specialize in one of the many 
areas of Science with the expectancy of finding employment 
in work which is satisfying intellectually as well as financially. 
Today this hope is being realized as never before. University 
graduates who have had thorough preparation in the sciences 
have little difficulty in finding suitable employment. Some stu- 
dents use their preparation to continue work at the graduate 
level and qualify to do basic research which may or may not 
have ready application. Such students may join the staff of 
universities or research institutions. Others may join the staffs 
of industries where their knowledge and skills are used to im- 
prove the products of industry. Thus students are well-advised 
to look into the possibility of finding life-long work directly 
related to their preparation in science at the university level. 

BIOLOGY 

DONALD E. HOFFMASTER, Chairman 

SECOND SEMESTER 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 

Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4 

Eng 101 English 1 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 

Art 102 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 

17 
THIRD SEMESTER 
Biol 111 Botany I or 

Biol 121 Zoology I 3 

Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry S 

Foreign Language I 3 



15 



Cr. 

Biol 104 General Biology II 4 

Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4 

Eng 201 English II 4 

HPe 102 Health or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 2 

Geog 111 World Geography 3 



17 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Biol 112 Botany II or 

Biol 122 Zoology II 3 

Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 

Chem 351 Biological Chemistry 3 

Foreign Language II 3 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculut I 4 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Phys 111 Physics I 4 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

ESci 221 Geology 3 

Electives 4 

16 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Biology Electives 6 

Electives 7 



16 
SIXTH SEMESTER 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Biology Electives 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Psy 302 General Psychology 3 



13 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Biology Electives 8 

Electives 8 



16 



16 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



CHEMISTRY 

PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 English 1 4 

Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 201 English II 4 

Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

HPe 102 Health or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 2 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Biol 103 Biology I 4 

Math 257 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

Chem 211 Quantitative Analysis I 4 

Ger 101 German I ."? 



IS 



17 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Biol 104 Biology II 4 

Math 357 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Ger 102 German II 3 

Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis 4 



18 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Phys 111 Physics I 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 



16 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Chem 312 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Chem 321 Organic Quat. Anal 2 

ESci 211 Astronomy or 

ESci 221 Physical Geology 3 

Electives 3 

Chem 301 Chem. Seminar 1 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Chem 411 Physical Chemistry I 4 

.\nth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Chemistry Elective 3 

Electives 7 



17 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Chem 412 Physical Chemistry II 4 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Chemistry Elective 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Electives 3 

Chem 362 Chem. Seminar 1 



17 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



I 



PHYSICS 

RICHARD E. BERRY, Chaiiman 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Phyi 111 Physics I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 

Eng 101 English I 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 



16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Physics Elective 8 

Math 257 Analytical Geometry and 

Calcnlas II 4 

Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4 

Foreign Language III 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mns 101 Introduction to Music 3 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Phys 101 Physics II 4 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

Eng 201 English II 4 

HPe 102 Health or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 3 



IS 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Physics Elective 3 

Math 357 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Foreign Lanfuage tV 3 



17 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Phyg 211 Elect, and Mag. I 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

ESci 211 Astronomy 8 



16 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Phys 212 Elect, and Mm. II 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Biol 104 General Biology II 4 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Math 361 Differential Eqna 8 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Phys 311 Mechanics I 3 

-Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Physics Elective 4 

Electlves S 



IS 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phys 312 Mechanics U 8 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Physics Elective 4 

Elective! 5 



15 



MATHEMATICS 



JAMES E. MeKIKLEY, Chairman 



The purpose of the program for a Mathematics concentra- 
tion as a part of the Natural Science major is to permit the 
students to obtain as much quahty mathematics training as is 
possible under the existing program structure. The course of- 
ferings are planned so that each student will complete a se- 
quence of courses including algebra, geometry, and analysis 
through advanced calculus. The additional course offerings are 
sufficient to enable each student to progress to a higher level 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



of mathematical training or to supplement the main sequence 
with courses which will strengthen his knowledge in a specific 
area of mathematics. 

Students who graduate in this program have excellent op- 
portunities. They are fully prepared to continue advanced 
study in graduate schools provided they maintain the necessary 
quality point average. Although this program is not normally 
considered a terminal program in mathematics, many of our 
students are employed in business, industry, and government 
in positions where they use their mathematics training. There 
is a great demand for students who have had courses in data 
processing using the digital computer such as the sequence 
offered at Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Our placement 
service has been very effective in helping to place graduates. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Phys 111 Physics I 4 

Eng 101 English I 4 

HPo 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 

Math 155 Computnr Programming 1 



16 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Eng 201 English II 5 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 102 Military Science I 2 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Muaic 8 



THIRD SEMESTER 
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

Chem 112 Chemistry I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Elective 3 

18 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

Math 361 Differential Equa 3 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Math 375 Modern Mathematics 3 

Biol 103 General Biolopy 4 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Elective ,.-..... ,,'. S 



17-18 

FOURTH SEMESTER 
Math 357 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

Chem 112 Chemistry II 4 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Foreign Language 3 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

17 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Math 381 Advanced Calculus 8 

Biol 104 General Biology 4 

Math 355 Foundation of Geometry I 8 

Electives 6 



16 



18 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophv 3 

Math 452 Seminar I 1 

Math 362 Statistics ., ,. 3 

ESci 211 Astronomy or 

ESci 221 Geology .'i.i;;...... 3 

ElectiTM , , 6 

16 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Math Elective 3 

Electives 10-12 

16-18 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 

RAYMOND L. LEE, Social Service Coordinator 

The Social Science Division spans five areas of the So- 
cial Sciences — Anthropology, Economics, History, Political Sci- 
ence, and Sociology. As a department it is organized to per- 
form two functions: 

1. To provide a General Education Program for all students. 

2. To offer fields of concentration within the various Social 
Science disciplines (24 semester hours are required, in- 
cluding General Education courses in that area). 

The Social Sciences share a concern for man as a social 
being, both in his reaction to and molding of his environment 
and in his group and institutional relationships. Within this 
general framework various disciplines focus their attention on 
a segment of the overall pattern. History is concerned with 
man's past — the actual record of man on earth thus far. Politi- 
cal Science is concerned with man as a political animal — the 
art and science of government. Economics is concerned with 
the production and distribution of goods within various in- 
stitutional arrangements. Anthropology focuses its attention on 
primitive societies in an effort to gain a clearer understanding 
of man as a social animal. Sociology is chiefly concerned with 
the informal controls exercised by groups in more complicated 
societies. In every instance the common denominator is man. 
Most social scientists share a belief that man can alter, control, 
or modify his destiny through the application of knowledge and 
institutional arrangements. 

Vocational opportunities that emerge from the Social Sci- 
ence disciplines are not easily classified. Many students find 
that a broad background in this area is excellent preparation 
for specialized work in business, government, and journalism. 
Economics has long been a stepping stone into management as- 
signments; Political Science is frequently a point of departure 
for those interested in government service at either the elec- 
toral or civil service level. History has long been regarded as 
an excellent general background for all kinds of assignments. 
A combination of History-Political Science is basic for pre- 
law students. Anthropology and Sociology serve as fields of 
concentration preparatory to work in such diverse occupations 
as Public Relations and Museum work. Graduate work in all 
areas may lead to college teaching assignments. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Ens 101 English I 4 ' 

Biol 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 103 Physical Science I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 



10 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Math 101 FundamentaU of Mathematics 4 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Music 101 Introduction to Music 3 

Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 

Geog 149 Economic Geography 3-^ 

HPe 103 Physical Education II or 

Military Science 1-2 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 201 English II 4 

Biol 104 General Biology II or 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Physical Education I or 

Military Science II 1-2 

Soc 131 Principles of Sociology, or 

Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3' 

15-16 

FOURTH SEMESTER 

Geog 251 Geography of U.S. and Canada 3' 

Psy 352 Ment. Hygiene 3" 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3" 

Soc 131 Principles of Sociology, or 
Econ 121 Principles of Economics, or 

Anth 110 Anthropology 6 

Elective 3 



18 



17-18 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Lit II 2 

Psy 452 Social Psychology 3 

Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Electives 6 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

SS 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Soc 331 Cont Soc Prnb 3 

Econ 241 Cont. Ec. Prob 3 

PolS 358 Cont. Pol. Prob 3 

PolS 337 Int. Relations 3 



17 



15 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Electives 18 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 
Electives • 18 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 

FRANCIS C. McGOVERN, Chairman 

Requirements preliminary to specialization in Economics 
are those listed above under Social Science. To achieve con- 
centration in this Department a total of twenty-four semester 
hours must be elected from courses listed below. 

REQUIRED 

Cr. 

Ecun 121 Principles of Economics 3 

Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Problems 3 

ELECTIVE 

Econ 341 Industrial Relations 3 

Econ 343 Economic Analysis 3 

Econ 344 Public Finance 3 

Econ 345 Money and Banking 3 

Econ 347 History of Economic Thought 3 

Econ 348 International Economics 3 

Econ 349 Comparative Economic Systems 3 



HISTORY DEPARTMENT 

CLYDE C. GELBACH, Chairman 

Requirements preliminary to specialization in History are 
those listed under Social Science. To achieve concentration in 
this Department a total of twenty-four semester hours must 
be elected from courses listed below. 

REQUIRED 

Cr. 

Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

ELECTIVE 

Hist 360 Special Studies in History 3 

Hist 361 Contemporary United States History 3 

Hist 362 Social and Intellectual History of the U.S. to 1875 3 

Hist 363 Diplomatic History of the U.S 3 

Hist 364 Great Personalities in History 3 

Hist 365 History of Pennsylvania 3 

Hist 371 Renaissance and Reformation 3 

Hist 372 History of Europe : 1600-1815 3 

Hist 373 History of Europe : 18151914 3 

Hist 374 History of the Twentieth Century World 3 

Hist 375 History of the Far East 3 

Hist 376 History of the Middle East 3 

Hist 377 History of Latin America 3 

Hist 378 History of England 3 

Hist 379 History of Russia 3 

Hist 380 History of France 3 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

RICHARD F. HrrCES, Acting Chairman 

Requirements preliminary to specialization in Political 
Science are those listed under Social Science. To achieve con- 
centration in this Department a total of twenty-four semester 
hours must be elected from courses listed below. 

REQUIRED 

Cr. 

PolS 111 American Citizenship ...,.<. .■>:<. .!.... .,.-. ., 3 

PolS 358 Contemporary Political Problems 3 

PoIS 357 International Relations 3 

Elective 

PolS 350 Public Administration 3 

PolS 351 Legislative Process 3 

PolS 353 American Political Parties 3 

PolS 354 Metropolitan ProliVms 3 

PolS 355 Comparative Government 8 

PolS 359 American Constitutional Law 3 

PolS 398-399 News Interpretation 3 

PolS 323 Political Philosophy 3 

PolS 356 State and Loc.il Covuriimcnl 3 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

ESKO E. NEWHILL, Chairman 

Requirements preliminary to specialization in Sociology- 
Anthropology are those listed under Social Science. To achieve 
concentration in this Department a total of twenty-four 
semester hours must be elected from courses listed below. 

REQUIKED COURSES ', 

Cr. 

Soc 131 Principles of Sociology 3 

Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropol6gy 3 

ELECTIVE COURSES 

Soc 332 Racial and Cultural Minorities 3 

Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3 

Soc 334 Population Problems 3 

Soc 335 Social Stratifications 3 

Soc 336 Sociology of the Family 3 

Soc 337 World Cultures 3 

Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 

Soc 339 American Communities 3 

.\nth 211 Cultural Anthropology 3 

Auth .IlL' World Ethuogr.iphy .;.........^ 3 

.\nlh 31,'! Prehistory .' 3 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PSYCHOLOGY 

STANLEY W. LORE, Chairman 

Modern psychology is a broad field with many specialized 
professional areas. While a few jobs requiring limited training 
are available to good students with an A.B. degree, most pro- 
fessional positions require an M.A. degree or a Ph.D. Psycholo- 
gists are employed as therapists, testing experts, counselors and 
administrators in psychiatric and child guidance clinics, mental 
hospitals, schools and businesses. Others are employed as re- 
search workers in industry, business, education and govern- 
ment. Colleges employ many psychologists, both as teachers 
and as research workers. Demand for qualified psychologists 
far exceeds the supply. 

The psychology concentration as offered at this university 
is equivalent to a major at other colleges, and is in accordance 
with the recommendations of the American Psychological As- 
sociation. It will serve those students who plan to pursue grad- 
uate work in psychology, all of whom should plan to have an 
approximate overall average of B for acceptance by a qualified 
graduate school. It will also be of value as a background for 
such fields as personnel work, advertising, medicine, law, the- 
ology, social work, market research and rehabilitation coun- 
seling. The student who wishes a general cultural background 
which emphasizes the understanding of self and others will 
find this a desirable concentration. 

Recommended courses for students in the psychology concen- 
tration: 



Year 


Courses 


Courses 


Freahman- 

Sophomore 


Pay 201 General Psyehology 
(Required for General Education) 


Psy. 202 Advanced General Psychology 


Junior 


Pay. 310 Statistics in Psychology 


Psy. 311 Experimental Psychology 

Psy. 352 Mental Hygiene 

(Required for Social 
Science majors) 


Senior 


Psy. 371 Personality 

Psy. 391 Psychology of Learning 


Psy. 452 Social Psychology 

(Required for Social 
Science majors) 

Psy. 491 Senior Seminar 
in Psychology 



At least one of the following: 
Psy. 354 Developmental Psychology 
Psy. 362 Physiological Psychology 
Psy. 363 Perception 



Piy. 372 Introduction to Psychological 

Measurement 
Psy. 451 Psychological Practicum 
Psy. 461 Abnormal Psychology 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



GEOGRAPHY 

THOMAS G. CAULT, Chairman 

The function and purpose of geography is to prepare the 

future citizen to make rational judgments in his private and 
public life as it relates to the use of natural and cultural re- 
sources. Geography also acts as a meaningful integrator of the 
many subject matter areas taken by the student. 

Though geography is listed as social science in the liberal 
arts curricula, it is of broader significance. Geography partakes 
of both the social and natural sciences. A student may concen- 
trate in physical geography (earth science) , cultural geography, 
economic geography, urban and regional planning, or combine 
these for a broad understanding of geography. 

Vocational opportunities in geography are expanding rap- 
idly. Students will find a wide variety of well-paid positions 
in government service, marketing, urban and regional plan- 
ning, army and naval map services, editorial positions, and 
business. 

A geography-earth science concentration (30 semester 
hours) may be taken in the geography department following 
the Natural Science major. 

30 semester hours in Geography required for concentration. 



nRST SEMESTER 

SJS. 

Eng 101 EnghMi I 4 

Sci General Biol, or Physical Science 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 AUlitary Science 2 

Ceog 153 Physical Geography 3 

Foreign Language 3 



SECOND SEMESTER 

S.H. 

Eng 101 English II 4 

Sci Continued 4 

Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3 

HP3 102 Physical Education I or 

MS 102 MUitary Science 1 or 2 

Foreign Language Continued 3 



17 

THIRD SEMESTER 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

HPe 204 Physical Ed. II 

Geog 149 Economic Geography 3 

Geog 246 Physiography 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Hist 101 Historv of Civilization I 3 



16 or 17 
FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 

Geog 241 Climatology 3 

Geog 251 United States and Canada 3 

Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3 



17 
FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Introduction to Literature 2 

Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Geog. Elective 3 

Elective 6 



IS 

SLXTH SEMESTER 

Soc 251 Principles of Sociology 3 

Econ 342 Contemporary Econ. Problems 3 

PolS 357 International Relations 3 

Geog. Elective 3' 

Elective 3 



17 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Anth 110 Anthropology 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3 

Psy 352 Kaotsl Hygiene S 

Geog. Elective 4 



K 



15 
EIGHTH SEMESTER 

PolS 338 Contemporary Political Problems 3 

Psy 452 Social Psychology 3 

Geog. Elective , 3 

Elective 6 



15 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Inter-Disciplinary Program in Urban-Regional 
Planning and Administration 

There is at present a large and unfilled need for students 
with a solid background in the Social Sciences and with a con- 
centration in one or more of these sciences to enter the fields 
of Urban-Regional Planning and /or Administration, Essential- 
ly two types of personnel are desired: (1) the trained planner 
or administrator to direct and evaluate, and (2) the technician 
who is capable of carrying out individual research in relation 
to the overall pattern established by planners or administra- 
tors. 

In response to these needs the Social Science division has 
established an inter-disciplinary major in Urban-Regional 
Planning and Public Administration so that students interested 
in this type of under-graduate program will be prepared to 
enter recognized graduate schools of Public Administration to 
prepare for positions as city managers, governmental adminis- 
trators, and planners. Completion of the undergraduate cur- 
ricula will qualify students for employment in subordinate 
positions in these fields. 

The undergraduate inter-disciplinary program constitutes 
an introduction to the professional field of Urban-Regional 
Planning or Administration. It provides a basic understanding 
of planning or administration as well as the strong liberal arts 
and the geography-social studies training necessary for enter- 
ing the field of Urban-Regional Planning or Administration. 

The program consists of 55 semester hours of general edu- 
cation, 30 semester hours of social science, plus a 30 semester 
hour concentration in Urban-Regional Planning or Administra- 
tion elected from six areas, and 13 semester hours of electives. 

In addition, those students who elect the Planning-Admin- 
istration option will be expected to devote two hours per week, 
for those semesters when they take the Planning or Adminis- 
tration courses, to practical problems in the county or borough 
offices. Students who complete two planning and /or adminis- 
tration courses may elect to take an apprenticeship. If an ap- 
prenticeship is elected, it will be served during the summer 
sessions in some planning or administrative office within the 
state. The student will be compensated for his time during the 
apprenticeship. 

Students planning to enter Urban or Regional Administra- 
tion should advise with the Social Science Department; those 
who wish to enter Urban-Regional Planning should advise with 
the Geography Department; and those who pursue both fields 
may advise in either department. Electives should be taken 
only with the advice and approval of the adviser. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Courses in the area of concentration in the Urban-Regional 
Planning and Administration program are listed below. A 
student will elect 30 semester hours from the six groups of 
courses including at least one course from each group. 



PROFESSIONAL COURSES FOR 
PL.'LNNING OR ADMINISTRATION GEOGRAPHY 

Or. Cr. 

Geog 455 Introduction to Urban and Geog 246 Physiography 4 

Regional Planning 3 Geog 255 Cartography 3 

Geog 456 Elements of Urban and Geog 462 Trade and Transp 3 

Regional Planning Design 3 Geog 452 Conservation: 

SS 350 Public Administration 3 Resource Use 3 

Geog 241 Climatology 3 

Geog 462 Field Course in Geogiaphj 3 



ECONOMICS PM.ITICAL SCIENCE 

Econ 343 Economic Analysis 3 I'olS 354 Metropolitan Problems 3 

Econ 344 Public Finance 3 PolS 356 State and Local Government 3 



ART — BUSINESS — MATHEMATICS SOCIOLOGY 

Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting 3 Soc 334 Population Prob 3 

Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting 3 Soc 332 Racial-Cultural Minorities 3 

Math 362 Probability and Statistics 3 Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3 

Math 366 Fortran 3 Soc 335 Social Stratification 3 

Art 211 Mech. Drawing and Ind. Design 3 

Electives 13 



THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, JR., Dean 

The program of studies in the School of Education is de- 
signed to enable the student to pursue a program of study in 
general education, a program of major study within an aca- 
demic or special field, and a program of professional education 
that will qualify the student for certification to teach in the 
public schools of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Stu- 
dents who meet all of the requirements for graduation from 
this school will be granted the Provisional College Certificate 
to teach the subjects within their respective fields of major 
study. 

General Education 

All students in the School of Education are required to 
take the same program of 55 semester hours in general educa- 
tion as is required of all students in the School of Liberal Arts. 
This program in general education may be found on page 74. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Professional Education and Certification 

Certification standards, established by the Department of 
Public Instruction and the State Council on Education, require 
work in the field of professional education. In accordance with 
these standards all students in the School of Education are re- 
quired to take the following courses in professional education — 
History and Philosophy of American Education, Education 
Psychology, Audio-Visual Education and one or more methods 
courses within their major field of academic study or special- 
ization. In addition all students in this school are required to 
do a semester of student teaching under the supervision of a 
cooperating teacher and a college supervisor. 

Student teaching is a full-time, full semester experience in 
Keith School or in a public school known as a student teaching 
center. Student teachers under careful supervision perform the 
many role functions of teachers and develop attitudes, under- 
standings, skills, and other competencies essential for success 
in the profession. 

Student teaching during the summer session is available 
only to persons wishing to extend their area of certification or 
replace the State Standard Limited Certificate. Professional 
Practicum, including School Law, is taken as a part of the stu- 
dent teaching experience. This course, organized in two parts, is 
scheduled concurrently with student teaching. One part is de- 
signed to help students gain an overview and understanding 
of the total school program and a knowledge of Pennsylvania 
school laws governing education. The second part is intended 
to help students gain breadth and depth in understanding the 
role of the classroom teacher in a particular area of specializa- 
tion. 

The professional education requirement amounts to ap- 
proximately 28 semester hours within the 128 semester hours 
required for graduation. 

The College Provisional Certificate is issued to the begin- 
ning teacher upon graduation from this school. The Provisional 
College Certificate can be made permanent upon the comple- 
tion of from three to six years of successful teaching during 
which period the teacher must have taken twenty-four semes- 
ter hours of additional college work. These credits may be 
earned at either the undergraduate or graduate level. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



101 



Fields of Major Study 

The School of Education offers programs of major study- 
leading to certification in the following academic fields — 



Biology 

Chemistry 

Earth Science 

Esui;h and Space Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

General Science 

Geography 

German 



History 
Mathematics 
Philosophy 
Physics 

Political Science 
Russian 
Social Science 
Spanish 

Urban Planning/ 
Administration 



The School of Education offers programs of major study 
leading to certification in the following special fields — 



Art 

Business 

Dental Hygiene 

Education for Safe Living 

Elementary 

Home Economics 



School Food Service 
Public School Nursing 
Music 

Speech and Hearing Correction 
Special Education for the 
Mentally Retarded 



The required courses in the foregoing fields and the se- 
quence in which they are to be taken are indicated on the fol- 
lowing pages. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ART 

LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Chairman 



The major in art for the profession of teaching is 49 se- 
mester hours including the basic instruction in design, paint- 
ing, and art history, plus the vital supporting courses in arts 
and crafts, such as ceramics, jewelry, theater arts, and com- 
mercial art. Additional courses of 6 to 9 hours may be elected. 



FIRST SEMESTER Hour* 

Sem. 

Eng 101 English I i 

Biol 103 Biol or 

Sci 105 Physical Science 4 

HPe 101 Health or •Military Science 2 

Art 111 Draw All Media 2 

Art 113 Color & Design 2 

Art 115 Art History I 3 



17 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Mus 101 Introduction to Mueic 3 

FL 101 Foreign Language 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Art 214 Modeling and Sculpture 2 

Art 211 Mechanical Dra'.ring & 

Industrial Design 2 

Art 215 Craft in Metal & Wood 2 

18 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Art 311 Arts & Crafts in Elementary Education.. 3 

Art 313 W.C. & Mixed Media 3 

Art 315 Pottery & Ceramics 3 



18 



SEMESTER VII OR VIII 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Phil 120 Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Anthropology 3 

Art 412 Graphic Arts • 

Art 458 Alt HUtory III 8 

Electives 6-9 



SECOND SEMESTER Hours 

Sem. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 Biology or 

Sci 106 Physical Science 4 

HPe 102 Physical Education or 1 

MS 101 Military Science I* 2 

Art 114 Design, Volume & Space 2 

Alt 112 Comp. and Figure Drawing 2 

Art 116 Art History II 8 

1617 
FOURTH SEMESTER 

FL 102 Foreign Language 3 

Psy 202 Educational Psychology 3 

HPf 204 Physical Education II 1 

Art 212 Costume & Theatre Art 8 

Art 213 Lettering Commercial Art & Illustration.. 8 

Art 216 Seminar in Art 3 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 



IS 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Geog 101 World Geography 8 

Ed 301 Audiovisual Education 2 

Ed 302 History & Philosophy of 

American Education 3 

Art 312 Art & Crafts In Secondary Education... 3 

Art 314 Oil Color & Mixed Media 3 

Art 316 Jewelry 2 

M 

SEMESTER VII OR VIII 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Praticum Incl. School Law. 2 



U 



15-18 
Elect 2 or 3 of the following. 

Art 451 Advanced Craft S 

Art 453 Advanced Ceramics 3 

Art 453 Advanced Sculpture 3 

Art 454 Advanced Painting 8 

Art 455 Advanced Commercial Art 3 

Art 457 Advanced Graphic Art 3 

Art 458 Art History III 8 

Art 459 Architecture and Home Planning 3 

A« 460 Fabrica 8 

Art 461 Advanced Jewelry 8 



ELECTIVES 

•MS 101 MUitary Science I 2 

•MS 102 MUitary Science I 2 

•MS 203 MUitary Science II 2 

MS 304 Military Science II 2 

MS 305 Military Science III 8 

MS 306 Military Science III 8 

MS 407 Military Science IV 3 

MS 408 Military Science IV 8 

•Must be taken in sequence. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

DONALD E. HOFFMASTER, Qairman 



REQUIREMENTS FOR BIOLOGY MAJORS 

The major in Biology consists of 32 semester hours credit. 
In addition supporting courses in Chemistry, Mathematics and 
Physics are required. 

Major in Biology 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sent. 
Htb. 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 

Oiem 111 General Chemistry 1 4 

Eng 101 English 1 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mug 101 Introduction to Music 3 

17 

THIRD SEMESTER 

Biology 111-121 Botany I or Zoology I 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5 

Foreign Language 3 

Elective 3 

17 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Phys 111 Physics 1 4 

Hist 104. History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Biol 271 Evolution or 

ESci 221 Geology 3 

Elective 4 



16 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 



Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Ed 302 History and Philosophy of Educ 3 

Elective 6 



SECOND SEMESTER 

SoBl. 

His. 

Biol 104 General Biology II * 

Chem 112 General Chemistry U 4 

Eng 102 English 11 4 

HPe 102 Physical Education or 

MS 102 Military Science S 

Ed 301 AiHlio-Visual Eilucalion 2 



16 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Biol 112-122 Botany II or Zoology II 8 

Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 8 

Foreign Language 8 

Elective 3 

IS 

SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Pay 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools . . 3 
Elective ° 



16 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law .. 2 



14 



17 



Biol 251 


Field Botany 


Biol 252 


Field Zoology 


Biol 


261 


Ornithology 


Biol 


262 


Entomology 


Biol 


263 


Genetics 


Biol 


271 


Evolution 


Biol 272 


Conservation 


Biol 281 


Parasitology 


Biol 


283 


Biotechniques 


Biol 


331 


Embryology 


Biol 


332 


Comparative Anatomy 



Biology Electives 



ol 341 
ol 351 
ol 352 
ol 361 
ol 362 
ol 371 
ol 372 
ol 472 
ol 498 
ol 499 



General Physiology 
Plant Physiology 
Animal Physiology 
Microbiology 
Ecology 

Vertebrate Anatomy 
Plant Anatomy 
Radiation Biology 
Problems in Biology 
Research Biology 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



BUSINESS 

ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER, Chairman 

Students may pursue the work of the entire curriculum or 
they may elect to pursue work according to their aptitudes, 
as follows: 

1. The Complete Program leads to certification in all three 
fields, thus affording certification in all of the high school busi- 
ness subjects. Those who possess aptitudes that indicate success 

•in stenographic, accounting, and retailing work may, if they 
wish, pursue this complete program. 

2. A Combination Program combines either the Steno- 
graphic and Accounting, the Stenographic and Retailing, or the 
Accounting and Retailing Fields. All students planning to enter 
this Department should plan for graduation one of the three 
possibilities under this combination arrangement. School ad- 
ministrators who employ our graduates believe that a combina- 
tion program is necessary for breadth of certification when 
teaching in the public schools of the Commonwealth. 

3. The Stenographic Field includes all the courses of the 
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be 
chosen from any other department of the University. 

4. The Accounting Field includes all of the courses of the 
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be 
chosen from any other department of the University. 

5. The Retailing Field includes all of the courses of the 
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be 
chosen from any other department of the University. 

Practical Experience Requirements. Before graduation, 
each student will be required to have completed the equivalent 
of six months of store practice, secretarial practice, bookkeep- 
ing practice, clerical practice, or a combination of these or 
other business contacts, acquired at places and under conditions 
approved by the chairman of this department. This experience 
preferably should be in the field or fields in which the student 
is contemplating certification. Much of this experience can be 
acquired during the summer vacations. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



BUSINESS 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Hours 
Sem. 

HPe 101 Health 2 

Kng 101 English 1 4 

Biol 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 

Fl Foreign Language (101 or 201) 3 

Bug 101 Introduction to Business I 

Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting 

By Exam or 2 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Hours 
Sem. 

HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 

KiiK 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 General Biology 11 or 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Fl Foreign Language (102 or 202) 3 

Bus 111 Foundations of Math (Bus) 4 

Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2 



THIRD SEMESTER 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 

Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting 

Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting 

Bus 212 Business Math II 

Bus 261 Shorthand Theory 

Psy 201 General Psychology 

M/A 101 Introduction to Art or Mnsie 

FOURTH SEMESTER 

Bus 235 Business Law I 

Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting , 

Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation , 

Geog 101 World Geography 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology , 

Hist 102 History of Civilization 

Bus 241 Business Organization & Finance (Elee.) 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

Bus 321 Business Correspondence 

Bus 311 Methods of Teaching Business Coarses 

Bus 336 Business Law II 

Bus 331 Sales & Retailing , 

Bus 352 Corporate Accounting , 

Bus 363 Transcription 

Bus 335 Clerical Practice & Office Machines 

Eng 201 Literature I 

SIXTH SEMESTER 

Bus 312 Evaluative Techniques in Bus. Courses 

Bus 335 Clerical Practice and Office Machines 

Bas 353 Cost Accounting 

Bus 454 Tax Accounting 

Bus 332 Retail Management 

Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 

Has 342 Consumer Economics (Elec.) 

Eng 301 Literature 11 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Ed 802 History A Philosophy of Amer. Ed 

Bus 455 Auditing 

Bus 415 Economics 

Phil 120 Philosophy or Anth 410 Anthropology 

Bus 454 Tax Accountiof 

Bus 433 Retail Practice 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 

EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 4ai Student Teaehing 

Ed 422 ProfenloBal PrmcticTini 



Combined 


Stenog. 


Acc'g. 


Selling 


Seq. 


Seq. 


Seq. 


Seq. 


1 


1 


I 


1 


3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


2 


2 


2 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


t 


3 


3 


3 


3 



3 3 3 3 

3 3 3 3 

3 3 3 3 

3 3 3 3 

3 3 

3 3 

2 2 2 

2 2 2 2 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT 

PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman 

REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY MAJORS 

The major in Chemistry consists of 27 semester hours 
credit. In addition supporting courses in Biology, Mathematics 
and Physics are required. 



Major in Chemistry 



FIRST SEMESTER 



Cr. 

Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5 

Eng 101 English 1 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 



15 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calculas I .. 4 

Eng 102 English II 4 

HPe 102 Health or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 2 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Chem 211 Quantitative Analysis I 3 

Math 257 Analytical Geometry and Calculus II . . 4 

Sci 102 Biology I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

17 
FIFTH SEMESTER 

Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Phys 111 Physics I ^ 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Am. Ed 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 



17 



17 

FOURTH SEMESTER 

Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis II 3 

Sci 104 Biology II 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Elective 4 



14 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Chem 312 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools .. 3 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

Efl '^01 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Chem 361 Chemistry Seminar 1 



SEVENTH SEMESTER* 

Chem 411 Physical Chemistry 1 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 

PhU 120 Philosophy 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 



18 
EIGHTH SEMESTER* 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law . . 2 



15 



These two semesters are interchangeable. 



Chem 251 Industrial Chemistry 
Chem 351 Biological Chemistry 
Chem 362 Chemistry Seminar 



Chemistry Electives 



Chem 451 Colloidal Chemistry 

Chem 452 Advanced inorganic Chemistry 

Chem 498 Problems r< Cherristry 



INDIANA UNIVKRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



DENTAL HYGIENIST 

GEORGE A. W. STOUrFEK, JR.. Director 

The Board of Presidents of the State Colleges approved on 
November 17, 1950, a curriculum for dental hygienists leading 
to the degree of bachelor of science in education. The require- 
ments shown below must be met. 

1. The satisfactory completion of an accredited two-year 
curriculum for the preparation of dental hygienists ap- 
proved by the State Dental Council and Examining 
Board. 

2. The licensing of the student by the proper state author- 
ities. 

3. The satisfactory completion in addition thereto of 64 
semester hours of professional and general education 
courses distributed as follows: 

General Education 36 

Eng 101 and 102 English I and II 8 

Eng 201 and 301 Literature I and II 4 

Fine Arts 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 
Geography 3 

Geog 112 Geography of United States 

and Pa. 
Social Studies 6 

Plist 101 and 102 

History of Civilization I and II 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 

Econ 121 Principles of Economics 

Hist 104 History of U. S. and Pa. II 

Soc 131 Principles of Sociology 

Education 14 

Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Electives 14 

Total 64 

In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent courses pursued in the two-year 
dental hygiene curriculum. In such cases students will be permitted to increase their electives by 
the number of semester hours so credited. 

Electives may be chosen with the approval of the dean of instruction from any field or cur- 
riculum offered at the college in which the student is enrolled. 

In the case of dental hygienists who have had less than two years of special training on the 
basis of which they have been licensed by the State Dental Council and Examining Board such 
persons will pursue additional courses in college to fulfill the requirements for the degree. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



EDUCATION FOR SAFE LIVING 

JOHN CHELLMAN, Chairman 



The State Council of Education approved this new certifi- 
cation January 9, 1948. The four courses below, Introduction to 
Safety Education, Driver Education, the Organization and Ad- 
ministration of Safety Education, and Methods and Materials 
in Safety Education in the Secondary Schools meet the require- 
ments for certification with 12 semester hours. A temporary 
standard certificate is issued upon the completion of these 
courses and it becomes permanent after two years of successful 
experience in the field. 

HPe 251 Introduction to Safety Education 3 cr. 

HPe 252 Driver Education 3 cr. 

HPe 253 Methods and Materials in Safety Education in 

the Secondary Schools 3 cr. 

HPe 254 Organization and Administration of 

Safety Education 3 cr. 

See course descriptions listed under Health and Physical 
Education Department. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SPECIAL EDUCATION 



MORTON MORRIS, Chairman 



The department prepares students in two of the major 
areas of programs for exceptional children. One major area 
leads to the Comprehensive College Certificate in special ed- 
ucation for the mentally retarded. The other area of prepara- 
tion leads to certification in teaching of the Speech and Hearing 
Handicapped. 

Education for the Mentally Retarded 

A coordinated program of not less than 48 semester hours 
is required in this major area. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hn. 

Enj; 101 English I 4 

Biol 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 105 Physical Science I ' 4 

SpE 220 Intro, to Except. Child 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Muaic S 



17 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hrs. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 General Biology II or 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Grog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 102 MUitary Science (2) 

SpH 254 Speech Dev. & Improve 3 

15-17 



HPe 



THIRD SEMESTER 
203 Physical Education II 1 



Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Ed 263 Developmental Reading and 

El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 

FL 101/102 Foreign Language 3 

El 211 Mus. for Elem. Grades 2 

Math 101 Found, of Math 4 

16 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Gcog 112 Geog. of U.S. & Pa 3 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

FL 201/202 Foreign Language S 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Psy 215 Child Development 3 

Art 330 Arts & Grails for the Mentally Retarded 3 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Ed 301 Audio- Visual Aids 2 

SpE 320 Psy. of the Ment. Retarded 3 

Hist 302 History of U.S. & Pa. II 3 

Elective 3 



u 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Amer. Ed 3 

El 313 Teaching Math in Elem. Sch 3 

Psy 352 .Mental Hygiene 3 

SpE 301 Reading & Other Lang. Arts 

for the Mentally Retarded 3 

Elective! . • • . ^^ 4 



16 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

SpE 431 Curr. & Meth. for Mentally Retarded ... 3 
SpE 411 Health & Physical Education for the 

Mentally Retarded 2 

Electivei 5 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 
Ed 421 Student Teaching of the 

Mentally Retarded 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law. . 2 



14 



16 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Teaching of the Speech and Hearing Handicapped 

36 semester hours are required for a major in Speech and 
Hearing.. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hn. 

Knv: 101 English I 4 

FL 101/102 Foreign Language 3 

Biol. 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 

SpH 111 Introduction to SpH Problems 3 

HPu 103 Physical Education 1 



SECOND SEMESTETR 

Sem. 
Hrs. 

Eng 102 English H 4 

FL 201/102 Foreign Langnage S 

Biol 104 General Biology II or 

Sci 106 Phyaical Science II 4 

SpH 122 Phonetics 3 

Hl'c 101 Health Education 2 



15 



16 



THIRD SEMESTER 
Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 

Math 101 Fnndamentals of Math 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

SpH 251 Anat. & Physiology of SpH 

Mechanism ' 

111V- JOl Physical Education U 1 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children ... 8 

SpH 222 Introduction to Andiology S 

SpH 232 Speech Pathology I 8 

Lng 201 Litcialure I 2 



17 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 

SS 104 Hisli.vy ot U.S. & Pa. 11 •'? 

SpH 321 Psy. of SpH Hand. Children 3 

SpH 311 Speech Rdg. & Auditory Tmg 3 

SpH 310 SpH Clinic I 2 

SpH 331 Speech Pathology II 3 

16 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed .501 Andic. Visual Education 2 

Ed 302 Hist. & PhU. of Amer. Ed 3 

Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 

SpH 320 SpH Clinic II 2 

SpH 362 Lang. Oev. & Lang. Disorders 

in Children 3 

SpH 312 Org. & Adm. of SpH Programs 3 



16 



SHVENTH SEMESTER 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 

PolS 111 Anjcrican Citizenship 3 

Ed 305 Evalnation Methods 2 

Psy 215 Chad Development 3 

Eng 301 Literature II - 

SpH 254 Speech Dev. & Iniprovenienl 3 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 401 Student Teaching in Speech and Reading 12 
Ed 402 Fundamental Law 2 



14 



16 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

p. DAVID LOTT, Chairman 

The required courses for a degree in Elementary Education 
are listed below. It is expected that most of the electives will 
be used in one academic field, so that when they are combined 
with the general education requirements in that field, a con- 
centration of at least 18 credits will be attained. The areas of 
concentration are English, French, Geography, German, His- 
tory, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies and Spanish. 

It is recommended that students who plan to major in ele- 
mentary education should have high school biology, chemistry, 
physics, and at least two years of academic mathematics. Stu- 
dents will find this background helpful in taking college level 
courses in science and mathematics. 

(Course sequence subject to change depending upon aca- 
demic concentration or for administrative purposes.) 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Hrs. 
Sem. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mu( 101 Introduction to Ma«ic 3 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 101 Health or 2 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 

10 
THIRD SEMESTER 

El 213 Art for the Elementary Grades 2 

El 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 

El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 

El 313 Teaching Mathematics in the 

Elementary School 3 

Foreign Language 3 

Elective 3 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Hra. 

Sem. 

Kng 102 English II 4 

Math 101 Foundation of Mathematics 4 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 

Geog 112 Geography of U.S. & Pa 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 102 MUitary Science 11 2 



16 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist IIIJ Hi9l..ry of Civilization II 3 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

EI 221 Children's Literature 3 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 

Foreign Language 3 

Elective 3 

Eiig 201 Literature I 



16 
FIFTH OR SIXTH SEMESTER 
Ed 302 History and Philosophy of 

American Education 3 

Pay 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II :! 

El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2 
Eleetires 6 



16 
FIFTH OR SIXTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Literature 11 2 

Pay 215 Child Development 8 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 

Ed 321 Student Teaching (9 weeks) 6 



IS 



17 

SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2 

El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 

Elective 3 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

El 411 Teaching of Social Studies 3 

El 413 Teaching of Language Arts 3 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum 

including School Law 2 

Ed 421 Student Teaching (9 weeks) 6 



14 



16 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ENGLISH 



JAMES R. GREEN, Chainnan 



A major in English consists of 40 credit hours, including 
English 101, English 102, EngHsh 211, World Literature, and 
Education 451, The Teaching of English and Speech in the 
Secondary School. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hr. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Biol 103 Biological Science I or 

Sci 103 Physical Science I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 



16 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hr. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 Biological Soience II or 

Sci 104 Physical Soience II 4 

Foreign Language i 

Art 101 Intro, to Art or 

Mas 101 Intro, to Music S 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 102 Military Science 2 

16-17 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Eng 211 Classiral Literature 3 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Eng 212 Am. Lit. to 1865 3 

HPe 203 Physical Ed. II or 1 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 

Elective 8 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts S 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Psy 201 Gen. Psychology 8 

Elective 9 



la 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psy 3 

Eng 221 Journalistic Writing or 

Eng 223 CreatiTe Writing 3 

Ed 301 Audio Visual Ed 2 

Elective 2 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Eng 363 The Structure of Eng S 

Ed 302 Hist. & Philosophy of Ed 8 

Elective 9 



IS 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Ed 451 The Teaching of English and 

Speech in Sec. School 3 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosoiihy 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Elective 6 

Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum 
School Law 



& 



17 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

EDWARD W. BIEGHLER, Chairman 

The major in Foreign Language consists of 30 semester 
hours credit beyond the college elementary sequence or equiv- 
alent high school preparation. 

Specialization in a Foreign Language 

A student may work for certification in French, German, 
Russian, or Spanish. It is assumed that he will have had at 
least two years in high school in the language of his choice. He 
will then begin with the sequence 251-252 and will take con- 
currently with those courses 053-054, Oral Practice III and IV. 
If he has not had the language of specialization in high school, 
he will begin with 151-152 and 051-052, Oral Practice I and II. 
151-152 are not counted toward the major. 
Language Laboratory 

All course titles which bear a number beginning with "0" 
are language laboratory courses conducted in the language 
laboratory, and demand independent laboratory work as a 
major part of preparation. 

The Pennsylvania- Valladolid Study in Spain Program 

Indiana State College is charged by the Department of 
Public Instruction with the organization and administration of 
this Program for the benefit not only of Indiana students but 
also students in the other Pennsylvania State Colleges. The 
Program is designed primarily to improve the preparation of 
future teachers of Spanish but participation is not a require- 
ment for graduation. Students who participate in the Program 
will normally have completed the junior year. The Program 
runs annually from June to the end of the calendar year at the 
University of Valladolid, Spain, under the supervision of a staff 
member of this Department and a Spanish Resident Director. A 
total of 30 hours may be earned in the areas of Spanish lan- 
guage, literature and culture. For further details consult the 
current brochure. 

FIRST SEMESTER S.H. SECOND SEMESTER S.H. 

Eng 101 English I 4 Eng 102 English II 4 

Biol 103 Biological Science or Biol 104 Biological Science or 

Sci 105 Physical Science 4 Sci 106 Physical Science 4 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 FL 252 Language IV 3 

FL 251 Language III 3 FL 054 Oral Practice IV 2 

HPe 101 Health 2 HPe 1U2 Physical EUucatiuii 1 1 

18 Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mu3 101 Introduciioii to Music 3 

TF 
THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 Hist 102 History of Civilization. II 3 

Fng 201 Lileraturr- I 2 Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 FL 352 Advanced Language 3 

FL 351 Advanced Language 3 FL 362 Culture and Literature 3 

FL 361 Coltore and Literature S Electives .- 3.6 



Electives 3-5 



15-18 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2 

Ed 451 Teaching Foreign Language in 

Secondary Schools 3 

Elective 

EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Pay 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Ed 302 History and Philosophy of 

American Education 3 

Elective 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Introduction tn Philosophy 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Elective 

GEOGRAPHY 

THOMAS G. GAULT. Chairman 

For graduation a Geography major consists of 30 semester 
hours of Geography. A Geography-Earth Science major con- 
sists of 40 semester hours of Geography and Earth Science and 
two years of science (Physics and Chemistry). Geography 
education majors may also take Urban /Regional Planning. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

S.H. 

Eng ]01 English I 4 

Sci Biological or Physical 4 

Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3 

Foreign Language Continued 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 

Military Science I 

15 

THIRD SEMESTER 

Math 101 Foundations of Matk 4 

HPe 204 Physical Edoeation 11 1 

Ceog 149 Economic Geography 3 

Geog 246 Physiography 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Elective 2 



SECOND SEMESTER 

S.H. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Sci Continued 4 

HPe 101 Health or Military Science 2 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 153 Physical Geography 3 



16 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

SS 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Art 101 Intro, to Art or 

Mus 101 Intro, to Music 3 

(ieog 2S1 Geog. of Anglo America 3 

Ceog 241 Climatology S 

Elective 3 



17 
FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Ed 302 History and Philosophy of 

American Education 3 

Electives — Geography 6 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 



Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Pols m Vii,, rican Citizenship 3 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

Electives 8 



15 
SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Ed 2 

Ed 451 Teaching of Geog. in Secondary Schools 3 

Elective — Geography 3 

Electives 7 

Eng 202 Literature II 2 



17 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law.. 2 



14 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



GEOGRAPHY-EARTH SCIENCE 

40 semester hours are required for a major in Geography- 
Earth Science major. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Sci 111 Chemistry I 4 

HPe 101 Health or M.S 2 

Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

~w 

THIRD SEMESTER 

ESci 221 Phy. Geology 3 

Psy 201 Gen. Psy 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Sci 111 Physics I 4 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Geog 149 Econ. Geog 3 

Ed 302 Hist. & Phil. Am. Ed 3 

ESci 351 Oceanography I 3 

Geog 249 Meteorology I 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 

17 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Ed 451 Teaching Geography 3 

Pols 111 .American Citizenship 3 

Ed 305 Eva!. Methods 2 

Geog 452 Conservation : Reg. Use 3 

ESci 211 .Astronomy or 

Geog 491 Aero-Space Work 3 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Sci 222 Cham. II or Math. II 4 or 5 

HPe 102 Physical Education or M. S 2 

Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3 

Hist 202 History of Civilization II 3 

leTT 

FOURTH SEMESTER 

ESci 222 Hist. Gaol 3 

Geog 251 Geog. Anglo-America 3 

Psy 302 Ed. Psy 3 

Sci 112 Physics II 4 

FL Foreign Language* 3 

SIXTH SEMESTER 

Eng 202 Literature II 2 

.4nth 110 Anthropology 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

ESci 352 Oceanography II 3 

Geog 250 Meteorology 3 

Geog 246 Physiography 3 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Prof. Pract 2 

IT 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HOME ECONOMICS 

For a major in Home Economics 39 semester hours are 
required. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem, 
Hours 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 

Sci 151 Physiology 3 

HE 216 Clothing Selection 3 

HE 213 Principle* of Design or 

Art 101 Intro to Art 2 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hours 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Foreign Language 3 

HE 111 Meal Mgt 3 

HE 113 Management & Equip 3 

HPe 101 Health 2 



15 



16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Chem 151 Chemistry 3 

HE 211 Advanced Foods 3 

Math 101 Foundations of Math i 

Ceog 101 World Geography 3 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

Chem 152 Chemistry 3 

HE 221 Nutrition 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

HE 212 Clothing Const. & Fitting 3 

HPe 204 First Aid 1 



16 



16 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Soi 361 Microbiology 3 

HE 213 Home Planning & Furnishing 3 

HE 215 Child Development 3 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Elective 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Ed 2 

Ed 302 History & Phil of Amer. Ed 3 

HE 314 Textiles 3 

HE 413 Family Relation 3 



17 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

HE 415 Methods of Teaching HE Voc S 

Ed 421 Professional Practicum 2 

Anlli 110 Introduction to Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Elective 2 

HE 315 Consumer Ec. & Family Finance 3 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching or 8 

HE 414 Home Mgt. Res 3 

Ed 422 School Law 1 

HE 412 Nursery School 2 

HE 311 FamUy Health 1 



IS 



16 



Sequence of courses subject to change for administrative 
purposes. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



117 



SCHOOL FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT 

To obtain certification in this area 12 semester hours in 
foods, Nutrition, Quantity Food Preparation and Service plus 
12 semester hours in Administration, Equipment and Layout, 
Food Purchasing, Microbiology, and Sanitation are required. 
American Dietetics Association Membership requires also 
credit in Diet Therapy, Industrial Psychology, Experimental 
Foods, and additional semester hours in chemistry and nu- 
trition. 

FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT 

1966-67 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Hoars 

Clock Sent. 

Eng 101 English I 4 4 

HE 313 Mgt. & Equip 5 3 

HE 111 Meal Mgt 6 3 

HPe 102 Phys. Ed. I 2 1 

HPe 101 Health 2 2 

Foreign Language 3 3 

~2F TfiT 

THIRD SEMESTER 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 3 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 3 3 

Sci 151 Inorganic Chemistry 4 4 

HE 211 Advanced Foods 6 3 

Psy 215 Child Development 3 3 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 2 1 

"is" W 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 2 

HE 313 Quantity F. S. Mgt 9 3 

Sci 366 Micro. & Sanitation 5 3 

Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 3 3 

HE 358 F. S. Equip. & Layout 3 3 

HE 355 Diet Therapy or Flpctive 3 3 

"25" TT 

SEVENTH SEMESTER 

HE 360 Accounting for F. S 3 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 3 

HE 364 Methods of Teaching 3 3 

HE 411 Family Relations 3 3 

IT iT 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Hours 

Clock Sem. 

Eng 201 English II 4 4 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 3 

Sci 115 Physiology 4 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mu3 101 Introduction to Music 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

TF IT 

FOURTH SEMESTER 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 3 2 

Sci 152 Org-Bio Chemistry 5 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

HE 212 Nutrition 4 3 

Psy 312 Ed. Psych 3 3 

HPe 204 First Aid 2 1 

~20^ IF 

Chem 351 Bio Chemistry* 3 3 

SIXTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 2 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

HE 356 F. S. Administration 3 3 

HE 414 Con. Ec. & Family Finance 3 3 

HE 362 Experimental Foods -6 3 

PSN 402 Nut. and Com. Health or Elective 2 2 

"iF 16~ 

EIGHTH SEMESTER 

HE 414 Home Mgt 6 3 

HE 359 Food Purchasing 6 3 

Ed 422 School Law 1 1 

HE 361 Food Service Exp.** 20 6 

33 Ts" 



*To be taken during pre-session of summer school. 
••Students are required to have full-time employment in a food service operation for at least six weeks 
during one summer period. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MATHEMATICS 



JAMES E. McKINLEY. Chairman 



The major in mathematics consists of 36 semester hours 
credit. It is recommended that mathematics majors take Phys- 
ics I and Physics II as supporting courses. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hn. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

tMath 152 Algebra and Trig S 

•Phys 111 Physics I 4 

HPe 101 Health or 2 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 

Math 155 Ciiinputer Programming 1 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Hn. 

Eiig 102 English 11 4 

Math 157 Analytic Ceom. & Calc. I 4 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 102 Military Science II 2 

Intro to Art or Music S 



16-18 



17-18 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Math 257 Analytic Geoni. & Calc. II 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPo 203 Physical Education II or 1 

MS 203 Military Science III 2 

Math 375 Intro, to Modern Math 3 

Elective 3 

17-18 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Math 357 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 

Foreign Language S 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

MS 204 Military Science IV 2 

Eng 201 Lilt-ratnre 1 2 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Literature H 2 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Math 355 Foundations of Geometry 3 

Elective 9 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed 301 Audiovisual Ed 2 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology S 

Ed 302 Hist, and Philosophy of Ed 3 

Elective 8 



17 



16 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Ed 305 Evaluative Marhods 2 

Ed 451 Teaching of Math in Secondary School . 3 

Math 452 Seminar 1 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Elective 4 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum & School Law ... 2 



14 



U 



tStndente with advanced itanding may begin with the Aiulytle Geometry ft Caloalu leqaeaee. 

*A acience seqaenee other than phyeiet may be airaoged. 

Stadenu in the Liberal Arts Carrleal>« are net refalred te Uke Kdmcatlen Coanea. 



Kathleen McCoy; 

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 119 

GENERAL MUSIC 

HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, dairman 



The major in General Music Education consists of 43 se- 
mester hours credit. In addition supporting courses in Har- 
mony, Ear Training, and Sight Singing are required. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hrg. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

HPo 101 Health (Women) 2 

MS 101 Military Science (Men) 

Mu» 111 Sight Singing I 2 

Mus 115 Harmony I 

Mu8 113 Ear Training I 

Mus 151 Class Voice I 

Mus 162 Class Clarinat 

Pno 211 Private Piano 



SECOND SEMESTER 



F.ng 102 English II 

Mus 112 Sight Singing II 

Mug 116 Harmouy II 

Mus 114 Ear Training II 

Mus 311 Fandamentalg of Conducting 

Mus 152 Class Voice II 

Mus 155 Qass Violin 

Pno 212 Private Piano 

Ms 102 Military Science (Men) 



Sam. 
Hn. 

.. 4 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Foreign Language I 3 

Science 4 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Mus 215 Harmony III 3 

Mui 160 Class Woodwinds 1 

Pno 213 Private Piano 1 

Voice 211 Private Voice 1 

Mus 204 Eurythmics I 1 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Foreign Language II S 

Science 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 

Mus 159 Class Strings 1 

Pno 214 Private Piano 1 

Voice 212 Private Voice 1 

Mus 205 Eurythmics II 1 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Hist 102 Histoi-y of Civilization II 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Mus 301 History of Music I 3 

Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2 

Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2 

Mut 156 Class Comet 1 

Applied Eleetire I 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Ed 302 History & Phil, of Am. Ed S 

Mus 302 History of Music II 3 

Mus 332 Jr. H.S. Methods 2 

Mus 333 Sr. H.S. Methods 2 

Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2 

Mus 161 Class Brass 1 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

Puis 111 American Citizenship 3 

Ed SOI Aadio-ViinaJ Ed 2 

G«o( 101 World Ceosraphy 3 

Mus S03 History of Made III 3 

Mo* 334 Instmmental Methods 2 

Mo* 158 CUaa PaxcBMion 1 

Applied Elective 2 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching U 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC 



HAROLD S. ORENDORFF. Chairman 



The major in Instrumental Music Education consists of 43 
semester hours credit. In addition supporting courses in Har- 
mony, Ear Training, and Sight Singing are required. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hrs. 

Fng 101 English I 4 

HPe 101 Health (Women) 2 

MS 101 Military Science (Men) 

Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2 

Mus 115 Harmony I 3 

Mus 113 Ear Training I 1 

Mus 162 Class Clarinet 1 

Pno 111 Private Piano 1 

Private Major Instr 1 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hrs. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2 

Mus 116 Harmony II 3 

Mus 114 Ear Training II 1 

Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 

Mus 155 Class Violin 1 

Pno 112 Private Piano 1 

Private Major Instr 1 

MS 102 Military Science (Men) 2 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Foreign Language I 3 

Science 4 

Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4 

Mus 215 Harmony III 3 

Mus 151 Class Voice I 1 

Private Major Instr 1 

Mus 204 Eurythmics I 1 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Foreign Language 3 

Science 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 

Mus 152 Class Voice II 1 

Mus 160 Class Woodwinds 1 

Private Major Instr 1 

Mus 205 Eurythmics II 1 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Mus 301 History of Music I 3 

Mus 332 Jr. H.S. Methods 2 

Mus 306 Counterpoint I 2 

Mus 156 Class Cornet 1 

Mus 159 Class Strings 1 

Private Major Instr 1 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Phil. 120 Introduction to Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Ceog 101 World Geography 3 

Mus 303 History of Music III 3 

Mus 309 Orchestration I 2 

Private Major Instr 1 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Ed 302 History & Phil, of Am. Ed 3 

Mus 302 History of Music II 3 

Mus 333 Sr. H.S. Methods 2 

Mus 334 Instrumental Methods 2 

Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2 

Mus 161 Class Brass 1 

Mus 158 Class Percussion I 

Private Major Instr 1 

EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



VOCAL MUSIC 

HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, Chairman 



The major in Vocal Music Education consists of 43 semes- 
ter hours credit. In addition supporting courses in Harmony, 
Ear Training, and Sight Singing are required. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Son* 
Hn. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

HPe 101 Health (Women) 2 

MS 101 Military Science (Men) 

Ma* 101 Sight Singing I 2 

Mus lis Harmony I 3 

Mus 113 Ear Training I 1 

Mu» 151 Class Voice I 1 

Mui 155 Class Violin 1 

Pno 211 Private Piano 1 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Sem. 
Hrt. 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2 

Mus 116 Harmony II 3 

Mus 114 Ear Training 11 1 

Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 

Mus 152 Class Voice II 1 

Mus 162 Class Clarinet 1 

Pno 212 Private Piano 1 

MS 102 MUitary Science (Men) 2 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Foreign Language I 3 

Science 4 

Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 

Mus 215 Harmony III 3 

Vce 211 Private Voice 1 

Pno 213 Private Piano 1 

Mas 204 Eurythmics 1 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 20] Literature I 2 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Mus 301 History of Music I 3 

Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2 

Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2 

Private Voice or Piano 2 

Private Piano or Voice 1 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Foreign Language II 3 

Science 4 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 

Mus 156 Class Cornet 1 

Vce 212 Private Voice 1 

Pno 214 Private Piano 1 

Mus 205 Eurythmics II 1 

SIXTH SEMESTER 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Ed 302 History & Phil, of Am. Ed 3 

Mus 302 History of Mus II 3 

Mus 332 Jr. H.S. Methods 2 

Mus 333 Sr. H.S. Methods 2 

Private Voice or Piano 2 

Private Piano or Voice 1 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Phil 120 Introduction lo Philosophy or 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Ed 301 A.idio-Visual Ed 2 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Mus 303 History of Music III 3 

Music Elective 2 

Private Voice or Piano 1 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum 



A pi 



prnficieocy jury examination is required in all areas of nmsie fldneation. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING 

GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER. Director 

The Board of Presidents of the State Colleges approved on 
January 19, 1951, a curriculum for public school nurses leading 
to the degree of bachelor of science in education. The require- 
ments shown below must be met. 

1. The satisfactory completion of a three-year curriculum 
in an approved school of nursing and registration by the 
State Board of Examiners for the Registration of Nurses 
of Pennsylvania. 

2. The satisfactory completion of sixty (60) semester hours 
of additional preparation distributed as follows: 

A. Courses Related to Public School Nursing 

Semester Hours 

PSN 301 Public School Nursing 2 

PSN 302 Public School Organization 2 

PSN 401 Public Health Nursing 6 

PSN 402 Nutrition and Community Health . . 2 
PSN 403 Family Case Work _3 

TOTAL 15 

B. General and Professional Education 

Hist 104 History of the United States and 
Pa. II 3 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Hist 101 or SS 102 History of Civilization 

I or II 3 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Soc 251 Introduction to Sociology 3 

Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Am. Ed 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 

SpH 354 Audiometry for PSN 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Electives 11 

TOTAL 45 

GRAND TOTAL ^ 

In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation 
for registration, such persons will pursue additional courses to 
meet the requirements for the degree. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PHYSICS DEPARTMENT 

RICHARD E. BERRY. Chiirman 

REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICS MAJORS 

The major in Physics consists of 26 semester hours credit. 
In addition supporting courses in Biology, Chemistry and 
Mathematics are required. 



Major in Physics 



FIRST SEMESTER 



Eng 101 English I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 

Phys 111 Physics I 4 



SECOND SEMESTER 



Cr. 



Eng 201 Literature I "l 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calcnlus 1 . . 4 
HPe 102 Physical Education or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 2 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 



15 



17 



THIRD SEMESTER 
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and Calculoa II . . 4 

Foreign Language S 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4 

Physics Elective S 

17 



FOURTH SEMESTER 
Eng 201 Literature I 2 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4 

Elective 4 



16 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

Phys 211 Elect. & Mag. I 3 

Sci 103 General Biology I 4 

17 



SIXTH SKMESTER 
Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools .. S 

Ed 302 Hist, and Phil. Am. Ed 8 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Physics Elective 4 

Sci 104 General Biology II 4 

17 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 
Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Ed 305 Audiovisual Education 2 

Phys 311-312 Mechanics I or II S 

Elective 4 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practlcura and School Law . . 2 



14 



IS 



Physics Elcctives 



Phys 382 Heat 

Phys 361 Electronics 

Phys 472 Modem Physics (Required) 

Phy» 371 Optics 

Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physici 



Phys 452 Selected Experiments in Atomic, Nuclear 

and Modem Physics 
Phys 483 Quantum Mechanics 
Phys 498 Problems in Physics 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCE MAJORS 

The major in Physical Science consists of 34 hours 
physics and chemistry with 20 hours in supporting courses. 



m 



Physical Science Majors 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Chem 111 General ChemiBtry I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 

Eng 101 English I 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 



16 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I . . 4 

Eng 102 English II 4 

HPe 102 Physical Education or 

MS 102 Military Science II 2 

Art lOI Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Phys 111 Physics 1 4 

Chem 211 Qualitative Analysis 3 

Math 257 Analytical Geometry & Calculus II ... 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 



17 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Phys 211 Elect. & Mag 3 

Chem 411 Physical Chemistry 3 

Eiig 201 Literature I 2 

Psy 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

H ist 101 History of Civilization I 3 

Physics Elective 3 



16 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Phys 311-312 Mechanics I or II 3 

Chem. or Phys. Elective 6 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 



17 

SIXTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization 11 3 

Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Education 3 

Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools . . 3 

Physics Elective 5 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 



16 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law . . 2 



17 



Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis 
Chem 312 Organic Chemistry II 
Chem 351 Biological Chemistry 



Chemistry Electives 



Chem 251 Industrial Chemistry 
Qiem 498 Problems in Chemistry 



Phys 382 Heat 

Phys 361 Electronics 

Phys 472 Modern Physics (Required) 

Phy* S71 Optics 



Physics Electives 



Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physios 
Phys 452 Selected Experiments in Atomic, Nuclear 
and Modem Physics 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICS-MATHEMATICS MAJORS 

The major in Physics-Mathematics consists of 36 hours in 
physics and mathematics with 8 hours in supporting courses. 



Physics-Mathematics Majors 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Or. 

Eng 101 English 1 4 

Math IS2 Algebra or Trigonometry 5 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 R.O.T.C 2 

Phya 111 Phyaics I 4 



16 



SECOND SEMESTER 



Eng 102 English II l 

Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calculus 1 . . 4 
HPe 102 Physical Education or 

MS 102 R.O.T.C 2 

Phys 112 Physics II 4 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Foreign Language 3 

Math 257 Anal. Geom. and Calculus II 4 

Phys 472 Modern Physics 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Math. Elective 3 



16 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Phys 211 Elect. & Mag. I 3 

Sci 103 General Biology I 4 

Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

Math or Physics Elective 3 

17 
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 
Phys 311-312 Mechanics I or II 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Physics or Math Elective 3 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Elective 3 



17 

FOURTH SEJMESTER 

Foreign Language 3 

Math 357 Analytical Geometry and Calculus III . 4 
Geog 101 World Geography 3 

Physics Elective 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

18 
SIXTH SEMESTER 

Physics Elective 4 

Sci 104 General Biology II 4 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II "< 

Ed 302 History and Phil, of Education 3 

Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools .. 3 



17 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SKMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law . . 2 



14 



17 



Electives in Physics 



Phys 382 Haat 

Phys 361 Electronics 

Phys 472 Modern Physics (Required) 

Phys 498 Problems in Physics 



Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physics 
Phys 452 Selected Experiments in Atomic, Nuclear 
and Modern Physics 



Electives in Mathematics 



Math 253 Theory of Equations 
Math 341 Theory of Numbers 
Math 353 History of Mathematics 
Math 355 Foundations of Geometry I 
Math 361 Differential Equations 
Math 362 Probabilities & Statistics 
Math 366 Computer Math I 
Math 371 Linear Alfebra I 



Math 375 Introduction to Modern Math 

Math 376 Abstract Algebra 

Math 381 Advanced Calculus I 

Math 382 Advanced Calculus II 

Math 452 Seminar in Mathematics 

Math 461 Computer Math II 

Math 471 Seminar; Research Usage of Computers 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTH SCIENCE 

The major in Earth Science consists of the minimum of 52 
semester hours credit in mathematics, science, and geography 
or prescribed. 



Major in Earth Science 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 English I 4 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 

Phya 111 Physics I 4 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Math 157 Analytic Geometrr and Calculus I 4 

Phya 112 Physics II 4 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1 

MS 102 Military Science II 2 



15 



16-17 



THIRD SEMESTER 

ESci 211 Solar System 3 

Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Ceog 153 Physical Geography 3 

Psy 201 General Psychology 3 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

ESci 212 Stellar Astronomy 3 

Chem 112 General Chemiatry II 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Hist 102 History of Civilization U 3 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 

HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 



18 



17 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

ESci 221 Physical Geology 3 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Sci 103 General Biology I 4 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methoda 2 

Ed 201 Audio-Visual Education 2 



SIXTH SEMESTER 
ESoi 222 Historical Geology 3 

.Sci 104 General Biology II 4 

Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Amor. Ed 3 

Elect ives 6 



16 



16 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 
Phil 221 Logic or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Ed 451 Teaching Science in 

Secondary Schools 3 

PolS 111 American Citizenship 3 

Geog 249 Meterology 4 

Elective 3 



SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Stndent Teaching 

Ed 422 Profeaaional Praeticum and 

School Law 



14 



16 



ELECTIVES 

Science, mathematics, and other electives to be selected 
in consultation with adviser. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SOCIAL SCIENCE 



RAYMOND L. LEE, Coordinator 



Forty-two semester hours are required for a major in the 
Social Sciences, including general education courses in this 
area. A rninimum of six semester hours must be programmed 
in each of five areas: Sociology- Anthropology, Economics, 
Geography, History, and Political Science. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 101 English 1 4 

Biol 103 General Biology I or 

Sci 105 Basic Physical Science 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Ceog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 

16 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eng 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 General Biology U or 

Sci 106 Basic Physical Science 4 

Foreign Language 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 

MS 102 Miliury Science 12 

15-16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Moi 101 Introduction to Music 3 

Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4 

HPe 103 Physical Education II or 

Military Science 1-2 

Elective 6 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization 11 3 

Psy 302 Education Psychology 3 

Elective 7-10 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

15-18 



17-18 



FIFTH SEMESTER 

Ed 302 Hist-Phil Education 3 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Elective! or Pro Courses 9 



17 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Ed 354 Teaching Social Studies 3 

Electivei 12 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

Antb 110 .-Vnlhropology or 

Pliil 120 Philusuphy 3 

Puis 111 American Citizenship 3 

Elective 9 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and 

School Law 2 



14 



17 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HISTORY 



CLYDE C. GELBACH. Chairman 



Thirty semester hours are required for a major in History. 
Beyond General Education requirements at least one course 
must be programmed in each of the following sub-divisions: 
European History, United States History, and Regional History. 



FIRST SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Eiig 101 English I 4 

Biol 103 Ceneral Biology or 

Sci 105 Basic Pbfsical Science 4 

Foreign Language 3 

Geog 101 World Geography 3 

HPe 101 Health or 

MS 101 Military Science 2 



16 



SECOND SEMESTER 

Cr. 

Erig 102 English II 4 

Biol 104 Ceneral Biology or 

Sci 106 Basic Physical Science 4 

Foreign Language 3 

HPe 102 Physical Education I or 

MS 102 Military Science 1-2 

15-16 



THIRD SEMESTER 

Pay 201 General Psychology 3 

Art 101 Introduction to Art or 

Mas 101 Introduction to Music 3 

Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4 

HPe 103 Physical Education II or 

Military Science 1-2 

Elective 6 



FOURTH SEMESTER 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 

Pay 302 Education Psychology 3 

Elective 7-10 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 

15-18 



17-18 



FIFTH SEMESTER 
Ed 302 Hist-Phil Education 3 

Eng 301 Literature II 2 

Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3 

Electivea or Pro Courses 9 



17 



SIXTH SEMESTER 

Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 

Ed 354 Teaching Social Studies 3 

Electives 12 



17 



SEVENTH SEMESTER 

Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2 

Anth 110 Anthropology or 

Phil 120 Philosophy 3 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 

Elective 9 



EIGHTH SEMESTER 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum and 
School Law 



17 



VIEWS and SCENES 

at 

INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

Indiana, Pennsylvania 










; / 




^^mf¥' 






^ 



^^ 






■jm 



^*eV * 







If* 



T^ m- JTS ^^j/Fy^ ' f W. 





m^ 



w 







J'. 







^*^'.^r\ 



m 



^^ 




m 




»w^ 



\i: 



~ / 



'■M 





INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



THE DEPARTMENTS AND COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 
THE ART DEPARTMENT 

LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Cbainnan of Departmant 

ROBERT J. CRONAUER RALPH W. REYNOLDS 

THOMAS DONGn-LA FRANK ROSS 

JOHN A. CHRIST ROBERT SEELHORST 

JAMES M. INNES ROBERT E. SLENKER 

JOANNE LOVETTE ROBERT J. VISLOSKY 
MARK W. MILLER 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE 

Art 101 Introduction to Art 3 cr. 

Studies in the understanding and enjoyment of the visual 
arts as modes of expression, feeling, and communication make 
up the content of this course. Reproductions, demonstrations, 
slides, moving pictures as well as field trips to see original 
works of art, are used in sampling our cultural heritage. 

REQUIRED COURSES FOR ART STUDENTS 

Courses are listed in the order in which they should be 
completed in each field. Subjects in the various fields are car- 
ried simultaneously in order to facilitate the development of 
the student. The student should understand that where classes 
are studio in nature, 2 clock hours are required in order to re- 
ceive 1 credit. 

THE BASIC COURSES 

Art 111 Drawing in All Media 2 cr. 

A foundation course in drawing which includes a study of 
perspective light and shadow and composition with a variety 
of media and subject matter. 

Art 112 Composition and Figure Drawing 2 cr. 

Figure construction, anatomy, and life drawing are studied. 
Included are pictorial design and composition. 

Art 113 Color and Design 2 cr. 

Basic elements and principles of design and color are 
studied. Problems in two and three dimensional design are 
completed. 

Art 114 Design in Volume and Space 2 cr. 

This course provides the student with a wide variety of 
experiences in three-dimensional design using various ma- 
terials. Form, volume, and space are considered in different 
materials and in their relationship to sculpture, architecture, 
and the crafts. The emphasis is on experimentation with ma- 
terials and ideas. 



130 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

Art 115 Art ffistory I 3 cr. 

The visual arts are examined as modes of expression in 
relation to the life of the individual in the home and in the 
community. The period covered is from Prehistoric times to 
the Renaissance. 

ART EDUCATION 

Art 311 Arts and Crafts in Elementary Education 3 cr. 

This course is designed to help the future art teacher un- 
derstand the aesthetic and creative development of elementary 
school children. Art education is studied as a process which 
helps develop the total growth of the child, and his art prod- 
ucts are evaluated by this criterion. Art programs, planning, 
and motivation are studied critically. Experience is given with 
two dimensional materials as they apply to the elementary 
level. 

Art 312 Art in Junior and Senior High School 3 cr. 

(This course is a prerequisite to student teaching) 
The relationship of art education to the total secondeiry 
curriculum is studied to determine the goals of junior-senior 
high school art. The adolescent and his creative products are 
analyzed to help the prospective art teacher identify himself 
with the problems of his students. Emphasis is placed upon the 
concept of the adolescent's waning self-confidence in his crea- 
tive expression and his dire need of aesthetic experiences to 
help reorient himself. 

Art 330 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded 3 cr. 

The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied 
for opportunities they offer in the training, therapy and educa- 
tion of students who are mentally retarded, crippled, or need 
special help for any reason. 

Ed 421 (Art) Student Teaching (and Directed Student 

Activities) 12 cr. 

Here the prospective art teacher is given many opportuni- 
ties, under capable supervision, to guide the creative efforts of 
students at all age levels in the primary, elementary, junior, 
and senior high schools. Current philosophies of general and 
art education are applied in a practical teaching situation. Em- 
phasis is placed on the creative growth of teacher and pupil. 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum (including School Law) 2 cr. 

Consideration is given to recent education trends and 
methods, art curricula, and to planning of art courses for all 
grade levels. Practicum also includes professional readings, 
discussions, observations, and the accumulation and organiza- 
tion of pertinent teaching materials. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ART HISTORY AND AESTHETICS 

Art 116 Art History U 3 cr. 

This is a combination of Art History in which appreciation 
and critical judgment of old and modern masterpieces are 
goals. The relation of art to the world from the Renaissance to 
the 20th century is presented. A brief survey of modern art is 
presented in the latter part of the course. 

Art 216 Seminar in Art 3 cr. 

In the course the theoretical background of the arts are 
studied. The historical, sociological, and formal approaches to 
the arts are examined with a particular emphasis on the visual 
arts. This course is a survey of speculative aspect of the arts, 
and the relation of the arts to life. 

Art 458 Art History HI 3 cr. 

The great revolutionary movements which began about 
1850 and the trends of contemporary arts are vital to the art 
students of today. This course completes the sequence in the 
History of Art through the ages, (This course will be offered 
if fifteen students pre-register for it.) 

CRAFTS 

Art 214 Modeling and Sculpture 2 cr. 

This experience offers the student an opportunity to de- 
velop a personal expression while acquiring knowledge of three 
dimensional design related to sculpture and modeling. He be- 
comes familiar with the structural nature of terra cotta, sheet 
material, wire, plaster, wood and stone. This is a basic course 
in which the materials are treated experimentally to achieve 
an interpretation of the material by hand and tool. 

Art 215 Crafts in Metal and Wood 2 cr. 

In this course the student is given an opportunity to de- 
velop his design awareness through experiencing those craft 
processes associated with wood and metal. Hand and power 
tools are used to experiment with these materials in discover- 
ing inherent design and construction possibilities. 

Art 315 Pottery and Ceramics 3 cr. 

This is a creative experience directed toward the teaching 
of craftsmanship in ceramic art. Basic procedures of building 
forms by hand and wheel are performed in this course. Stu- 
dents also work with decoration and learn the fundamentals of 
kiln operation and glazing. 

Art 316 Jewelry 2 cr. 

The jeweler's art is approached from the point of view of 
the creative craftsman who has to learn the metal arts pro- 
cesses associated with jewelry making. The lapidary arts, sil- 
ver-smithing, and enameling are experienced. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



DESIGN, DRAWING, AND PAINTING 

Art 211 Mechanical Drawing and Industrial Design 2 or. 

The principles and methods of instrumental drawing and 
shape description are studied in theory and in practice. Modern 
industrial design practices are studied through the planning 
and building of three dimensional products. 

Art 212 Costume and Theater Arts 3 cr. 

Color and design are used to solve problems in school and 
college dramatics and pageantry. Theory and practice in the 
design, construction, painting of scenery, lighting, costume, and 
properties are basic experiences. 

Art 313 Water Color and Mixed Media 3 cr. 

The course is primarily concerned with transparent water 
color painting but includes gouache and mixed media. Work 
begins with a study of brush strokes and realistic on-the-spot 
painting and progresses through creative realism, semi-ab- 
stract, and non-figurative approaches. 

Art 314 Oil Color and Mixed Media 3 cr. 

This is a beginning course in the field of painting with 
opaque, plastic media. The student is introduced to the techni- 
cal as well as the aesthetic bases of painting with a creative 
approach to the design possibilities inherent in these plastic 
materials and their associated processes. 

COMMERCIAL ART AND ILLUSTRATION 

Art 213 Lettering, Commercial Art and Illustration 3 cr. 

Design is the major concern in this study of the methods of 
planning and preparing art work for reproduction including 
lettering, layout, and illustration. Single stroke pen and brush 
types of lettering are practiced for rapid execution in making 
signs, showcards, and posters. 

Art 412 Graphic Arts 3 cr. 

The techniques of graphic expression studied are, etching, 
lithography, block printing, photography, engraving, and siUc 
screen printing. 

ELECTIVES IN THE ART CURRICULUM 

With the foundations already established in three years 
of college art work the student may elect advanced courses. 
The work will be mainly individual, experimental, and in 
depth, with the aim of helping the student to make the trans- 
ition from the position of student in the college classroom with 
directed studies to the position of artist. These studio-workshop 
courses will stress advanced techniques in the particular field 
of study. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Art 451 Advanced Crafts 3 cr. 

This course is designed to have the student explore the 
crafts area in depth. The design and construction of functional 
objects will be undertaken with emphasis on innovation. 

Art 452 Advanced Ceramics 3 cr. 

The basic practices of processing, decoration, forming, and 
firing of ceramic objects will be pursued in a more specific way 
on a studio basis. This will include beginning glaze computa- 
tion. 

Art 453 Advanced Sculpture 3 cr. 

This course will provide the student with an opportunity 
to experience the area of sculpture with greater depth. Em- 
phasis will be placed upon uniqueness of idea within the bonds 
of the material toward producing a more significant sculpture. 

Art 454 Advanced Painting 3 cr. 

Individual experimentation and exploration by the devel- 
oping artist are encouraged in this course. Studying and ex- 
ploring the various technical approaches from the era of the 
masters to those used in contemporary methods and media. 
Students are helped to discover their individually unique meth- 
od of self expression. 

Art 455 Advanced Commercial Art 3 cr. 

This course stresses advanced techniques in layout and 
illustration. The student explores ideas, such as invention of 
trademarks and how products are brought about. Layouts are 
analyzed as to their quality. Package design is studied. 

Art 457 Advanced Graphic Art 3 cr. 

The student elects to study the art of the print in greater 
depth. 

Art 459 Architecture and Home Planning 3 cr. 

This course is designed for the student who wishes to ex- 
plore basic ideas in home planning and architecture through 
studio experience, and a study of architectural history. The 
emphasis is upon building in the United States and contempo- 
rary houses. 

Art 460 Fabrics 3 cr. 

This involves the study of the construction, decoration, use 
and history of textiles. Weaving, hooking, batik, silk screen, 
block printing, applique and stitchery will be techniques avail- 
able to students in this course. 

Art 461 Advanced Jewelry - 3 cr. 

The design and processes associated with the jeweler's art 
are given greater concentration. The student jeweler is en- 
couraged to investigate, in depth, one or more facets of jewelry 
making as experienced in the basic course. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

DONALD E. HOFFMASTER, Chairman 

WILLIS H. BELL DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER 

WALTER W. GALLATI MARTIN L. STAPLETON 

LOUIS L. GOLD RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER 

FRANCIS W. LIEGEY WILLIAM J. VAIL 

ROBERT E. MERRITT RICHARD F. WAECHTER 

CHARLES D. REESE CYRIL ZENISEK 
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 cr. 

This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics 
include cellular structure and physiology, growth and repair, 
reproduction and development, control sources of food energy, 
inheritance, and man's interrelationship with his biological 
environment. The classification of plants and animals is re- 
viewed briefly. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. 

Biol 104 General Biology II 4 cr. 

A continuation of General Biology I. Three hours lecture 
and two hours laboratory. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES 
Biol 111 Botany I 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: General Biology I and II. 

Botany I is primarily a study of the flowering plants. 
Topics include the anatomy and life processes of plant cells, 
leaves, stem, roots, flowers, seeds, and fruits. The economic 
importance of plants used by man and the recognition and 
classification of the seed plants in the immediate environment 
of the college are included. Two hours lecture and three hours 
laboratory per week. 

Biol 112 Botany II 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Botany I. Three hours lecture and three 
hours laboratory per week. 

Botany II is concerned primarily with the non-flowering 
plants. It considers both the anatomy and life processes of 
selected algae, bacteria, fungi, mosses, ferns, and their allies. 
The economic importance and health implications of certain of 
these groups are emphasized. The recognition and classifica- 
tion of the non-flowering plants of the immediate surroundings 
are stressed. 

Biol 121 Zoology I 8 cr. 

Prerequisites: General Biology I and 11. 
This is a study of the life history, habits, origin, develop- 
ment, physiology and anatomy of the main phyla of inverte- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



brates. A phylogenetic sequence is followed to show interre- 
lationships among the phyla. The student becomes acquainted 
with the many invertebrate species found locally. Two hours 
lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 

Biol 122 Zoology 11 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Zoology I. Three hours lecture and three 
hours laboratory per week. 

This course is a study of the chordata in general, and more 
particularly the classes of vertebrates. Topics studied include 
the anatomy, physiology, origin, development, and life history 
of representative members of each class. Special attention is 
given to the vertebrates found in the vicinity of the college. 

Biol 352 Animal Physiology 3 or. 

Prerequisites: Zoology I and II. Two hours lecture and 
three hours laboratory per week. 

The purpose of this course is to give the student a general 
background of how animals carry on their bodily processes 
and a more detailed knowledge of human physiology. Related 
anatomy is taught as needed. 

Biol 361 Microbiology 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Botany I and II, Zoology I and II. Two hours 
lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 

This course is a study of microscopic forms of life, both 
plant and animal, which are commonly encountered in biologi- 
cal work. Some emphasis is placed on the study of disease- 
producing species of man and his domesticated animals. Meth- 
ods of culturing forms used in high school teaching are studied. 

Biol 261 Ornithology 3 cr. 

Ornithology is a study of the birds of the region supple- 
mented by a review of the major orders of birds of the western 
hemisphere. Indoor studies of skins are made during the early 
part of the course, while the latter part of the course is largely 
field work. Early morning field trips are required. Two hours 
lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 

Biol 262 Entomology 3 cr. 

This is an introduction to the orders of insects, considering 
their characteristics, habits, and economic relations, together 
with the collecting and identifying of representative forms 
from Western Pennsylvania. Two hours lecture and three hours 
laboratory per week. 

Biol 281 Parasitology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Zoology I. 

An introductory course which covers the parasitic proto- 
zoa, flatworms, and roundworms. Major emphasis is placed 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



upon species infesting man and includes their structure, physi- 
ology, ecology, life cycles, pathogenicity and treatment. Labor- 
atory work includes some dissection of vertebrate hosts and 
fixing, staining and mounting of any parasites recovered. Ar- 
thropods involved in parasite transmission are also included. 

Biol 272 Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: General Biology I and II. 

In this course special attention is devoted to a study of 
accepted practices in soil, water, forest, and game conservation. 
Numerous local and state conservation specialists are called in 
to assist in the discussion of the specialized fields of conserva- 
tion. Field work is an essential part of the course. Two hours 
lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 

Biol 499 Research Biology 3 cr. 

A course designed to acquaint the undergraduate student 
with the techniques of modern research by actively engaging 
in a program of biological experimentation and /or research. 
Students will work in close harmony with the faculty member 
(or members) engaged in an active research project. There are 
no formal lectures or laboratories and a broad biological back- 
ground is required. Enrollment is by permission only. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



THE BUSINESS DEPARTMENT 

AliBERT E. DRUMHELLER, Chairman of Department 

LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT, JR. PATRICIA PATTERSON 

MARY JANE BOERING JOHN POLESKY 

CHARLES L. COOPER ARLENE RISHER 

ROBERT H. DOERR JAMES K. STONER 

FRANK GHESSIE BEATRICE F. THOMAS 

ALBERT R. McCLURE HAROLD W. THOMAS 

DALE WOOMER 

REQUIRED BUSINESS COURSES FOR ALL 
BUSINESS EDUCATION STUDENTS 

Bus 101 Introduction to Business 1 cr. 

The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to 
the make-up of the business world, acquaint him with the con- 
tacts of everyday business, orient him in the field, and provide 
exploration in the various areas in Business Education. This 
should assist him greatly in his choice of his major field or his 
fields in the department. This course has pronounced guidance 
features. 

Bus 111 Business Mathematics I 3 cr. 

Prerequisite and designed to lay a groundwork for Busi- 
ness Mathematics II. 

This is a review of the fundamental processes with empha- 
sis on speed and accuracy through adequate drill and practical 
application in the handling of the fundamental business opera- 
tions. Topics considered which especially concern business are 
the 60-day 6 per cent method of computing interest, compound 
interest; bank, cash and trade discount; along with partial pay- 
ments. 

Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting 2 cr. 

For those persons who have had l^^ oi" more years of ex- 
perience in this area in high school, a test is given and exemp- 
tion from taking the course granted if course standards are met. 

This introductory course places emphasis on the develop- 
ment of correct techniques in typewriting. The student is intro- 
duced to the basic styles of business letters, simple tabulations 
and simple manuscripts. Individual remedial work is given. 
Specific standards of speed and accuracy are required. 

Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2 cr. 

This course continues the development of speed and ac- 
curacy. Students learn to type tabulated reports, special prob- 
lems in letter arrangement and business forms, rough drafts 
and manuscripts. Production ability is developed. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Bus 212 Business Mathematics II 3 cr. 

The purpose of this course is to teach students to apply 
principles of business mathematics with speed and accuracy in 
solving advanced problems encountered by the businessman 
and the consumer. The mathematics of production, marketing, 
accounting, finance, and management correlate with the ac- 
counting courses. 

Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting 3 cr. 

This is the first course in this area and a prerequisite. Its 
purpose is to introduce the students to the keeping of records 
for the professional man as well as a mercantile enterprise in- 
volving the single proprietor. Emphasis is placed upon the dis- 
tinction between keeping records on the cash basis as compared 
to the accrual basis of bookkeeping. Consideration is given to 
special journals, the combined-cash journal, auxiliary records, 
and business papers. 

Bus 235 Business Law I 3 cr. 

This course deals with the nature of law and the agencies 
and procedures for its enforcement, contracts, agency employ- 
ment, negotiable instruments, property, bailments and trans- 
portation. The aim is to apply principles of law to everyday 
life and to establish proper interests, ideals and attitude toward 
law as a means of economic and social control. 

Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Bus. 221, a "C" average in Business Mathe- 
matics and English. 

Special consideration is given in connection with accruals 
and deferred items; the significance and handling of evaluation 
accounts and the interpretation of the effect of all types of 
transactions on the operation of the business are stressed 
throughout the course. Special attention is given to the voucher 
system and to the preparation of columnar records for different 
types of business along with the preparation and interpretation 
of comparative financial reports. Special consideration is given 
to the legal and accounting aspects, payroll and partnership 
organization, operation and dissolution. 

Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting 2 cr. 

Emphasis is placed upon the further development of speed 
and accuracy. Advanced letter forms, manuscript writing, legal 
documents, stencil duplication, statistical reports and typing 
from problem situations are given much attention. Improve- 
ment in production ability is stressed. 

Bus 311 Methods of Teaching Business Courses 3 cr. 

This includes methods of teaching general business courses, 
as well as shorthand, typewriting, and bookkeeping. Unit plans. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



demonstrations and lesson planning are emphasized. Aims, 
techniques and procedures of teaching, grade placement of sub- 
jects and classroom management are considered items of the 
course. All courses in the student's major area along with the 
two Psychology courses must have been cleared before this 
course is taken. 

Bus 312 Evaluative Techniques in Business Courses 2 or. 

This course includes the construction, administration, scor- 
ing, treatment and grading of various type tests. The analysis 
of test results, remedial teaching and retesting, the evaluation 
of tests, all tied together in the psychological foundation of 
good methods as they function in the field of Business Educa- 
tion. 

Bus 321 Business Correspondence 3 cr. 

This is a course rich in the fundamentals of grammar; 
study of the vocabulary of business; setup of business forrns 
and modern business letters; emphasis of the "you" attitude in 
the writing of letters of inquiry, response, order letters, adjust- 
ment letters, sales letters; preparation of data sheets, and ap- 
plication letters. 

Bus 331 Sales and Retailing 3 cr. 

This course comprises a survey and analysis of the fields of 
retailing. A study is made of textile and non-textile merchan- 
dise, requirements for sales personnel, types of customers, mer- 
chandising plans and procedures, merchandise pricing and sell- 
ing techniques. 

Bus 335 Clerical Practice Office Machines 2 cr. 

Clerical office routine is covered, together with the funda- 
mentals of operating various office machines — calculators, add- 
ing machines, key punch, dictaphones, and various office ap- 
pliances; also, the theory and practice of office management is 
stressed. 

Bus 336 Business Law II 3 cr. 

The basic aim of this course is the same as that stated for 
Business Law I. Attention is given to kinds of business organi- 
zations, sales, insurance, surety and guaranty, leases and mort- 
gages, trusts and estates, bankruptcy, business torts and crimes. 

Bus 415 Economics 3 cr. 

This course is designed to give the business student a basic 
understanding of our economic system and how it operates 
from the viewpoint of the economist as compared to the de- 
veloped viewpoint of their business training. It includes an un- 
derstanding of the role of money and its effects on our econo- 
my; to present a measurement of production, employment, and 
income; to explain the causes of business fluctuations; and to 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



develop an understanding of the economic policies used to 
stabilize the level of economic activity. 



COURSES REQUIRED IN 
THE STENOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE 

Bus 161 Shorthand Theory (Diamond Jubilee Edition) 3 cr. 

This is an introductory course in the basic principles of 
Gregg Shorthand Simplified. 

Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Bus 161, a "C" average in English. 

There are three major objectives for this course: to review 
and strengthen the student's knowledge of the principles of 
Gregg Shorthand Simplified, to build shorthand-writing speed 
and to build transcription skill. 

Bus 263 Transcription 3 cr. 

This course develops additional speed in taking dictation 
with much emphasis placed on the development of transcrip- 
tion skill. Teaching techniques are considered a vital part of 
the work in this course. 

Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice 3 or. 

This course is an advanced study of the theory and the 
practice in activities common to the office — handling the mail, 
telegraphic services, shipping services, meeting callers, various 
business reports, financial and legal duties, filing, transcription, 
secretarial standards; personality, reference books, itineraries, 
preparation of documents, editing, etc. 

COURSES REQUIRED IN THE ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE 

Bus 352 Corporate Accounting 3 cr. 

Special attention is given to the records and reports pecul- 
iar to the corporate form of organization as well as to the 
methods of handling capital and surplus. Emphasis is given to 
the methods of accounting for inventories, tangible and intan- 
gible fixed assets, investments, long-term liabilities, funds and 
reserves and the methods of amortizing bond premium and 
discount. 

Bus 353 Cost Accounting 3 cr. 

This course is designed to give the students an understand- 
ing of the theory of costing used in manufacturing establish- 
ments. The voucher system is introduced in this course and at- 
tention is given to budgeting, estimating and prorating of man- 
ufacturing expenses, the technical aspects of charting produc- 
tion data, and investigating time and motion study techniques. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Bus 454 Tax Accounting 3 or. 

This course is designed to enable the students to gain a 
familiarity with the Federal Income Tax Laws as they pertain 
to individuals, single proprietorships and partnerships. The 
Social Security Tax Law will also be considered as a phase of 
this course. In addition to studying the Internal Revenue Code 
in connection with the above topics problems will be consider- 
ed which involve the use of the different forms that are neces- 
sary in tax accounting. The case method is utilized in the study 
of this subject. 

Bus 455 Auditing 3 cr. 

In this course students conduct a semi-detailed audit of 
business records, make the corrections, and submit statements 
of results. Problems of public and private auditing are develop- 
ed by the instructor. The construction and organization of 
working papers and the auditor's final report are covered. It 
also provides the prospective teacher with a knowledge of the 
current tax laws in connection with Social Security, Excise and 
Income Taxes. 



COURSES REQUIRED IN THE 
RETAIL TRAINING SEQUENCE 

Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting (see previous outline) 3 cr. 
Bus 332 Retail Management 3 cr. 

This course is an advanced study of the units of Retail 
Training I, and includes a study of merchandising control, stock 
planning, buying, pricing, personnel training, store layout and 
equipment, retail advertising and display. Suggested public 
relations activities are practiced in this course. A part of the 
semester is devoted to the study of the Pennsylvania Distribu- 
tive Education Program. 

Bus 433 Retail Practice 6 cr. 

Prerequisites: Bus 221, 251, and 331. 

This is a practical course of cooperative part-time training 
in the retail establishments of Indiana. The student spends a 
minimum of 15 clock hours per week for a semester in actual 
retail work at which time he puts into practice the theories of 
retailing studied in previous retail training courses. This course 
may be taken by the student in or near his home town during 
the summer term by special arrangement and provided the 
distance is no greater than sixty miles from Indiana. Each of 
these plans is under the cIosq supervision of store officials and 
of the university. 



142 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

ELECTIVES FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS 

Bus 241 Business Organization and Finance 2 cr. 

The contents of this course are designed to give an over- 
view of business management. Modern business organization, 
finance, personnel administration, production, and public rela- 
tions are studied and made meaningful as they fit into our in- 
dustrial society. The organization and management of the cor- 
poration and other forms of business are covered. 

Bus 342 Consumer Economics 3 cr. 

Problems of production, distribution, merchandising and 
buying are studied. Intelligent consumership is stressed 
throughout all aspects of the course. Importance is placed upon 
maximum satisfaction from goods and services consumed by 
the individual. 

Bus 454 Tax Accounting (see previous outline) 3 cr. 

This course is available only to Accounting Majors in Busi- 
ness Education and can be elected in either the Junior or 
Senior year. 

GENERAL ELECTIVE 

Bus 371 Elective Typing and Duplicating 1 cr. 

This course is available to all upper classmen except Busi- 
ness Education students. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT 

PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman 
CARL W. BORDAS WILLIAM HEARD 

EDWARD N. BROWN RONALD L. MARKS 

EDWARD G. COLEMAN ROBERT N. MOORE 

JOSEPH COSTA JOHN H. SCROXTON 

DONALD W. GKOFF WILLIAM C. SHELLENBERGER 

CHEMISTRY COURSES 

Chem 111-112 General Chemistry I and II 8 cr. 

General Chemistry I includes the study of the nature of 
matter, atomic structure, periodic law, chemical bond, stoi- 
chiometry, gases, liquids, solids and solutions. General Chem- 
istry II includes chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, elec- 
trical energy and chemical change, oxidation and reduction, 
descriptive chemistry and organic chemistry. The laboratory 
work illustrates fundamental principles; during the first semes- 
ter it is semiquantitative in nature, and the second semester 
is devoted to qualitative analysis. Three hours lecture and 
three hours laboratory per week. 

Chem 211 Quantitative Analysis I 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Chem 111 and 112. Lectures, two hours per 
week; laboratory four hours per week. 

The theory and practice of quantitative analysis includes 
gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Special emphasis is placed 
on perfecting the students laboratory technique and application 
of general chemical knowledge through problem solving. 

Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis II 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Chem 211. 

A continuation of first semester with special attention de- 
voted to advanced topics in analytical chemistry. Student ap- 
plication of standard analytical technique and theory of the 
first semester to practical research problems. Bilateral labora- 
tory and lecture study of modern instrumental techniques. 
Lectures, two hours per week. Laboratory four hours per week. 

Chem 251 Industrial Chemistry 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: General Chemistry I and II. 

This course is a study of the applications of chemistry and 
science to the industries of Western Pennsylvania for the sci- 
ence teacher. The course consists of lectures, laboratory work, 
and field trips to representative industries. Two hours lecture 
and three hours laboratory per week. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Chem 411 Physical Chemistry I 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Calculus I, and one year of either Organic 
or Quantitative Chemistry. 

Classical Thermodynamics, thermochemistry, gases, solu- 
tions and other topics as time permits. Two lecture and three 
laboratory hours per week. 

Chem 412 Physical Chemistry II 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Chem 411 and Calculus II. 

Application of classical thermodynamics to the study of 
phase equilibria, kinetics, diffusion, and other topics as time 
permits. Introduction to statistical thermodynamics and quan- 
tum physics. Lectures, two hours per week and laboratory 
three hours per week. 

Chem 451 Colloidal Chemistry 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: General Chemistry I and II and Organic 
Chemistry I. 

This course consists of discussion and laboratory work 
dealing with the theory of colloidal behavior. Stress will be 
placed upon proteins and other materials encountered in the 
colloidal state which are important in nature or industry. Two 
hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 

Chem 452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Qualitative Analysis and Organic Chemistry 

This course is designed to give the student an imderstand- 
ing of the advanced theory of atomic structure, chemical bond- 
ing, acids and bases, coordination compounds, and selected 
topics. Three hours lecture per week. 

Chem 498 Problems in Chemistry 1 to 3 cr. 

This course includes laboratory work, library reading, and 
conferences with a staff member. The purpose of the course is 
to give the student experience in the investigation of selected 
problems in chemistry. The credit is to be arranged. 

Chem 151-152 Organic and Biochemistry I-II 6 cr. 

This course is planned to include those topics from the 
fields of organic chemistry and biochemistry that are most im- 
portant for the student of home economics. The structures, 
properties, and preparation of the various classes of organic 
compounds are surveyed. This information then serves as a 
basis for the study of various materials encountered by a pro- 
fessional home economist, whether teaching or employed by 
private industry. Three hours of lecture and two hours of lab- 
oratory per week. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 cr. 

A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundamental 
concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what 
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer- 
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include 
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and 
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr. 

A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture 
and two hours laboratory. 

EARTH SCIENCE COURSES 

ESci 211 Solar System 3 cr. 

Fundamentals of astronomy with emphasis on the tele- 
scope, observational methods, an examination of the sun, moon, 
planets, asteroids, comets, and meteors, the mechanics and 
origin of the solar system, and the spatial relationship of the 
solar system to the other members of the universe. Scheduled 
laboratory periods and night observations are part of the 
course. Two hours lecture and one laboratory period or night 
observation per week. 

ESci 212 Stellar Astronomy 3 cr. 

Fundamentals of astronomy with emphasis on the sun, 
stars, galaxies, the siderial universe, and the use of spectro- 
scopy for gathering astronomical data. Scheduled laboratory 
periods and night observations are part of the course. Two 
hours lecture and one laboratory period or night observation 
per week. 

ESci 331 Navigation 3 cr. 

A thorough grounding in the meanings of terms used in 
navigation, in the purposes and use of navigational instru- 
ments and publications and in the theory and general methods 
of piloting, dead reckoning and electronic and celestial naviga- 
tion. Emphasis is placed upon chart work and the solution of 
practical navigational problems. Two houi's lecture and two 
hours laboratory. 

ESci 217 Meteorology 3 cr. 

A basic study of the atmosphere and physical processes that 
produce commonly observed weather phenomena, including 
discussion of radiation, temperature, humidity, evaporation, 
condensation and precipitation, clouds, pressure systems and 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



winds, air masses and fronts, cyclones, anti-cyclones, hurri- 
canes, tornadoes, and thunderstorms. In the laboratory, em- 
phasis is on common and useful meteorological instruments, 
observations, weather reporting, and the weather map. Two 
lectures and two hours laboratory per week. 

ESci 221 Physical Geology 3 cr. 

A basic course, with no college prerequisites, designed to 
meet the needs of science and non-science majors. It provides 
a survey of the physical forces molding, modifying and destroy- 
ing earth structures. Laboratory work includes map study, the 
identification of rocks and minerals, and field trips. Two hours 
of lecture and one three hour laboratory per week. 

ESci 222 ffistorical Geology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permission of instructor. 

A basic course providing a historj' of our planet from the 
fiery beginnings to the present. Special consideration is given 
to rock stratigraphic sequences, invertebrate fossil distribution 
and geologic map interpretation. Laboratory work includes 
field studies. Two hours of lecture and one three hour labora- 
tory per week. 

ESci 321 Paleontology 3 cr. 

This course covers the morphology, classification and evo- 
lution of the common fossils. Indiana State College is fortunate 
in being located in an area in which a wide spectrum of rep- 
resentative fossils ranging from Cambrian to Permian time 
may be found within easy-driving distance of the campus, 
work is an essential part of the course. Two hours lecture and 
Major emphasis is placed on the invertebrate fossils. Field 
work is an essential part of the course. Two hours lecture and 
three hours laboratory. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 

FRANCIS G. McGOVERN, Chairman 
WILLIS J. KICHAKU ROBERT C. VOWELS 

Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3 or. 

Introduction to the nature and scope of economics; ex- 
amination of universal principles and laws of economic activi- 
ty; study of the structure of American capitalism; the role of 
money and banking; the role of government; national income, 
its fluctuations and growth. 

Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Problems 3 cr. 

The study of what determines value: the problem of pric- 
ing goods and services; the problem of pricing the factors of 
production; understanding the kinds of competition; introduc- 
tion to the problems of labor, international trade, world pover- 
ty, competing economic systems. 

Econ 341 Industrial Relations 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

A study of the problems involved in the relations between 
the workers and management in a dynamic industrial society, 
and the economic aspects of the solutions of these problems 
proposed or attempted by labor, management, and the govern- 
ment. 

Econ 343 Economic Analysis 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

An analysis of prices, output and distribution with applica- 
tion to current problems of economic policy. 

Econ 344 Public Finance 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

A survey of the revenues, expenditures and debt operations 
of governments. Special attention will be given to the different 
requirements and character of the Federal government and of 
state and local units respectively. 

Econ 345 Money and Banking 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

A study of the history and present state of the American 
monetary and banking system. The Federal Reserve System, 
instruments of credit control, proposals for monetary reform 
and the relationship between money and economic stability 
will be covered in the course. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Econ 346 Economic Development 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

An empirical and theoretical analysis of the nature of the 
economic growth of nations. Special emphasis given to the 
problems of underdeveloped countries. 

Econ 347 History of Economic Thought 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

Presenting a study of the fundamental contributions which 
outstanding economists have made to economic ideas. 

Econ 348 International Economics 3 cr. 

International Economics is a study of international trade, 
international investment, current international institutions, and 
United States foreign economic policy. 

Econ 349 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics. 

Basic economic issues in capitalism, socialism, communism, 
and fascism, and their relationships to political and social 
problems. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

STANLEY W. LORE, Chairman of Department 

A. DALE ALLEN JOHN W. REID 

DON-CHEAN CHU PAUL A. RISHEBERCER 

LEONARD B. DeFABO NORMAN W. SARGENT 

KENNETH F. EDGAR ROBERT H. SAYLOR 

JOHN J. HAYS EDWARD D. SHAFFER 

JOYCE B. KLAWNHN DOROTHY M. SNYDER 

WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY GEORGE L. SPINELLI 

DONALD M. MacISAAC JAMES C. WILSON 

BLANCHE W. McCLUER HAROLD J. YOUCIS 
J. ROBERT MURRAY 

PSYCHOLOGY COURSES 

Psy 201 General Psychology (General Education Course) 3 er. 
This is an introduction to the scientific study of the be- 
havior of hving organisms. The student will acquire a psycho- 
logical vocabulary, know the major psychological concepts and 
principles, will understand the application of the scientific 
method to psychology, be able to distinguish between empirical 
psychological facts and theories, develop a critical attitude to- 
ward popular generalizations and misconceptions, and, to a 
degree, understand others and himself better. 

Psy 202 Advanced General Psychology 3 or. 

Prerequisite: Psy 201 

A course designed to extend one's knowledge of general 
psychology as a science. An extension of general psychology 
for science and liberal arts students who desire acquaintance 
with topics in perception, the senses, and human learning. 
Weekly demonstrations and laboratory exercises. 

Psy 310 Behavioral Statistics 3 cr. 

An introduction to both Descriptive and Interpretative 
Statistics as applied to behavioral science data. A non-mathe- 
matical course, with emphasis on the appropriate application 
of statistical tools. 

Psy 311 Experimental Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202, and 310 

A laboratory course on designing, conducting and evaluat- 
ing experiments. Students carry out both original and classical 
experiments in the major areas of psychology. Outstanding 
studies in each area are surveyed. Two lecture periods plus 
one double-period laboratory session. 

Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: General Psychology. 

A course designed for aiding the development of strong, 
hygienic personalities; mental hygiene as related to the child, 
adolescent, and teacher in the home, classroom, and social 
situation; maladjustments and mental diseases with emphasis 
on prevention. 



150 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

Psy 353 Child Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: General Psychology. 

This course aims to study the developmental changes in 
intellectual, emotional, motor, and social behavior from early 
infancy to adolescence. Outstanding experimental, clinical and 
theoretical contributions that show the important practical 
relationships between self-understanding, understanding of 
others, and the process of helping children to discover them- 
selves will be given special attention. 

Psy 354 Developmental Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Psy 201. 

A comprehensive study of the principles of psychological 
development in the individual from conception to old age. Em- 
phasis is on research methodology and experimental evidence 
pertaining to developmental principles. 

Psy 355 Adolescent Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: General Psychology. 

This course is a study of the adolescent, his growth and 
development, behavior, personality, and problems. All areas 
in his experience will be considered, the physical, mental, 
emotional, social. 

Psy 362 Physiological Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202. 

This course will be an intensive study of the physiological 
bases of behavior, with respect to the receptor, adjustive and 
effector systems. Selected principles of psychophysics and neu- 
roanatomy are emphasized. Registration only with the consent 
of the instructor. 

Psy 363 Perception 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202 

A study of perceptive processes, their acquisition, and 
their effects upon the individual. Sensory mechanisms and 
their thresholds as well as responses to complex stimuli are 
also included. 

Psy 371 Personality 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Psy 201, and (202 or 352). 

The leading experimental and clinical findings on person- 
ality and motivation and the major theories of personality, 
including Freudian theories. 

Psy 372 Introduction to Psychological Measurement 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Psy 201. 

A survey of psychological measurement techniques, with 
emphasis on the theoretical assumptions underlying these tech- 
niques and discussion of the interpretation and limitations of 
the measuring instruments. The course includes a consideration 
of individual and group tests, objective and projective tech- 
niques, and self-rating scales. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Psy 391 Psychology of Learning 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202, 310, 311 

The description and analysis of theories of the learning 
processes. Discussion of experimental findings relating to the 
acquisition, maintenance, and control of behavioral changes in 
terms of these theories. 

Psy 451 Psychological Practicum 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Approval by Director of the Psychological 
Clinic. 

Under the supervision of the Director of the Psychological 
Clinic selected students receive experience in the application 
of psychological technique. 

Psy 452 Social Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Psy 201. 

A study of the interaction of people, either in pairs or in 
groups. Examination of the effects of their respective person- 
alities, motives, attitudes and cultural backgrounds upon each 
other. Also a study of leadership, role playing, group conform- 
ity and group effectiveness. 

Psy 461 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: General Psychology. 

The systematic study of the full range of psychological 
functioning from the basic and accepted normal to the most 
extreme aberrations. Etiology, dynamics, symptomatology, 
treatment, and prognosis of the psychoneuroses, psychoses, psy- 
chomatic disorders, character disorders, and disorders of in- 
telligence constitute the major emphases of the course. 

Psy 491 Senior Seminar in Psychology 3 cr. 

Open only to students with a specialization in psychology 
and senior standing. Discussion of the basic concepts in psy- 
chology, their evolution, and their current status. Exploration 
of current research and trends in the various areas of psy- 
chology. 

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES 

(Required of all Students in Education) 
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 cr. 

Prerequisite: General Psychology. 

A consideration of the needs for sensory techniques and 
materials is given with attention to the psychological processes 
involved. Through class and laboratory work the student will 
have an opportunity to become acquainted with materials and 
equipment and skilled in audio-visual techniques, within the 
teaching field. Activities will include actual production of ma- 
terials for class use and participation in their use. 

Ed 302 History and Philosophy of American Education 3 cr. 

(Required of all Education Majors) 

This course is designed to promote a clearer understanding 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



of modern educational practice through a study of historical 
changes in instructional processes and ideas underlying it. 
Through the emphasis placed upon the study of educational 
beliefs and points of view, the course seeks to foster critical 
thinking which will lead to better judgments about the role of 
the school in our social culture, the meaning of democracy, the 
teacher and his profession, and the objectives and methods of 
the school. 

Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: General Psychology. 

A course designed to promote a better understanding of 
the principles of psychology that govern human behavior, with 
particular emphasis on their relation to the learning process, 
the learning situation, and the learner himself. The significance 
of evaluation, individual variation, group dynamics, and child 
growth and development will be stressed throughout the 
course. 

Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2 cr. 

This course includes elementary statistics concerning 
graphs, sampling, frequency distribution, averages, measures 
of central tendency and dispersion, and the normal curve. Em- 
phasis is placed on an understanding of the various evaluation 
instruments with much attention being given to standardized 
tests, how to select them wisely, and how to interpret and use 
the results. The course also includes the use and construction 
of tests made by the teacher, and the systems of reporting 
pupil growth and development. 

GENERAL ELECTIVES 

(These courses are open to all students.) 
Ed 251 Fundamentals of Guidance 2 cr. 

This course gives consideration to the function and im- 
plementation of guidance services. It presents an over-all-view 
of guidance in relation to individual problems of adjustment 
in home and school, on the job, and to civic and social relation- 
ships. Throughout the course the relation of the curriculum to 
guidance and of the teachers to the guidance worker is domi- 
nant. The knowledge, techniques, and opportunities for careers 
in guidance service are presented for consideration. 

Ed 362 Developmental Reading 3 cr. 

This course, planned especially for the teacher of second- 
ary students, will assist the participating student to understand 
the developmental reading process. The study will include such 
areas as objectives, background knowledge and understandings 
of the reading process, an overview of the elementary program, 
the pre-adolescent and the adolescent and their needs in read- 
ing, finding and providing for instructional needs, and special 
problems. Specific helps, experiences, techniques, and materials 
will be considered. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



It is suggested that the course be taken by secondary stu- 
dents just before the student teaching experience. 

Ed 371 Photography in Education 3 cr. 

This course is designed to give the beginning student a 
good introduction to photography, and to emphasize the poten- 
tial value of teacher-made photographic materials in teaching. 

The student will learn to use his own camera effectively, 
he will determine exposures, develop, contact print, and en- 
large his own black and white negatives, experiment with 
natural and artificial lighting for a variety of subjects, and 
shoot, develop, and mount his own color slides. Both the tech- 
nical and the artistic aspects of photography will be discussed 
in lecture, and considerable time, both in and out of class will 
be devoted to practical laboratory work. 

No prerequisite required. Student must, however, provide 
his own 35mm camera and an acceptable exposure meter in 
good condition. See instructor. 

Ed 372 Motion Picture Production 3 cr. 

This course will emphasize the possibilities for effective 
use of teacher-made films in the classroom. The student will 
learn to use his own 8mm or 16mm motion picture camera 
effectively. He will learn to choose the right film stock, to 
determine the correct exposure, to plan and direct the action, 
to break the material up into scenes for effective presentation, 
to edit the material shot, and to use natural and artificial light- 
ing as the situation demands. Some work in script presentation 
and in magnetic sound recording will also be included. Classes 
will emphasize practical, individual and group work, sup- 
plemented with lecture and demonstration. 

No prerequisite required. Student must, however, provide 
his own camera and an acceptable exposure meter in good 
condition. See instructor. 

Ed 454 Public School Administration 3 cr. 

The course is designed to acquaint the teacher with the 
administration and organization of the American public school. 
Attention is given to the cultural role of the schools. Treatment 
is given to decision-making in the operation of the schools and 
the total task of school operation with emphasis on what should 
be done. The functions and methods of all professional person- 
nel in the operation and improvement of the schools will be 
considered. 

REQUIRED COURSE FOR STUDENT NURSES 

Psy 203 Psychology in Nursing 

This is a basic course in psychology for student nurses. Em- 
phasis is placed upon principles and generalizations that will 
aid the nurse to understand herself, her patients, and those 
with whom she will work. Attention is given to individuals of 
all age levels from the prenatal organism through the aged. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SPECIAL EDUCATION AND CLINICAL SERVICES 

MORTON MORRIS, Chairman of Department 
MAUDE O. BRUNGARD EUGENE F. SCANLON 

MARSHALL G. FLAMM SEYMOUR SCHWARTZ 

MARION M. SEISEL DOROTHY M. SNYDER 

The department offers two major curriculum sequences 
leading to certification. These include Education for the Men- 
tally Retarded and Teaching of the Speech and Hearing Handi- 
capped. Students in other departments not intending to obtain 
certification in this field who wish to improve their under- 
standing of exceptional children may, with permission of the 
instructor, elect certain courses. All students in the School of 
Education are encouraged to elect Introduction to Exceptional 
Children. 

INTRODUCTION COURSES 

(These courses are open to all students) 

SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 or. 

This introductory course gives students an opportunity to 
survey the characteristics, needs, problems, and behavior pat- 
terns of those children who deviate sufficiently from the 
"normal" to be considered exceptional. Consideration will be 
given to those who fall intellectually both above and below the 
average; to those who are handicapped visually, acoustically, 
orthopedically, medically, or in respect to speech patterns. Be- 
havior disorders resulting from brain impairment will also be 
considered. 

SpH 254 Speech Development and Improvement 3 cr. 

(See course description under TEACHING OF THE 
SPEECH AND HEARING HANDICAPPED). 

SpE 215 Child Development 3 cr. 

Childhood foundations of human growth and development 
are considered in this course. Research from various disciplines 
are studied in terms of understanding physical, mental, social 
and emotional factors and how these interrelate throughout 
childhood development. Implications of growth and develop- 
ment. Implications of growth and development are considered 
in aspects of adjustment to home, school, and community life. 

EDUCATION FOR THE MENTALLY RETARDED 

Students may become certified as teachers of the mentally 
retarded by pursuing a coordinated sequence of prescribed 
courses and by fulfilling requirements for student teaching 
with the mentally retarded. The program also provides a foun- 
dation for pursuing additional work at the graduate level. Fur- 
ther specialized training in mental retardation offers opportu- 
nities for qualified persons in administration, supervision, voca- 
tional rehabilitation and related fields. 

I. Basic Courses in Mental Retardation: 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Psy 320 Psychology of Mentally Retarded Children 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children. 

This course will point up the importance of viewing the 
retarded child as a living, adjusting individual who responds to 
many kinds of situations and who is capable of far more than 
usualty imagined. The importance of the way in which he 
learns and adjusts, relevant to the nature and manifestation of 
his retardation, will be stressed. An attempt will be made to 
promote an understanding of all the factors that influence his 
development and adjustment. To do this it will be necessary 
to explore the forces that operate within and upon him and the 
dynamic way in which he attempts to resolve them. 

Art 330 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded 3 cr. 

The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied 
for opportunities they offer in the training, therapy and edu- 
cation of students who are mentally retarded, crippled, or 
need special help for any reason. 

SpE 301 Reading and Other Language Arts for the 

Mentally Retarded 3 cr. 

This course deals with the preparation and execution of 
teaching units in reading, vocabularj^ development, spelling, 
handwriting, and/or written communication. The emphasis will 
be on what retarded children can reasonably be expected to do 
at elementary and secondary levels. Consideration will be given 
to objectives, procedures and experiences designed to meet the 
unique needs of the mentally retarded. 

SpE 411 Health and Physical Education for Exceptional Chil- 
dren 2 cr. 

Prerequisite: Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children. 

This course will provide an opportunity for the prospec- 
tive teacher of the mentally retarded to gain a thorough under- 
standing of a program of health, physical education and rec- 
reation as it applies to individuals with mental handicaps. 
Special attention v/ill be given to the needs of children with 
physical handicaps or developmental problems which frequent- 
ly accompany mental retardation. 

SpE 431 Curriculum and Methods for the 

Mentally Retarded 3 cr. 

This course will consider the basic content and method for 
teaching the mentally retarded. Emphasis will be placed upon 
organization of curriculum in the fundamiCntals and in social 
and pre-vocational skills for daily living. Resource materials 
used for instruction at elementary and secondary levels will 
be explored. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



II. Basic Courses in Reading and Arithmetic Methods: 

El 313 Teaching of Math in the Elementary School 3 cr. 

(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA- 
TION DEPARTMENT) 

Elem 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr. 

(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA- 
TION DEPARTMENT) 

III. Electives and Courses for Teachers Completing Require- 
ments: 

Mus Ed 310 Music for the Mentally Retarded 2 cr. 

Prerequisite: El 211 Music for Elementary Grades 
The concept of the function of music in the light of the 
mentally retarded child will be developed from the standpoint 
of functional use rather than critical evaluation of skill de- 
velopment. Materials will be surveyed, evaluated, and selected 
for use as well as specific techniques of presentation. 

SpE 420 Teaching Mentally Retarded Children 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children. 

This course will consider the basic design, philosophy, and 
procedure developed for teaching mentally retarded children. 
Emphasis will be placed upon how to organize for teaching 
the mentally retarded child, how to guide the activities of the 
mentally retarded child, and how to teach the "fundamental 
processes" to the mentally retarded child. 

SpE 421 Student Teaching of the Mentally Retarded 2-3 cr. 

Students will be required both to observe and to partici- 
pate in the teaching of mentally handicapped students. (Ordi- 
narily this course will be offered in conjunction with Ed 451 
for Summer School Students.) 

SpE 451 Special Class Methods for the 

Mentally Retarded 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children. 

The chief emphasis of this course will be upon practical 
and workable methods and materials which can be used effec- 
tively with slow-learning children. It is intended as a supple- 
ment to Ed 420 as well as to serve as a course in specific tech- 
niques which the classroom teacher will find to be valuable in 
actual classroom teaching of the mentally retarded. 

TEACHING OF THE SPEECH AND 
HEARING HANDICAPPED 

The curriculum in Teaching of the Speech and Hearing 
Handicapped prepares students to meet Pennsylvania State 
Certification requirements to act as speech and hearing thera- 
pists or speech correctionists in the public schools. It is also 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



designed to encourage and promote students' participation in 
graduate programs of speech education leading to careers as 
speech pathologists or audiologists. 

Students are urged to follow the eight semester sequence 
of courses in orderly progression. Required courses provide a 
background in the philosophy of exceptional children with 
special emphasis on speech and hearing handicapped, and in- 
form students concerning the theoretical and practical aspects 
of speech correction, audiology, and language disorders. The 
Speech and Hearing Clinic serves as a laboratory for required 
clinical practice. Student participation in a public school speech 
and hearing program is also a requirement. 

Students not intending to obtain certification in this field 
but who are interested in assisting children to develop better 
communication skills may, with the permission of the instruc- 
tor, elect certain courses in this curriculum. Elementary Edu- 
cation students and students in Education for the Mentally Re- 
tarded are urged to elect Speech Development and Improve- 
ment. Persons in Public School Nursing are encouraged to 
enroll in Introduction to Audiology. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

Group I — Basic Courses in Speech Correction and 
Audiology 

SpH 111 Introduction to Speech and Hearing Problems 3 cr. 

(Prerequisite for all other required courses in the Depart- 
ment except Phonetics.) 

Basic orientation to the field of speech and hearing therapy. 
A survey of the major types of speech disorders, their prev- 
alence, and causes. The genetic development of speech sounds 
and a study of when speech can be considered defective. Ob- 
servation of children with normal and defective speech. 

SpH 122 Phonetics 3 cr. 

The study of the sounds of the English language from a 
physical and acoustical point of view. Mastery of the Interna- 
tional Phonetic Alphabet for transcription and translation to 
speech sounds. Application of phonetics to clinical speech prob- 
lems. The study of research techniques through classroom ex- 
perimentation, reading and movies. 

SpH 222 Introduction to Audiology 3 cr. 

The auditory function, anatomy of the auditory mechanism, 
the psychophysics of sounds, types and causes of hearing loss, 
measurement of hearing by pure tones and speech audiometry, 
and educational considerations for the hearing handicapped 
child. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SpH 232 Speech Pathology I 3 cr. 

Background study of the symptoms, causes, and treatment 
of speech abnormalities. The functional disorders of articula- 
tion, voice, and rhythm will be emphasized. 

SpH 310 Speech and Hearing Clinic I 2 cr. 

Elementary practicum in clinical methods of diagnosis and 
therapy. Experience in working with individuals or groups of 
persons who exhibit speech problems. Practice in lesson plan- 
ning and writing of case histories and reports. Supervision in 
the use of clinical instruments. 

SpH 311 Speech Reading and Auditory Training 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: SpH 222 Introduction to Audiology 

The basic principles of understanding language by observ- 
ing the speaker's lips, and facial expressions, and developing 
residual hearing to the maximum. Educational and rehabili- 
tative considerations for hard-of-hearing children and adults. 
Observation of hard-of-hearing. 

SpH 320 Speech and Hearing Clinic II 2 cr. 

Advanced practicum with children or adults presenting 
speech and hearing problems. Students are expected to assume 
greater responsibility and self-direction in the handling of 
clients, than in Clinic I. Lesson planning, writing of reports 
and case histories of a detailed nature. 

SpH 331 Speech Pathology II 3 cr. 

A study of the etiologies, diagnosis, and management of 
speech defects associated with structural anomalies and physio- 
logical dysfunction. Voice disorders, cleft palate, cerebral palsy 
and post-laryngectomy will be emphasized. 

Group II — Courses in Psychology of Exceptional Children 
with Special Emphasis on Speech and Hearing 
Handicapped. 

Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Child 

(See Special Ed.) 3 cr. 

SpH 321 Psychology of Speech and Hearing 

Handicapped Children 3 cr. 

Study of causative influences and effects of speech and 
hearing handicaps on personality development. Normal evolve- 
ment of social, motor, and speech skills will be emphasized 
and their inter-relationship in making satisfactory personal 
adjustments. Attention will be given to individuals at all age 
levels. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Group III — Professional Education Courses. 

SpH 312 Organization and Administration of Speech 

and Hearing Programs 3 cr. 

Consideration of varied procedures in establishing and 
maintaining successful speech and hearing programs. The 
philosophy and methodology for work with speech and hearing 
handicapped children in the public schools. Techniques of 
screening and other case finding methods, scheduling principles, 
means of limiting case load, record keeping, teacher and paren- 
tal counseling and coordination with other school activities. 
Public school programs are contrasted with clinical programs 
and advantages and needs for both are emphasized. 

Elem 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr. 

(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA- 
TION DEPARTMENT) 



Group rV — Electives 

SpH 251 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and 

Hearing Mechanism 3 cr. 

Consideration of the genetic development, structure and 
functions of the mechanisms for speech and hearing. A study of 
the anatomical systems involved in respiration, phonation, and 
articulation, and the relationships between the systems in the 
production of speech. 

SpH 254 Speech Development and Improvement 3 cr. 

A study of those aspects of speech and hearing problems 
pertaining to the classroom situation. Types of speech and 
hearing disorders, conducting speech improvement lessons, 
classroom aids for the speech and hearing defective child, and 
school and community resources for these children. Open to 
both education and speech and hearing majors. 

SpH 354 Audiometry for Public School Nurses 3 cr. 

This course is designed as an intensive review of the physi- 
ology of hearing; the etiologies and classifications of hearing 
loss; the use of audiometric testing equipment in the schools; 
interpretation of the audiogram; and the role of the nurse in 
public health hearing programs. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SpH 362 Language Development and Language 

Disorders in Children 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: SpH 111 Introduction to Speech and Hearing 
Problems 

Includes the dimensions, sequences, and purposes of sym- 
boHc functioning in the development of language concepts. 
Expected levels of symbolic achievement at various ages. Dif- 
ferential diagnosis of language disorders in the deaf, mentally 
retarded, emotionally disturbed and the aphasic and principles 
of education. 

SpH 454 Articulation Disorders 3 cr. 

Detailed consideration of the speech-sound production dis- 
orders in children and adults. Etiology of articulation disorders, 
methods of testing articulation and techniques of therapy for 
persons exhibiting articulation disorders. Current thinking 
and research in the field is emphasized. Open only to majors. 

SpH 474 Faculty-Student Research Projects 1-2 cr. 

Investigation of worth-while problems within the limits 
of the resources of the Speech and Hearing Clinic. Collection 
of data, data analysis, and the writing of an article to be sub- 
mitted for publication. Open only to seniors, and with the per- 
mission of the faculty. Should be taken for two semesters, one 
credit each. 



ELECTIVES — Related Areas 

SpE 215 Child Development 3 cr. 

See Introductory Courses. 

EI 313 Teaching of Math in Elementary School 3 cr. 

See Elementary Education Department Required Courses. 

Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 cr. 

See Psychology courses Electives. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 161 

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

p. D. LOTT, diainnan of Department 

LOIS y. ANDERSON EDWARD R. MOTT 

DONALD A. BENZ ANNA K. O'TOOLE 

RALPH M. CLOTT JOANN B. WALTHOUR 

BiAY E. KOHLHEPP HERBERT G. WENGER 

REQUIRED COURSES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

EI 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 cr. 

The content of this required course for all Elementary 
Students includes the following: review of music fundamentals, 
keyboard knowledge, the teacher's voice, care and development 
of the child voice, problems of the non-singer, rhythmic ac- 
tivities, listening activities, creative activities, rote to note 
process, special days, and lesson planning. To get practical 
application of class activities, students will be assigned obser- 
vations in the Laboratory School. Emphasis is placed on the 
primary grades. 

El 213 Art for Elementary Grades 2 cr. 

The creative growth and development of children are 
studied. Students are given experiences in the basic art ma- 
terials and media, as well as opportunity to plan art motiva- 
tions for children. 

Psy 215 Child Development 3 cr. 

This course is designed to enable the teacher to under- 
stand and help children. A survey of human development from 
conception through early adolescence is made in terms of 
basic scientific data. Developmental growth and behavior are 
studied and their implications for home, school, and community 
are considered. 

El 221 Children's Literature 3 cr. 

In this course the students acquire a wide acquaintance 
with children's literature, old and new. Poetry selections, an- 
notated stories, and bibliographies will be assembled. Ways 
and means to develop, stimulate, and guide children's reading 
of literature are presented. Principles and techniques of suc- 
cessful story-telling are studied and practiced. 

El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr. 

This course is given before the first student teaching ex- 
perience. Emphasis is placed upon methods and materials used 
in the developmental reading program. Its objective is to pro- 
vide the student with a general backgroimd of knowledge and 
techniques for teaching children in the elementary school to 
read. Students are introduced to the experience, textbook, and 
individualized reading approaches to the teaching of reading. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 or. 

Based on the previous work in science, this course takes 
up the planning and presentation of material suitable to the 
elementary field. Students are required to perform demonstra- 
tions and take part in science activities which illustrate 
facts or principles taught in the elementary science program. 
Considerable attention is given to the literature of the elemen- 
tary science program as well as other aids such as community 
resources and simple equipment that can be secured for ex- 
perimentation and other activities. 

El 313 Teaching of Math in the Elementary School 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Math 101. 

In this course emphasis will be given to the place of arith- 
metic in the elementary school and to the recent changes in 
curriculum and method; to techniques for developing concepts 
and processes; to recent research in the field of arithmetic; and 
to books and material helpful to prospective teachers. Obser- 
vation of master teachers at work will be planned. 

El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2 cr. 

This course includes games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tumbl- 
ing, dances, and skills suitable for the elementary school child. 
The teaching of health in the elementary school is emphasized. 
Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part of the course. 

El 411 Teaching of Social Studies 3 cr. 

This course gives an overview of social studies in the ele- 
mentary school. It includes study of objectives, trends, areas 
of content, patterns and principles of organization. The Penn- 
sylvania Course of Study for this area is studied. Emphasis is 
placed on unification of subject matter and on implication of 
research in child development for content and methods. Stu- 
dents will have experience in preparing an individual resource 
unit and in planning, participating in, and evaluating social 
studies in class. A variety of learning experiences and materials 
will be used and evaluated. 

El 413 Teaching Language Arts 3 cr. 

This course is designed to give the elementary student a 
knowledge of the latest techniques, methods, and materials in 
the language arts area. Research and trends are studied. The 
fields of handwriting, spelling, oral and written communication, 
and vocabulary development are included. 

Ed 422 Professional Practicum Including School Law 2 cr. 

This course includes a series of conferences and related 
activities planned to prepare students for experiences which 
they wiU meet in teaching. It parallels the student teaching 
experience in the junior and senior years. Through these plan- 
ned experiences, students are expected to be able: to know 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 163 

and understand Pennsylvania laws governing education; to 
discuss adequately problems related to teaching; and to know 
and use materials of instruction and professional reference 
reading. A file of materials, required of each elementary stu- 
dent, is used during each student teaching experience and is 
checked during the senior year. 



ELECTIVE COURSES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

El 212 Teaching of Music in the Elementary Grades 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: El 211. 

A continuation of skills and understandings as developed 
in El 211 is treated with emphasis on methods and materials 
for the upper grades. Additional opportunities for growth in 
music reading and part singing are provided. Lessons are de- 
veloped in correlation of music with other areas. Type lessons 
are taught by students and constructively evaluated by the 
instructor and the class. 

El 214 Teaching Art in Elementary Grades 3 cr. 

This course provides the student with a wide variety of 
two and three dimensional art experiences with the emphasis 
on a developmental sequence from simple to more complex 
variations of a craft. Emphasis is placed on the creative chal- 
lenges of the art experience. 

El 351 Creative Activities in the Elementary School 3 cr. 

This course is planned to provide the student with a wide 
range of creative experiences in the fields of art, crafts, music, 
rhythmics, dramatics and games in the elementary school. 
Stress is placed upon the need to help children in developing 
their capacities for creative expression in these areas. 

El 352 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 3 cr. 

This course is planned for in-service teachers and students 
who have done their student teaching. It deals with methods 
and materials which help children who are retarded in reading 
ability. Attention is given to recent findings in the areas of 
reading readiness, word recognition including phonics, com- 
prehension, evaluation, and textbook selection. 

El 353 Pre School Education 3 cr. 

Students in this course will be mainly concerned with the 
five-year-old in kindergarten. Principles and practices of this 
age group will be studied. Special attention will be given to 
observations, the kindergarten program and its curriculum, 
materials, and methods of instruction. 

Ed 356 Guidance in Elementary Schools 3 cr. 

This course is designed to give the student an initial nn- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



derstanding of the guidance of young children. Study and dis- 
cussion center around the child himself — his characteristics, 
needs, problems, motives, and relations with others — and 
aroimd the techniques and procedures for identifying, study- 
ing, and giving help to children in respect to these facets of 
personality. 

EU 451 Teaching of Reading in the Primary Grades 

This course is concerned with the teaching of develop- 
mental reading, consistent with child growth, in the primary 
grades. 

Methods and techniques for readiness, word perception, 
comprehension, work-study skills, independent reading in both 
group and individualized approaches will be studied. 

Consideration will be given to the nature of reading, sig- 
nificant research in the field, the curriculum, selection of ma- 
terials and the use of formal and informal tests. 

El 452 Social Studies in the Primary Grades 

With El 411, Teaching of Social Studies, as a prerequisite, 
this course will include a more detailed examination of content, 
objectives, and resource materials for social studies in kinder- 
garten through third grade. Research problems will be ex- 
amined and representative units developed. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ENGLISH DEPARTMENT 

JAMES R. GREEN, Cbaiiman of Department 

MARGARET L. BECK CHARLES MAHAN 

WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR. LAURABELLE MILLER 

LORRIE J. BRIGHT ARTHUR F. NICHOLSON 

MORRISON BROWN RICHARD E. RAY 

FAIRY H. CLUTTER MABLE RIDDLE 

DAVID COOK MAURICE L. RIDER 

HARRY E. CRAIG GERTRUDE RITfERT 

ROBERT CUREY GEORGE K. SEACKIST 

JOHN A. DAVIS FRED SEIICriLT 

ROBERT W. ENSLET CATHERINE P. SHATFEa 

WILLIAM M. FORCE HELENA M. SMITH 

SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE GERALD STERN 

DOROTHY GOURLKY MARGARET O. STEWAHT 

WILLIAM CRAYBURN WILLIAM 8TUBB8 

HARRY W. HALDEMAN CRAIG G. SWAUGER 

WAYNE C. HAYWARD RAYMOND THOMAS 

RAYMONA E. flVlL JAMES A. WADDELL 

LAWRENCE A. lANNI JOHN C. WATTA 

DOROTHY F. LUCKER KATHRYN WELDY 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

(Required of all students) 

Eng 101 English I 4 cr. 

This course is designed to develop skills in the major uses 
of language through studies in literature, general semantics, the 
structure of English, and a review of the mechanics of written 
and oral composition. The student is trained to read and listen 
perceptively and critically, and to write and speak effectively — 
especially in those areas which relate to his own observation 
and personal experience. 

Eng 102 English 11 4 cr. 

Prerequisite: English I 

This course continues to refine and intensify those skills 
developed in English I, provides additional study and practice 
in critical and argumentative exposition, and gives instruction 
and practice in library research and the writing of the research 
paper. 

Eng 201 Literature I 2 cr. 

The emphasis in this course will be placed upon Intensive 
critical study of selected world classics with which every liter- 
ate man should be familiar. Some critical writing will also be 
required. 

Eng 301 Literature 11 2 cr. 

This course should be taken during the junior year. An ex- 
ploration is made of the various forms of literature, reading for 
the perception of levels of meaning in works of enduring 
literary value. Through lecture, discussion and student writing, 
analysis is made of the relation of structure and form to the 
content of the works studied. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



REQUIRED AND ELECTIVE COURSES IN ENGLISH 

Eng 211 Classical Literature 3 cr. 

A course for English majors that replaces Eng 301 Intro- 
duction to Literature. The masterpieces studied range from 
those of ancient Greece to the Middle Ages. English literature 
and American literature are excluded. 

Eng 212 American Literature to 1865 3 cr. 

This course provides a study of major American writers 
from colonial times to the Civil War, 

Eng 213 Pre-Renaissance 3 cr. 

Beowulf, Chaucer's Canterbury Tales, the Middle English 
lyric, the popular ballad, and the Arthurian romance are 
studied in this course. 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 cr. 

Shakespeare's development as a poetic dramatist is studied 
against the background of the Elizabethan stage; the audience, 
textual problems, language, imagery, and philosophy are ex- 
amined. A few plays are read in detail and others are assigned 
for rapid reading. Phonograph recordings of complete plays, 
and of scenes and speeches by professional actors are used. 

Eng 215 Eighteenth Century Literature 3 cr. 

This course emphasizes the major works of leading English 
Augustan writers of the Eighteenth Century as seen against the 
political and social backgrounds of the period. 

Eng 216 The Romantic Movement 3 or. 

Basic tenets of Romantic philosophy are examined as they 
are expressed in the major writings of the period from 1780-1832 
— poetry, the essay, and fiction. Special attention is given to the 
aesthetic creed of the Romantic poets and to the means of in- 
terpreting and evaluating their poems. 

Eng 217 Victorian Literature 3 cr. 

Essays, novels, and poetry of the second half of the nine- 
teenth century are read with special consideration of the criti- 
cism they offer of political, economics, social, and religious 
practices and creeds of Victorian England. 

Eng 218 The Age of Spenser 3 cr. 

This course surveys the non-dramatic literature of the 
English Renaissance, with particular emphasis on the poetry of 
Spenser. Some attention will be paid to both Elizabethan criti- 
cal theory and classical and continental backgrounds. 

Eng 219 The Age of Milton 3 cr. 

This course includes a brief reading of the later meta- 
physical poets and cavalier poets with concentration on the 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



major poems of John Milton. Some attention is given to the 
religious and political conflicts of the time as they are reflected 
in both prose and poetry. 

Eng 221 Journalistic Writing 3 cr. 

This course places special emphasis upon the writing of the 
news story, the column, the feature, and the editorial. Some 
attention is given to college and school publications and to 
make-up and editorial policy. May be substituted for Eng 222. 

Eng 222 Advanced Composition 3 cr. 

This course primarily seeks to improve writing style, par- 
ticularly in the more utilitarian forms such as the magazine 
article and the personal essay. Opportunity is offered also for 
developing creative ability in the more imaginative types such 
as the short story, the one-act play, and poetr3^ The student is 
expected to develop artistic sensitivity in handling and judging 
language and literary forms. 

Eng 223 Creative Writing 3 cr. 

Prerequisite for admission to this course is demonstrated 
ability and interest in creative writing. May be substituted for 
Eng 222. 

This is a seminar course in which the kinds of writing done 
are chosen in line with the special interests and abilities of each 
student after consultation with the instructor. 

Eng 224 The Metaphysical Poets 3 cr. 

The primarj^ objective of this course is to promote a criti- 
cal understanding of the work of the Metaphysical Poets from 
Donne to Marvell. Some attention will also be paid to the cul- 
tural milieu which gave rise to the genre; i.e., poetic archetypes 
and the rise of British empiricism. 

Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts 3 cr. 

This course will deal with the basic problems that confront 
a director of plays in high school. The course will study the 
principles of play selection, rehearsal procedures, scenic de- 
mands, and all other aspects pertinent to a successful produc- 
tion. 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 cr. 

Study and practice is given in the fundamentals of oral 
reading, beginaing with the nature and function of the speech 
mechanism, speech production, and pronunciation with some 
attention to both phonetic and phonemic analysis. 

Eng 241 The English Novel 3 cr. 

Representative novels are read to trace the rise and de- 
velopment of the English novel from its beginnings to the 
present day. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Eng 242 The American Novel 3 cr. 

Novels, ranging from Hawthorne to contemporary pieces 
of fiction, are read to trace the rise and development of the 
American novel. 

Eng 243 Contemporary Short Fiction 3 cr. 

In this course attention is given to the form, the structure, 
and the art of the modem short story, British, American, and 
Continental. 

Eng 244 Poetry and Its Forms 3 cr. 

This course offers a study in the appreciation of poetry, 
with special attention to the technique of the poet and the 
structure of poetry. 

Eng 245 Modern Drama 3 cr. 

The reading of plays will start with Ibsen and other Scan- 
dinavian dramatists, followed by plays by outstanding Con- 
tinental, British, and American playwrights such as Becque, 
Chekhov, Pirandello, Wilde, Shaw, O'Casey, O'Neill, Williams, 
and Miller. 

Eng 246 Modern American Literature 3 cr. 

This course provides a study of major American writers 
from the Civil War to the present. 

Eng 251 The History of the English Language 3 cr. 

The historical development of the English language is 
studied as a basis for a better understanding of modern Amer- 
ican English. An examination is made of changes in sound, 
vocabulary enrichment from various sources, and changes in 
syntax and usage. The course is open to students from all de- 
partments and curricula, but is especially recommended to 
elementary majors and English majors. 

Eng 351 English Drama to the Restoration 3 cr. 

This course traces the development of English drama from 
900 to the closing of the theatres in 1642, but does not include 
the plays of Shakespeare. 

Eng 353 Restoration Literature 3 cr. 

The history of the drama between 1660 and 1710 is pre- 
sented through the study of the major plays of the period. The 
influence of the audience on the playwright's style and actor's 
technique is demonstrated. 

Eng 354 The History of the Theatre 3 cr. 

A study of the nature of dramatic performance from the 
Greeks to the present day. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Eng 355 Modern European Literature 3 cr. 

The study of selected works of dramatic and non-dramatic 
literature of influential continental writers from the eighteenth 
century to the present. 

Eng 356 The English Essay 3 cr. 

The major essayists are seen both as members of and in- 
fluences on the society of their time. Emphasis is given to a 
study of the individual styles of the writers by employing a 
close textual analysis. 

Eng 357 Modern British Literature 3 cr. 

A survey of selected works of major twentieth century 
British authors including Forster, Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce, 
Woolf, Huxley, Yeats, Eliot, and Shaw. 

Eng 358 Criticism of Contemporary Writing 3 cr. 

This course considers recent trends in literary criticism by 
examining statements of critical principles in the writings of 
influential twentieth century critics and by applying these 
standards of evaluation to current literary productions. Not 
open to freshmen and sophomores. 

Eng 359 Seminar in English Studies 3 cr. 

Individually assigned readings and discussions to provide 
a comprehensive knowledge of the major figures and periods of 
English literature. Basic bibliographical sources will be used 
for several long documented papers. Restricted to senior Eng- 
lish majors. 

Eng 363 The Structure of English 3 cr. 

Training is given in the analysis of modern English by the 
methods and materials of structural linguistics. An elementary 
study of phonology and morophology is used as the basis for 
describing the patterns of the statement, substitution within 
patterns, the word classes, inflection, and structure words, as 
well as varieties of modern American English usage. This 
course is a prerequisite to Ed 451, Teaching English and Speech 
in the Secondary School. 

Ed 451 Teaching of English, Speech and Reading in the 

Secondary Schools 3 cr. 

Eng 363 is a prerequisite to this course, and this course is 
in turn a prerequisite to student teaching in English, 

This course introduces the student to the current profes- 
sional practices in the teaching of English in high school. Back- 
ground for competence in teaching is provided through (1) 
study of professional literature, (2) individual reports, (3) writ- 
ing of unit plans and lesson plans, (4) observing teaching in high 
school classes, (5) participating in class demonstrations, and 
(6) building a professional file of instructional materials. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



REQUIRED AND ELECTIVE COURSES IN 
SPEECH AND THEATER 

Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 cr. 

Eng 231 Dramatic Arts 3 cr. 

Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 cr. 

Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3 cf. 

A study of selected plays of various styles and periods to 
gain greater understanding and appreciation of the art of 
drama. 

Eng 245 Modem Drama 3 cr. 

Eng 351 English Drama to 1600 3 cr. 

Eng 352 English Drama, 1600-1642 3 cr. 

Eng 353 Restoration Literature 3 cr. 

Eng 354 The History of the Theatre 3 cr. 

Eng 371 Directing and Play Production 3 cr. 

This course affords each student the opportunity to select, 
cast, rehearse, and produce a one-act play. Included are sug- 
gestions on how to improvise for meeting the demands of small 
stages. 

Eng 375 Television in Education I 3 cr. 

This course stresses television as a medium of instruction 
both from the viewpoint of the classroom teacher and the pro- 
ducer-teacher. Through workshop experience students learn 
to plan, to write, and to produce telecasts of an educational 
nature. 

Eng 377 Creative Dramatics and Story Telling 3 cr. 

This course, through workshop experience, stresses creative 
dramatics as a way of teaching for adults, a way of learning for 
children in both the elementary and secondary schools. It em- 
phasizes the student planning, acting, and evaluating tech- 
niques as they apply to unscripted, spontaneous dramatic ex- 
pression. As a preliminary to creative dramatics, students learn 
various techniques in story telling. 

Eng 378 Costume and Make-up 3 cr. 

This course deals with the practical application of straight 
and character make-up. Emphasis on costuming to show how 
mood and illusion can be created through proper selection of 
style, color, and texture of materials. 

Eng 379 Stagecraft 3 cr. 

Theories and techniques of designing, building, and paint- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ing, of stage settings; organization and operation of production 
crews. 

Eng 381 Fundamentals of Acting 3 cr. 

This course gives attention to theory and practice in the 
techniques of acting. It introduces styles of acting as related to 
dramatic forms, with emphasis on stage movement and voice 
projection. 

Eng 391 Group Discussion 3 cr. 

The nature of discussion and its role in democratic society. 
Theories related to participation, leadership, and group behav- 
ior. Topics for class discussion will center upon current prob- 
lems. 

Eng 392 Occasional Speech 3 or. 

Various formats for the preparation and presentation of the 
many kinds of speech experiences are studied and practiced in 
this course. 

Eng 393 Applications of General Semantics to Speech 3 cr. 

The principles of general semantics will be presented with 
special emphasis on the application to the field of speech. 

Eng 394 Advanced Acting 3 cr. 

Students learn how to perform roles through doing scenes 
from plays. Stress is placed on expressiveness of both the voice 
and the body. 

Eng 395 Playwriting 8 cr. 

Theory and practice of playwriting; the reading of selected 
plays and texts; the writing of various types of scenes and a 
one-act play. 

Eng 396 Television Script Writing 3 cr. 

This course stresses the writing techniques involved in 
commercials, documentaries, demonstrations, interviews, panel 
discussions and television plays of various kinds. Emphasis is 
also placed on the limitations of the medium and the terms 
and symbols used in television scripting. 

Elng 397 Scenic Design and Lighting 3 cr. 

An analysis of composition and tone relations in designing 
the settings for plays, and the practical application of the 
problems that arise. In lighting the student is acquainted with 
the principles of stage lighting, instruments and materials 
employed, and the methods of control. 

Eng 469 Oral Interpretation 3 cr. 

This course emphasizes the understanding and appreciation 
of literature through developing skill in reading aloud. Special 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



attention is given to selecting, adapting, and preparing material 
for presentation in high school classes. 

Eng 472 Public Speaking 3 or. 

Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience anal- 
ysis, interest and attention, selection and organization of speech 
material, and delivery are taught in this course. Practice in 
preparation and delivery of extemporaneous speeches will be 
provided for. 



THE DRAMA WORKSHOP 

By arrangement with the director of the summer theater 
program, a student from any curriculum of the college may 
earn three semester hours of credit in the pre-session and six 
semester hours of credit in the main summer session for any 
of the following courses: 

Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts 3 cr. 

Eng 371 Play Production 3 cr. 

Eng 378 Costume and Make-up 3 cr. 

Eng 379 Stagecraft and Scenic Design 3 cr. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES DEPARTMENT 



HERBERT E. ISAR, Chairman of Department 



EDWARD W. BIEGHLER 
MARGARET BIEGHLER 
KENNETH W. BRODE 
SHOW-CHIH RAI CHU 
EDITH M. CORD 
LEONARD B. DtFABO 
CHARLES W. FAUST 
FERJ^AND FISEL 
WERNER J. FRIES 
ANTONIO GUARDIOLA 
AURORA P. GUARDIOLA 



ISOLDE A. HENNINGER 
CARMEN ISAR 
FRANK E. LANDIS 
ONEIDA E. LOZADA 
nrO OMRCANIN 
LUDO OP DE BEECK 
BERNARD ROFFMAN 
ANDREE-MARIE SRABIAN 
MARIA URIA-SANTOS 
MATTHEW H. VOLM 



Required Courses in the General Education Program 

Fr 101-102 French I and II 3 cr. each 

Ger 101-102 German I and 11 3 cr. each 

Lat 101-102 Latin I and II 3 cr. each 

Rus 101-102 Russian I and 11 3 cr. each 

Sp 101-102 Spanish I and II 3 cr. each 

Chi 101-102 Chinese I and n 3 cr. each 

This elementary sequence is designed primarily for the 
general student who will complete a two-semester sequence 
only. Its basic objective is maximum reading ability; further 
but secondary objectives are accuracy of pronunciation, some 
ability to understand the spoken word and in self-expression, 
and an introduction to the motives and currents of the back- 
ground cultures. These courses may not be taken for credit by 
those who have completed a two-year sequence in high school. 

Fr 201-202 French III and IV 3 cr. each 



Ger 201-202 German m and IV 
Lat 201-202 Latin IH and IV 
Rus 201-202 Russian m and IV 
Sp 201-202 Spanish lU and IV 
Chi 201-202 Chinese IH and IV 



3 cr. each 
3 cr. each 
3 cr. each 
3 cr. each 
3 cr. each 



This sequence is designed for students who have had two 
years of the language in high school and wish to continue in 
the same language to fulfill the foreign language requirement of 
the College, and for those students who have completed 101- 
102 and wish to deepen their knowledge of the language with- 
out electing a foreign language major. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Courses Required in French, German, Russian, or Spanish 

Fr 151-152 French I and 11 3 cr. each 

Ger 151-152 German I and II 3 cr. each 

Rus 151-152 Russian I and II 3 cr. each 

Sp 151-152 Spanish I and II 3 cr. each 

This sequence is designed for those who will continue their 
study through several semesters. Strong emphasis is given to 
development of oral skills. The student must elect 051-052, 
Oral Practice I and II, to be taken concurrently. 

Fr 051-052 Oral Practice I and II 2 cr. each 

Ger 051-052 Oral Practice I and 11 2 cr. each 

Rus 051-052 Oral Practice I and n 2 cr. each 

Sp 051-052 Oral Practice I and H 2 cr. each 

This laboratory sequence introduces the phonetic structure 
of the language, and encourages automatic response to recur- 
ring basic phrase units through constant oral drill. Majors 
must take this sequence concurrently with 151-152. 

Fr 251-252 French lU and IV 3 or. each 

Ger 251-252 German III and IV 3 cr. each 

Rus 251-252 Russian HI and IV 3 cr. each 

Sp 251-252 Spanish HI and IV 3 cr. each 

This intermediate sequence for majors and minors aims 
toward further development of the basic skills. On completion 
of 251-252 and 053-054, the student should be able to read stand- 
ard modern French, German, Russian, or Spanish with little 
difficulty, understand what is said to him, and express himself 
in familiar situations. 

Fr 053-054 Oral Practice m and IV 2 cr. each 

Ger 053-054 Oral Practice HI and IV 2 cr. each 

Rus 053-054 Oral Practice IH and IV 2 cr. each 

Sp 053-054 Oral Practice IH and IV 2 cr. each 

This advanced laboratory sequence is a continuation of 
051-052, and carries oral skills to a higher level. It should be 
taken concurrently with sequence 251-252. 

Fr 351-352 Advanced French Language 3 cr. each 

Ger 351-352 Advanced German Language 3 cr. each 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 175 

Rus 351-352 Advanced Russian Language 3 cr. each 

Sp 351-352 Advanced Spanish Language 3 cr. each 

This sequence reviews and supplements the grammar of 
earlier courses, and aims toward a systematic analysis of the 
structure of the language. Some attention is given to the his- 
torical background of the language, particularly those phases 
which lie beyond apparent irregularities and anomalies. Fre- 
quent original themes are required in the second semester. 

Fr 361-362 Development of French Culture and 

Literature I and 11 3 cr. each 

Ger 361-362 Development of German Culture and 

Literature I and 11 3 cr. each 

Rus 361-362 Development of Russian Culture and 

Literature I and 11 3 cr. each 

Sp 361-362 Development of Hispanic Culture and 

Literature I and 11 3 cr. each 

This course sequence examines the historical and cultural 
aspects of the countries involved, reviews their characteristic 
contributions over the centuries, and analyzes the relationship 
of each literary school to the moment which produced it. 

Ed 451 Teaching of Foreign Languages in the Secondary School 

3 cr. 

The objective of this course is to prepare teachers of mod- 
ern foreign languages for the modern high school. It considers 
methods and materials of instruction, current theories and 
techniques, and requires preparation and presentation of illus- 
trative units. 

Elective Courses in French 

Fr 055 Advanced Oral Practice I 1 cr. 

Fr 056 Advanced Oral Practice n 1 cr. 

These are relatively informal conversation courses which 
the student may elect after completion of the required oral 
practice sequences. They meet two periods per week. 

Fr 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr. 

This course, usually reserved for the main summer session, 
has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college French. 

Fr 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr. 

Fr 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr. 

These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of 
an individual or a group as they may arise. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Fr 365 Seventeenth Century French Literature 3 cr. 

Fr 366 Eighteenth Century French Literature 3 cr. 

Fr 367 Nineteenth Century French Literature 3 cr. 

Fr 368 Twentieth Century French Literature 3 cr. 

These courses are designed to present general surveys of 
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera- 
tion of the social factors and events behind them. 

Fr 371 The French Novel 3 cr. 

This course constitutes a coherent survey of the origin and 
development of the French novel. A selected list of works rep- 
resentative of the major modes are read in their entirety. 

Fr 372 Studies in Contemporary French Literature 3 cr. 

The content of this course will vary in accordance with the 
needs and interests of those who will elect it. 

Elective Courses in German 

Ger 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr. 

This course, usually reserved for the main summer session, 
has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college 
German. 

Ger 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr. 

Ger 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr. 

These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of 
an individual or a group as they may arise. 

Ger 363-364 Introduction to German Literature I and II 3-6 cr. 

Selected readings in German poetry, drama, and fiction. 
The aim of the course is to acquaint the student with some 
techniques for intelligent understanding and formal criticism 
of works of literature. 

Ger 367 Nineteenth Century German Literature 3 cr. 

Ger 368 Twentieth Century German Literature 3 cr. 

These courses are designed to present general surveys of 
the literature of their respective periods, with due consideration 
of the social factors and events behind them. 

Ger 370-371 The Age of Goethe I and II 3-6 cr. 

Selected readings to demonstrate the antecedents and ac- 
complishments of the Golden Age of German letters, 1750-1832. 

Elective Courses in Russian 

Rus 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr. 

Rus 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr. 

These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of 
an individual or a group as they may arise. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Rus 367-368 Nineteenth Century Russian 

Literature I and II 3-6 cr. 

Rus 369 Twentieth Century Russian Literature 3 cr. 

These courses are designed to present general surveys of 
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera- 
tion of the social factors and events behind them. 

Rus 371 Russian Poetry 3 cr. 

A survey of Russian poetry from the eighteenth century 
to the present with particular emphasis on Puskin and 
Lermontov. 

Rus 373 Russian Drama 3 cr. 

The theater in Russia from Fonvizin to Chekhov and 
Stanislavski. 

Elective Courses in Spanish 

Sp 055 Advanced Oral Practice I 1 cr. 

Sp 056 Advanced Oral Practice II 1 or. 

These courses parallel Fr 055 and 056, q. v. 

Sp 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr. 

This course, usually reserved for the main summer ses- 
sion, has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college 
Spanish. 

Sp 291 Special Projects I 1-3 or. 

Sp 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr. 

These courses parallel Fr 291 and 391, q. v. 

Sp 365 Spanish Literature Before 1650 3 cr. 

Sp 367 Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature 3 cr. 

Sp 368 Twentieth Century Spanish Literature 3 cr. 

These courses are designed to present general surveys of 
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera- 
tion of the social factors and events behind them. 

Sp 370 Golden Age Drama 3 cr. 

This course traces the development of Spanish theater and 
examines its flowering in the Baroque period. 

Sp 371 The Spanish Novel 3 cr. 

After brief survey of the origins and course of the Spanish 
novel major stress is given to the novel of the nineteenth 
century and the Generation of 98. 

Sp 376 Spanish-American Literature 3 cr. 

Following a consideration of the salient tendencies of 
Spanish-American literature, this course may take the form 
of a comprehensive survey, or it may concentrate its attention 
upon the recent novel of social thesis. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Sp 390 Spanish in the Elementary School 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Sp 251-252. 

In this course the prospective teacher of Spanish on the 
elementary level is introduced to materials suitable for grades 
1-6. Much time is devoted in the language laboratory to the 
preparation of games, songs, poems, and story telling. 

LINGUISTICS 

Ling 421 Language and Society 3 s.h. 

The work of this course is designed to inform the student 
as to the salient facts of language and its fundamental role in 
the development and continuity of society and culture. Some 
points considered are: language families and their character- 
istics, factors of linguistic change and development, reciprocal 
influences of culture and language, linguistic borrowing, lan- 
guage and religion, and systems of writing. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 179 

GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT 

THOMAS C. CAULT, Chairman of Department 

MAMIE L. ANDERZHON PAUL A. PRINCE 

DONALD J. BALLAS RICHARD REIDER 

FRANK BASIL ROBERT N. THOMAS 

JAMES E. McCONNELL CHARLES E. WEBER 

VINCENT P. MILLER DAVID C. WINSLOW 

JAMES E. PAYNE MAURICE M. ZACUE 

GEOGRAPHY-EARTH SCIENCE COURSES 

Geog 151 Earth and Space Science 3 or. 

(This course may not be taken by majors or minors.) 
Spatial relationships in the universe, origin of the earth, 
structure and composition of land masses, the nature of oceans, 
the face of the land and water surfaces, the activities of the 
atmosphere are given special attention. This survey course is 
designed to give the non-major or non-minor an introduction 
to the physical environment wherein he lives. 

Geog 153 Physical Geography 3 cr. 

(May be taken in lieu of Geog 101) 

Physical Geography introduces (1) the natural factors of 
the landscape as studied by the geographer: weather, climate, 
soils, rocks, minerals, structure of the earth's crust, the oceans; 
and (2) the tools of geography: globes, maps, aerial photo- 
graphs. 

Geog 241 Climatology 3 cr. 

The primary objective of this course is the understanding 
of the elements of weather and climate. The climatic regions of 
the earth, their limitations and advantages are studied with 
reference to what they offer man's occupancy. This course is a 
valuable aid to students of World Problems. Understanding 
and application are underscored in the laboratory. 

Geog 246 Physiography I 4 cr. 

This course studies the form of the earth's crust and its 
associated water bodies: classification, distribution, processes 
involved in their geomorphological development, and effect 
upon the human landscape. 

Geog 248 Composition and Structure of Earth's Crust 4 cr. 

This course treats the nature and properties of the mate- 
rials composing the earth, the distribution of these materials 
over the earth's face, the processes by which they are formed, 
altered, transported, and distorted. It also considers the nature 
and development of the landscape and its economic use. Lab- 
oratory experiments make learning more meanin£ful 



180 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

Geog 249 Meteorology I 4 cr. 

Introduction to meteorological science. Composition and 
structure of the atmosphere. Radiation principles. Elementary 
thermodynamics and heat balance. Cloud physics. The meri- 
dional, zonal and tertiary circulations. Air masses, fronts and 
storm structures. Common instruments in use. Elementary 
weather map reading and forecasting techniques. Lectures, 
readings and laboratory. 

Geog 255 Cartography 3 cr. 

Cartography gives an understanding in the compilation 
and use of maps, and develops an ability to construct economic 
and geographic maps. The use of aerial photographs is briefly 
treated. 

Geog 347 Meteorology 11 4 cr. 

An introduction to physical, dynamical and theoretical 
meteorology. Hydrodynamic equations of motion. Circulation 
and vorticity. Atmospheric turbulence. Energy transformations 
in the atmospheric. Examination of circulation theories. Fluid 
dynamics. Lectures, readings and a term paper. 

Geog 351 Introduction to Oceanography 3 cr. 

An introduction to the physical, chemical, geological and 
biological nature of the ocean. Topography, submarine geology 
and bottom deposits. Water masses and their circulation. Com- 
mon instruments in use. Dynamical aspects of waves, tides, 
and currents. Elementary discussion of the principles of ocean- 
ic mechanics, dynamics and thermodynamics. Economic prob- 
lems of the sea. Lectures, readings, term paper and laboratory. 

Geog 452 Conservation-Resource Use 3 cr. 

A comprehensive survey of conservation in natural and 
human resources. It stresses regional understandings; accom- 
plished through inventory, planning and utilization evaluation. 
Field work, workshop activities, projects, and use of resource 
specialists are an integral part of the course. 

Geog 464 Field Techniques in Earth and Space Science 3 cr. 

Prerequisite — 12 s.h. in Earth Science, 

Field techniques will acquaint the student with the tools 
of Earth and Space Science. It will provide first-hand experi- 
ences in the field with geology, meteorology, hydrology, soil, 
conservation, and astronomy, 

GEOGRAPHY COURSES 
Geog 101 World Geography 3 cr. 

(Geog 101 or Geog 153 are prerequisite to all other geog- 
raphy courses.) 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 181 

The purpose of this course is to develop a knowledge and 
appreciation of patterns of the natural environment through- 
out the world, with special emphasis on man's adjustment to 
these environments. Understanding and appreciation of man's 
interrelationship with the earth are accomplished through the 
study of the physical, cultural, economic, and demographic 
factors. 

Geog 112 Geography of the United States and Pennsylvania 

3 cr. 

A comprehensive treatment of the adjustments of the 
people of Pennsylvania and the United States to the physical 
factors — structure, relief, climate, soils, and natural resources 
— which influence their way of life is the major objective. The 
interrelationships between the United States and Pennsylvania 
and their world relations are stressed. 

Geog 149 Economic Geography 3 cr. 

Economic Geography is designed to promote geographic 
and economic concepts, methods, and skills pertinent to the 
understanding of the spatial variation of production, consump- 
tion, and exchange over the earth's surface. 

Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3 cr. 

Prerequisite — World or Physical Geography 

The geographical aspects of population, settlement, ethno- 
geography, and the cultural landscape are studied. The course 
considers the relationships of various ethnic and cultural 
groups to the natural environment. The student is acquainted 
with the tools, philosophy, and literature of cultural geography 
and related disciplines. 

Geog 251 Geography of Anglo-America 3 cr. 

A regional study of the United States and Canada con- 
cerned with the investigation of man's adjustment to his en- 
vironment as influenced by the physical factors of climate, 
vegetation, relief, soils, and natural resources. Recognition of 
political adjustments to the geographic environment, and the 
interrelations between the two countries and the rest of the 
world. 

Geog 252 Geography of Pennsylvania 2 cr. 

Prerequisite — Geog 112 or 251 

The topography, climate, natural vegetation, natural re- 
sources, population, agriculture, manufacturing, mining, etc., 
are treated. Internal and external relationships are studied to 
gain an insight into the various regions of the state and Penn- 
sylvania's world relationships. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Geog 353 Geographic Influences in History 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: World Geography and Geography of the 
United States and Canada. 

A study is made of the relationship of the natural environ- 
mental factors to the settlement, development, and progress of 
selected countries — with major emphasis on the United States. 

Geog 354 Trade and Transportation 3 cr. 

A study of trade and transportation which considers ports, 
railroad centers, hinterlands, trade centers, and trade relations 
between production and consumption areas of the world. 

Geog 356 Geography of Europe 3 cr. 

This regional course aims to help students acquire the abil- 
ity to find and apply geographic relationships underlying land 
use, dominant international problems, boundary disputes and 
the regional complexes of the European continent. Special at- 
tention is paid to the natural and cultural patterns as developed 
in modern times. 

Geog 357 Geography of U. S. S. R. 3 cr. 

Special emphasis is placed upon the major geographic re- 
gions of the Soviet Union. Human adjustment to the physical 
environment of the various regions is given major considera- 
tion. Natural resources, cultural patterns, population — both 
numbers and distribution, strategic areas and related geo- 
political problems are studied. 

Geog 361 Geography of Far East 3 cr. 

This study of Korea, Manchuria, Outer Mongolia, Japan, 
and China involves an intensive investigation of the natural 
factors and man's adjustment to them. This is accomplished 
through the study of the geographic, economic and political 
regions of eastern Asia. The geographic background needed in 
planning solution for raising the standards of living, for the 
wise use and restoration of natural resources, and the indus- 
trialization of countries is presented. 

Geog 362 Geography of Asia (South and Southeast) 3 cr. 

India, Pakistan, Indochina, Ceylon, Burma, Thailand, and 
Indonesia are the major areas studied. Students are given an 
understanding of the geographic relationships that affect land 
use, land reform, population, industrialization, nationalism, and 
boundary disputes. Special attention is given to regional simil- 
arities and differences, particularly as they pertain to human 
adjustment. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Geog 363 Geography of North Africa and Southwest Asia 3 cr. 

This study of the countries north of and including the 
Sahara Desert in Africa, Turko-Arabian peninsulas and Af- 
ghanistan in southwest Asia emphasizes the critical problems 
of water supply, land use, over-population, industrialization, 
resources and the relations of these countries to other parts of 
the world. 

Geog 371 Geography of South America 3 cr. 

A regional study is made of South America with special 
emphasis placed on regional differences and similarities. South 
American relations with other areas, especially the United 
States, are stressed. The unique problems of South America, 
with special attention to tropical land use are considered. 

Geog 372 Geography of Middle America 3 cr. 

The regional method is applied to Mexico, Central America 
and the West Indies. Similarities and differences are noted both 
in the cultural and natural landscapes. Special emphasis is 
placed upon cultural relationships and problems evolved from 
international commerce and trade. The effects of the United 
States economy upon these areas, are given serious attention. 

Geog 381 Geography of Africa, South of Sahara 3 cr. 

This course begins with a systematic study of the basic 
features of Africa's physical, cultural, and economic geography. 
This is followed by a geographical analysis of the landscapes, 
populations, potentials, and problems of the various regions of 
subsaharan Africa. Topics include political geography, settle- 
ment patterns, land-use, and environmental relationships. 

Geog 391 Geography of Australia and Pacific Islands 2 cr. 

Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands are studied. 
Cultural patterns in relation to natural environments are con- 
sidered to discover interrelationships. Geographic aspects of 
land tenure, race, population, location, geopolitics and the stra- 
tegic importance of the various areas are considered. 

Geog 392 Geography of Polar Regions 2 cr. 

Both Antarctica and the North Polar Area are studied 
setting forth (1) the history of their exploration, (2) the phys- 
ical environment, (3) the importance of the regions and of 
knowledge concerning the areas, and (4) future use and con- 
trol of the areas. 

Geog 441 Geography Seminar 1-2 cr. 

The seminar is limited to junior or senior geography ma- 
jors. The emphasis will be upon individual study, research, and 
presentation of geographic data — both written and oral. This 
course will be offered every semester and all geography majors 
are required to complete this for major in education or in an 
area of concentration within the Liberal Arts. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Geog 453 Political Greography 3 cr. 

Consideration is given to the geographic elements as re- 
lated to geopolitical concepts, types and distribution of politi- 
cal systems, major political units and association, factors which 
influence political power, areas of friction, conflict and arbi- 
tration. 

Geog 454 World Problems in Geography 3 cr. 

Geographic studies are made of selected world problems 
such as boundary-making, border disputes, use of international 
waterways, settlement and resettlement schemes, population 
problems, military geography, use of land and oceanographic 
resources, and similar topics. The course will involve extensive 
reading and student reports, as well as lectures and class dis- 
cussion. 

Geog 461 Field Trips in Geography 1-3 cr. 

These trips, which involve the study of a selected area 
through the agencies of travel and actual investigation, are ar- 
ranged from time to time to suit the needs of the student group. 

Geog 462 Field Techniques in Geography 1-3 cr. 

This course proposes to give experiences in the study of 
land utilization and use of geographic tools and techniques in 
the field. 

Geog 455 Introduction to Urban /Regional Planning I 

Geog 456 Introduction to Urban /Regional Planning II 

Students are introduced to the field of urban and regional 
planning, its background, its purposes and methods, and its 
implementation and ramifications. Work in the local office of 
planning familiarizes the student with practical planning. 

Geog 491 Aerospace Science 3 cr. 

A seminar, with a number of visiting aerospace authorities, 
which considers the atmosphere and space environment; his- 
tory of flight and flight problems; satellites and space probes; 
manned orbital and space exploration projects; propulsion, 
communication, and other systems. Problems of teaching and 
bibliography at the elementary and secondary levels are con- 
sidered. An indoctrination flight in a small craft and field trips 
to an air age installation or project may be taken. 

Geog 492 Geography Honors 3 cr. 

Admission to the Geography Honors course is by invitation 
only to students who have attained junior standing. Students 
will do independent research over two semesters under the 
direction of a department member. Prerequisite is a "B" aver- 
age in Geography courses, and a "B" average in Geography 
must be maintained during the honors program. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Geog 493 Geography High Honors 3 cr. 

This course is a third semester extension of Geog 492. 
Admission is by invitation only to those who have completed 
Geog. 492. 



PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES 

Ed 451 Teaching of Geography in Secondary Schools 3 cr. 

Prerequisite — 18 semester hours of geography 
The major objective of this course is the development of 
geographic concepts, techniques of inquiry for teaching geo- 
graphy, use of geographic materials as applied to current cur- 
ricula in geography. Emphasis is placed on geography dimen- 
sional spare relationships involved in national and world 
problems. 

Ed 452 Teaching of World Cultures 3 cr. 

Prerequisite — 18 semester hours of Geography or Social 
Studies 

The course will emphasize modern techniques of teaching 
"World Cultures" in the curriculum, selection of texts, source 
materials for classroom use, and the preparation of resource 
and teaching units. Additional study will better enable the 
classroom teacher to maintain the proper balance between 
Geography and Social Studies. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 

JOHN CHELLMAN, Chairman of Department 

SANDRA J. BEZILA REGIS McKNIGHT 

OWEN DOUGHERTY RUTH PODBIELSKI 

ANN ELUOTT LEWIS SHAFFER 

CHARLES L. KLAUSING HERMAN L. SLEDZIK 

EUGENB E. LEPLEY SAMUEL SMITH 
BEVERLY LUCAS 

The Health and Physical Education Department provides 
required Health and Physical Education courses for all students 
in all curricula, a number of elective courses for those seeking 
certification in the field of Education for Safe Living and some 
non-credit activity courses. 

The Health and Physical Education Department serves the 
college by means of: 

1. Required courses in Health and Physical Education 
which help the student develop usable physical skills 
and health knowledge. 

2. Professional courses in health, physical education and 
safety which will prepare the student to be a competent 
teacher in these areas. 

3. Provides opportunities for participation in worthwhile 
leisure time activities which can be used throughout life. 

The usual programming pattern for meeting the four-hour 
physical education requirement is as follows: Students taking 
Health the first semester will take Physical Education I the 
second semester; conversely, students taking Physical Educa- 
tion I the first semester will take Health the second semester. 
Physical Education II will be scheduled for the third or fourth 
semester. The three required courses will be offered each 
semester in order to alleviate scheduling difficulties. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

(Required of all students) 

HPe 101 Health 2 cr. 

This course includes the study of individual and commun- 
ity health problems with the primary emphasis placed on the 
improvement of the student's own health. 

HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 cr. 

This course provides a program of carry-over sports and 
activities which improve general physical fitness and develop 
usable physical skills. Students in this course will be required 
to pass a proficiency examination in swimming. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 cr. 

This course provides an opportunity to develop additional 
sport skills not covered in P.E. I. The student is also taught 
game strategy, advanced skills and new techniques used in 
various activities. 

REQUIRED IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2 cr. 

This course includes games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tum- 
bling, dancing and skills suitable for the elementary school 
child. The teaching of health in the elementary school is em- 
phasized. Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part 
of the course. 

ELECTIVE COURSES 
HPe 204 First Aid 1 cr. 

This course provides the student with an understanding of 
the practices and skills used for the proper care of all types of 
injuries. 

The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced Certifi- 
cation cards are issued upon successful completion of the 
course. 

HPe 205 First Aid Instructor 1 cr. 

Prerequisite: American Red Cross Standard and Advanced 
Certificates. 

The course emphasizes the teaching phase of first aid. 
Qualified students may receive the American Red Cross First 
Aid Instructor's Certificate. 

HPe 261 Red Cross Lifesaving and Swimming 1 cr. 

The college cooperates with the American Red Cross in 
conducting lifesaving and swimming courses in the college 
pool. Many students earn the Senior Lifesaving certificate 
which enables them to acquire jobs in summer camps, pools 
and other places where lifeguards and swimming instructors 
are needed. 

HPe 262 Water Safety Instructor 1 cr. 

The Water Safety Instructor's Course is offered to those 
students who have successfully completed the Senior Life- 
saving Course. It emphasizes the teaching aspect of the skills, 
techniques and attitudes that are necessary in all areas of 
swimming. 

Those students who successfully complete the course are 
qualified for such positions as waterfront directors, aquatic 
director and other similar positions. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HPe 263 Advanced Swimming 1 cr. 

This course emphasizes skill development in the nine basic 
swimming strokes. Diving, underwater swimming, endurance 
swimming and the elementary fundamentals of synchronized 
swimming are also included. 

The course is designed for those persons who want to be- 
come more proficient in the various swimming skills. It also 
prepares students for the Senior Lifesaving and Instructor's 

HPe 264 Skin and Scuba Diving 1 cr. 

Prerequisite: American Red Cross Senior Life Saving 
Certificate 

This course is designed to teach the necessary skills and 
the proper use of equipment for underwater swimming, ex- 
ploring, and hunting. Tanks, regulators, weights, and special 
equipment will be furnished. The student must purchase the 
mask, fins, and snorkel ($15.00). The course will include both 
theory and practical work. 

NON-CREDIT ACTIVITY COURSE 

Beginner Swimming 

This course teaches the non-swimmer to swim. It provides 
instruction in the various swimming strokes, elementary div- 
ing and simple water skills which serve as the basic structure 
for safe, enjoyable swimming for the beginning student. This 
course is required for all students registered in Physical Educa- 
tion I who do not pass the required swimming examination. 

CERTIFICATION IN THE FIELD OF EDUCATION 
FOR SAFE UVING 

HPe 251 Introduction to Safety Education 3 cr. 

The Introduction to Safety Education course is one which 
will be valuable to teachers of all grade levels and all depart- 
ments. It deals with the recognition of unsafe conditions and 
practices, and the methods by which they may be eliminated 
or minimized, in an accident prevention program. The study 
includes home, school, occupational, and public safety, 

HPe 252 Driver Education 3 cr. 

The prerequisites for the course are: the student should 
have driving ability above the average and evidence of holding 
a driver's license, plus at least two years of driving experience 
without having a major accident for which the driver is re- 
sponsible. 

Driver Education is a combination of class instruction in 
traffic safety and driver training in actual behind-the-wheel 
practice in a dual control car. It prepares the student to teach 
driver education in a high school. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HPe 253 Methods and Materials in Safety Education in the 

Secondary Schools 3 or. 

Methods and Materials in Safety Education in the Second- 
ary Schools is a course that emphasizes the use of correlating 
and integrating safety with many different subjects and school 
activities, teaching as a separate subject and centering safety 
education around pupil organizations and special projects. 

HPe 254 Organization and Administration of Safety Education 

3 cr. 

The Organization and Administration of Safety Education 
deals with the basic principles of organizing, administering and 
supervising safety education procedures in schools. A large 
part of the course is devoted to methods of teaching pupil safety 
activities in school and community. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HISTORY DEPARTMENT 

CLYDE C. GELBACH, Department Chairman 

STEVEN CORD JOHN MERLE RIFE 

KATHLEEN E. McCOY JOHN R. SAHLI 

IRWIN MARCUS ALICE K. SCHUSTER 

JANE S. MERVINE ALBERT J. WAHL 

ROBERT L. MORRIS FLORENCE WALLACE 

JAMES M. OLIVER JOHN YACKUBOSKEY 

HISTORY ELECTIVES 
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 cr. 

A survey course presenting in integrated form the origin 
and development of man's major political, social, economic, 
religious, and intellectual institutions from historical times to 
1600 A.D, Although part of the course is devoted to Oriental 
and Near Eastern civilizations, the major emphasis remains on 
Greek, Roman, Medieval, and early Modern European civiliza- 
tions. Through comparison and effort is made to point up both 
the similarity an the uniqueness of these civilizations. Through 
the presentation of detail and conflicting historical interpreta- 
tions an effort is made to create an appreciation of the depth 
and complexity of man's past. 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 cr. 

This course deals with man's development from 1600 to the 
present. Among the topics discussed are: The Commercial Rev- 
olution; the Age of Reason; the Age of Revolution — political, 
economic, and social; the rise of constitutional governments; 
nationalism and the clash of cultures incident to the growth of 
empire. Considerable attention is given to democracy, capital- 
ism, communism, fascism, and socialism as the major ideologies 
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The course con- 
cludes with an examination of the various formulas for world 
order proposed or attempted since 1900. 

Hist 103 History of the United States and 

Pennsylvania I 3 cr. 

A course covering the period in American history from the 
discovery of America to 1865 with emphasis on the history of 
Pennsylvania. Special attention is given to the colonial founda- 
tions of our nation, the emergence of our Federal Union, the 
rise of an American culture, territorial and economic growth 
of the United States, the rise of political democracy, social re- 
form, and the controversy over sectionalism and slavery. 

Hist 104 History of the United States and 

Pennsylvania H 3 cr. 

A course in the history of the United States and Pennsyl- 
vania from 1865 to the present in which the industrialization of 
America, urbanization, the rise of organized labor, and the de- 
velopment of a distinctly American culture are stressed. At- 
tention is also given to the political, economic, and social re- 
form movements of this period in our history as well as to the 
increasing role of the United States in world affairs. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Hist 360 Special Studies in History 3 cr. 

Selected periods or problems for intensive study. 
Hist 361 Contemporary United States History 3 cr. 

A course devoted to the analysis of the fundamental 
changes in American culture since 1900. In evaluating social, 
intellectual, economic, and political developments since the era 
of the "Full Dinner Pail," the United States is studied as a 
product and as a part of the world community of nations. For- 
eign policy is interpreted as the pursuit of American interests 
under the conditions imposed by contemporary international 
politics. 

Hist 362 Social and Intellectual History of the 

United States to 1875 3 cr. 

A study of the social and intellectual factors which helped 
to shape the nation up to the time of Henry George. 

Hist 363 Diplomatic History of the United States 3 cr. 

This course traces the history of our foreign relations from 
the American Revolution to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
those principles and major policies upon which our foreign 
policies are based. 

Hist 364 Great Personalities In History 3 cr. 

This course deals with how the personality and ideas of 
important historical figures have influenced the shape of his- 
tory. 

Hist 365 History of Pennsylvania 3 cr. 

A study of the founding and development of Pennsylvania 
from its colonial beginnings to the present time. Emphasis is 
placed on the social, economic and political developments in the 
different periods of its history. Special attention is given to the 
diversity of the people, their institutions and problems and the 
growth of Pennsylvania to a leading position in our modern 
industrial world. 

Hist 371 Renaissance and Reformation 3 cr. 

This is a course dealing with the study of the Renaissance, 
with reference to the artistic, literary, scientific and political 
aspects, and the vital personalities motivating them; the Ref- 
ormation as it affected the religious, economic, and political 
development in Europe. Particular attention will be given to 
the educational ideas of Erasmus and other reformers in this 
period. 

Hist 372 History of Europe: 1600-1815 3 cr. 

This course puts emphasis upon political, diplomatic, eco- 
nomic, and intellectual developments from 1600 to 1815. Com- 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



ing in for special consideration are the development and opera- 
tion of the European state system, the Enlightenment, the ex- 
tension of the parliamentary institutions in England, and the 
French Revolution and Napoleon. 

Hist 373 History of Europe: 1815-1914 3 cr. 

A study of Europe in the nineteenth century with emphasis 
on political, diplomatic, military, and economic affairs. Ap- 
proximately two-thirds of the course is devoted to a description 
of the major European states in this century. An effort is made 
to integrate this account through diplomatic history and by 
devoting approximately one-third of the course to topical con- 
sideration of such items as Imperialism, Nationalism, Socialism, 
and the Industrial Revolution. 

Hist 374 History of Twentieth Century World 3 cr. 

This course examines political, economic, social and in- 
tellectual trends in the world since 1900, with a major emphasis 
on European contributions. Consideration is given to the causes 
and results of twentieth century warfare and the search for 
international order and stability. 

Hist 375 History of the Far East 3 cr. 

A survey of the development of the peoples of China, 
Japan, India, and adjacent territories for the purpose of gain- 
ing an understanding of their contemporary problems and ways 
of thinking as they relate to current world affairs. Special em- 
phasis is placed on the impact of the West as a conditioning 
factor in the development of the Far East in Modern times. 

Hist 376 History of the Middle East 3 cr. 

This course is a study of the Ottoman Middle East and its 
lack of political imity resulting from the rise and development 
of Arab, Turkish, Zionist and other nationalist movements. 
Special attention is given to the effect of these movements upon 
the contemporary history of the Middle East and to the sig- 
nificance of that area in current world affairs. 

Hist 377 History of Latin America 3 cr. 

The course surveys the development of the Latin American 
countries from the period of discovery to the present. The eco- 
nomic, social, political and cultural areas receive special atten- 
tion first as domestic problems, then as they are related to the 
various political units involved. The influence of European and 
American relations as they are reflected in local changes are 
given consideration. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 195 

Hist 378 History of England 3 cr. 

This course traces the growth of the people and institutions 
of England from the conquest by the Anglo-Saxons to the pres- 
ent. The emphasis is placed on the development of these factors 
that give rise to the struggle and events that culminated in the 
establishment of the democratic principles and organizations 
in both the British Commonwealth and elsewhere in the 
modern world. 

Hist 379 History of Russia 3 cr. 

A general survey of Russian history, culture and institu- 
tions. Special consideration is given to the study of those his- 
torical forces which were formative of the Revolution of 1917. 
Consideration is also given to post-Revolution Russia. 

Hist 380 History of France 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: History of Civilization II. 
An investigation of the political, cultural, economic, and 
social developments since 1600. Lectures, discussions, papers. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HOME ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT 

A. CAROLYN NEWSOM, Chairman 

PATRICIA ANN BELL ELIZABETH HEARN LaVELLE 

WILLA RUTH CRAMER YU CHEN LIU 

HELEN HOVIS VANNIS LUCAS 

M. KATHLEEN JONES MIRIAM McKINLEY 

ALMA KAZMER LEOLA H. NORBERG 

BERNICE KING MILDRED E. OMWAKE 

sallie sue KOON C. ELDENA PURCELL 

The Home Economics Department offers courses leading 
to certification in two major fields: The teaching of Home 
Economics in Secondary Schools and The School Food Service 
Management. The School Food Service major includes courses 
required for membership in the American Dietetic Association 
and hospital internships. 

COURSES REQUIRED FOR 
ALL HOME ECONOMICS STUDENTS 

HF 111 Meal Management 3 cr. 

Basic principles of menu planning, marketing, food prep- 
aration and table service for family meals are covered. Dem- 
onstrations and other teaching techniques give emphasis to the 
preparation for teaching. Laboratory work provides experience 
and evaluation of products. White uniforms and comfortable 
white shoes are needed. 

HE 113 Management and Equipment 3 cr. 

Management, decision making processes and organization 
relative to the administration of a home, is emphasized. Prin- 
ciples needed for the wise selection, efficient operation and 
care of kitchen, laundry, and other household equipment are 
studied and applied. Comparative studies of operation and effi- 
ciency of various kinds of equipment, procedures and cleaning 
materials, and work processes are emphasized. Good manage- 
ment in arrangement, storage and working heights and pro- 
cedures that will save time, energy, and money and secure 
good results in family living form the basis of the course. 

HE 211 Advanced Foods 3 cr. 

Foods studied and prepared present more advanced prob- 
lems in cookery and meal service than those of meal manage- 
ment. Some of these relate to food preservation, freezing of 
foods, meat and poultry selection and cookery, methods of 
making breads, cakes and pastry, sugar cookery and frozen des- 
serts. Recent research and improved methods of cookery are 
considered. Demonstrations and other teaching techniques are 
used. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HE 212 Nutrition 3 cr. 

Positive relation of food to health is emphasized. Signs of 
good and poor nutrition, functions of nutrients, interdepend- 
ence of dietary essentials, and nutritive essentials of an opti- 
mum diet are studied. Nutritional requirements in infancy, 
childhood, adult life, pregnancy, lactation, the aged, common 
nutritional deficiency and disorders are emphasized. Adequate 
diets for the different economic levels, and racial and national 
backgrounds are considered. Food additives and food fads and 
fallacies are also studied. Laboratery work provides for further 
understanding of these problems. Organic Chemistry is a pre- 
requisition or parallels nutrition. 

Psy 215 Child Development 3 cr. 

The physical, emotional, social and intellectual develop- 
ment of the child from conception through early adolescence 
is considered. Research from psychology, anthropology, medi- 
cine, sociology and child development contributes toward a 
better understanding of normal development and behavior of 
the child. 
HE 217 Home Planning and Furnishing 3 cr. 

Problems confronting families in finding suitable housing 
are considered. Community planning, selection or construction 
of homes, factors affecting cost and quality, legal aspects, plans 
for convenience, comfort and aesthetic values and maintenance 
are studied. 
HE 315 Family Finance and Consumer Economics 3 cr. 

Economic, sociological and psychological principles and 
factors are applied to family money management. Production, 
distribution, retailing, consumer protection and aid are investi- 
gated. Income (real and psychic), budgeting, installment buy- 
ing, savings and investment, banking and wise use of time, 
materials and human resources are related to consumer satis- 
factions. Ways of living better on a given income are empha- 
sized. 
HE 411 Family Relations 3 cr. 

Students have opportunity to gain knowledge and under- 
standing of personality development and the importance of 
early family and community influence in well adjusted lives 
and family stability. Emphasis is on preparation for marriage 
and problems of human relations within homes. Reading, dis- 
cussion, and conferences are used in facing and solving prob- 
lems. 
HE 414 Home Management (Residence) 3 cr. 

Students experience decision making in group living. Man- 
agerial ability, values, goals, and satisfying human relations 
are developed as family members care for the baby; shop; plan, 
prepare and serve attractive, nutritious meals; use and care for 
equipment and furnishings and in other ways provide for in- 
dividual and group home needs and social functions. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Required Courses for Teacher Education Students 

HE 112 Clothing I Construction and Fitting 3 cr. 

Principles and problems related to the construction of 
clothing are studied. Laboratory experiences provide the op- 
portunity to apply these learnings. Selection and use of tech- 
niques suitable for the fabric to produce a garment that is 
recognizably of high quality are emphasized. Efficient methods 
of construction are employed. 

HE 213 Principles of Design 2 cr. 

Principles of design and color are studied. 

HE 216 Clothing Selection 3 cr. 

Selection of clothing for the individual considering aes- 
thetic, economic and social factors, 

HE 311 Family Health 1 cr. 

Family health problems are recognized and solutions in- 
vestigated. An understanding of the part the home plays in 
positive health is developed. Principles of the care of the sick 
in the home and needs in time of disaster and emergencies are 
studied. Practical laboratory experience is provided. American 
Red Cross requirements are met. 

HE 314 Textiles 3 cr. 

Knowledge of fibers, fabrics and finishes used in clothing 
and household textiles is applied to the appropriate use and 
care of such articles in the home. Laws governing the labeling 
of fibers in ready-made clothing are studied from the consumer 
standpoint. 

HE 412 Nursery School 2 cr. 

Participation in the nursery school as a student teacher 
applying the content of Psychology 215 is the major focus of 
this course. Student teachers learn techniques of planning for 
and managing a group of pre-school children. 

HE 415 Methods in Teaching General and Vocational 

Home Economics 3 cr. 

Methods in teaching home economics provides students 
with the opportimity to plan curricula in relation to the needs 
and interests of pupils and their families within the school 
community. 

This course is a prerequisite to student teaching and is 
taken concurrently with Ed. 522 Professional Practicum (for 
teacher education students). 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2 cr. 

Students gain confidence in the classroom and put theories 
to practice through observation and participation in secondary 
home economics classes. This course is taken concurrently with 
HE 415 Methods in Teaching General and Vocational Home 
Economics. 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 8 cr. 

Student teaching centers are located in high schools having 
capable supervisors and programs that meet vocational re- 
quirements. Saturday campus conferences with the college 
supervisor provide help with professional problems and an 
exchange of experiences and ideas. 

REQUIRED COURSES FOR 
SCHOOL FOOD SERVICES STUDENTS ONLY 

HE 313 Quantity Food Service Management 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: HE 111, HE 211. HE 212 

Instruction and fundamental experiences essential to 
quantity food service are stressed. These experiences include 
planning, preparing and serving lunches that are nutritionally 
adequate, attractive and inexpensive. The requirements of the 
National School Lunch Program are emphasized. 

HE 356 Food Service Administration 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Psy 201, HE 313 

Emphasis is given to organization and administration of 
food service, personnel policies and training, work simplifica- 
tion and sanitation. Field trips to various types of food service 
institutions are included. 

HE 358 Food Service Equipment and Layout 3 cr. 

Selection and layout of food service equipment in relation 
to production requirements, materials and usefulness are 
studied. Field trips permit the investigating of a variety of 
layouts. 

HE 359 Food Purchasing 3 or. 

Prerequisite: HE 313 

Sources, standards of quality, grades, methods of purchase, 
care and storage of various classes of food are discussed. Trips 
to markets are included. 

HE 360 Accounting 3 cr. 

Business procedures and practices; the use of accounting 
as a managerial tool; introduction of the basic theory of ac- 
counts; knowledge and skill adequate to keep books for a food 
service operation; journalizing, posting use of ledger accounts, 
closing of books of original entry and statement preparation 
are included. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HE 361 Food Service Experience 6 cr. 

This experience is under the supervision of a certified 
School Food Service Manager in schools enrolled in the Na- 
tional School Lunch Program. It provides opportunities to gain 
knowledge in all phases of a large school food service opera- 
tion. 

HE 364 Methods in Teaching 3 cr. 

An intensive study is made of Home Economics as it is 
related to and interrelates with the entire school and educa- 
tional program. Curriculum, teacher responsibilities, pupil- 
teacher planning, home-school relations, teaching techniques 
and aids, learning, evaluation and special school functions are 
studies. Observations are included. 



ELECTIVE COURSES 

Ed 101 Professional Orientation 3 cr. 

This orientation and guidance course is designed to ac- 
quaint prospective teachers with the opportunities and require- 
ments of their profession, the relationship of the school to soci- 
ety, the organization of the American school system, the pupil 
and the educational process. Extensive directed observation of 
various schools and learning situations will be required. 

HE 214 Clothing H (Fitting and Pattern Study) 2 cr. 

The student makes her own basic pattern, designs a dress 
and develops the pattern from her own design. She then makes 
the dress using construction processes best suited to the fabric 
and the design. 

HE 215 Home Furnishing 3 cr. 

Through the application of art principles students develop 
the ability to create attractive livable homes and judgment in 
selecting and purchasing suitable home furnishings. Floors, 
walls and windows, the arrangement of furniture and furnish- 
ings and remedies for problem rooms and houses are studied. 
Improvising; mending, remodeling and refinishing furniture; 
making curtains, slip covers, draperies, etc., provide practical 
problems. 

HE 312 Housing 2 cr. 

Housing problems of families and communities are con- 
sidered. Architectural designs, floor plans, processes in con- 
struction, factors affecting cost and quality, financing, legal 
aspects, heating, ventilation, lighting, plumbing and mainte- 
nance are studied. Convenience, comfort and aesthetic values 
are emphasized. Extensive reading, projects and field trips are 
expected. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HE 351 Nutrition Education (School Education) 2 cr. 

Menu making and principles of nutrition are applied to 
growth needs, economic levels, and social and nationality back- 
ground. The contribution of the school lunch program in the 
nutrition of children is emphasized. 

HE 352 Nutrition Education (pre-school) 2 cr. 

Nutritional needs of pre-school children are studied. Em- 
phasis is placed on menu making, factors for establishing good 
dietary habits, and the influence of social, economic, racial 
and nationality background. 

HE 353 Clothing IV (Millinery and other Accessories) 2 cr. 

An appreciation of what constitutes a complete, appro- 
priate and aesthetical pleasing ensemble is developed. Selec- 
tion, construction and remodeling hats for different seasons is 
included. Costume accessories are designed and selected. 

HE 354 Clothing V (Special Problems in Clothing) 3 cr. 

Prerequisite. Consent of the instructor. 

Clothing problems met by individuals, families and teach- 
ers are solved. This course provides excellent opportunities for 
students who have had too little experience in construction and 
other clothing problems. 

HE 355 Diet Therapy 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Meal Management, Nutrition, Chemistry, 
Physiology or Biology. 

A study is made of the modification of the normal adequate 
diet to meet the nutritional meals of the dietary problems of 
the infant, growing child, the aged, the pregnant and lactating 
woman, and pathological conditions requiring special dietary 
treatment. Special diets are planned and calculated. The course 
is planned for students desiring advanced study in nutrition. 

HE 357 Special Problems in Foods 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Meal Management or the Instructor's per- 
mission. 

Foods of different nations and for special occasions are 
studied from a cultural and economic point of view. Demon- 
strations are emphasized. Food interests of individuals may be 
met. 

HE 362 Experimental Foods 8 cr. 

Prerequisites: Foods and Organic-Biochemistry. - 
Experimental Foods is designed as a study of food prepara- 
tion based upon the scientific method wherein effects of chemi- 
cal and physical principles are observed. This will be accom- 
plished by investigating problems of a group as well as on an 



200 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

individual basis. Studies on fruits, vegetables, gelatin products, 
meat, milk, eggs and baked goods will be covered in laboratory 
preparation. Problems studied in the laboratory will be an- 
alyzed and observed objectively with resulting conclusions set 
forth in written reports. 

HE 363 The Family and the Community 3 cr. 

An intensive study is made of community contributions and 
problems that affect the family as well as of the contributions 
of families to the community. Group dynamics, media of com- 
mimication, and other experiences that aid understandings of 
human processes and that develop leadership will be investi- 
gated and used. Field work is an integral part of the course. 

HE 403 Home and Family Living 3 cr. 

Economic competency for the consumer is stressed. Nutri- 
tional, housing, home furnishing, household equipment, hecilth, 
clothing, transportation and operational needs of families are 
investigated. Insurance, investment and financing purchases 
are studied. Information is gained so that each family may de- 
rive the greatest benefits and satisfactions within their income 
and values. This course not only meets the needs of non-majors 
but provides a review for home economists returning to the 
profession and up-to-date material in the many areas of Home 
Economics. 

HE 413 Consumer Economics 2 cr. 

Sociological and psychological reactions are discussed in 
relation to customs, advertising and income. Knowledge of 
production, distribution, retail merchandising and consumer 
buying is fundamental to wise use of resources. Emphasis is 
placed on use of governmental and other aids to consumers. 
Studies are required of each student. Gaining maximum satis- 
faction from goods and services available to each family is an 
important goal. 

HE 416 Family Finance S er. 

Economic principles underlying personal and family finan- 
cial problems are studied. Sources of income; how family mem- 
bers can reduce expenditures through wise use of time, ma- 
terial and human resources, increasing real and psychic income, 
accounts; savings and investments; legal contracts; banking; 
home production; the optimum use of social income sources; 
and planning for the wise use of the family income are all 
studied. An understanding of what low incomes mean in terms 
of living is sought. Living better on an income is emphasized. 

HE 417 Clothing HI 2 cr. 

Principles of tailoring are applied to the construction of a 
coat or suit. Efficient methods are emphasized in the selection 
of ready-made tailored clothing is studied. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HE 421 Pre-School Education (ages 2-5) 4 cr. 

Prerequisites: General and Educational Psychology, Child 
Development and Nursery School. 

Actual experience in assisting a master teacher in a nurs- 
ery school is required. Experience includes observation of and 
work with children in a variety of situations. Specific children 
are studied intensively and research is investigated as a basis 
for understanding child behavior and to help in guidance. 

HE 422 Early Childhood Education (Equipment and 

Materials) 2 cr. 

Prerequisites: Child Development and General Psychology. 

Materials, stories, activities, situations and equipment that 
will aid in the physical, social, emotional and intellectual de- 
velopment of pre-school children are studied. Children and 
variations of behavior are observed as 2, 3 and 4-ye£ir-olds 
react and interact. 

HE 423 Marriage and Family Relations 3 or. 

Prerequisite: Family Relations 

Emphasis will be on the development of an understanding 
of interpersonal relations and adjustments within family living. 
Potential problem areas of marriage and possible reactions will 
be explored to develop an understanding of what constitutes 
good adjustment. Interviews, projects, observations, case-stud- 
ies, discussions and conferences will be used. 

HE 424 The Family 3 cr. 

Students will be able to concentrate on and study inten- 
sively specific areas of family life. Interpersonal relationships 
and the family as a group and social institution will be the 
focus. Group projects and study, panel discussions and con- 
ferences will be used in addition to extensive reading of re- 
search and other literature. 

HE 450 Industrial Psychology or Personnel Management 2 cr. 

Prerequisites: HE 313 and General Psychology. 

The psychology of personnel-supervision relations is stud- 
ied and personnel management policies formulated. The prob- 
lems of employees are investigated. 

HE 451 Clinic in Home Economics Education 3 cr. 

This course is planned to meet the needs of experienced 
teachers and of college Home Economics graduates expecting 
to return to teaching. Educational philosophy as it applies to 
Home Economics, the psychology of learning, evaluation, cur- 
riculum planning and effective teaching are reviewed in terms 
of the best present educational practice. Special problems of 
class members are solved where possible. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



HE 452 Curriculum Construction 2 or. 

The theory, principles and practices of curriculum con- 
struction are studied and applied to specific situations. The 
Pennsylvania Resource Material is used as an example and a 
basis for planning for specific communities. 

HE 453 Materials and Methods in Home Economics 

Education 2 cr. 

Teachers are given an opportunity to prepare teaching aids 
that will be useful in each area of Home Economics. Methods 
and techniques of teaching are studied and tried. 

HE 454 Adult Homemaking Education 2 cr. 

The principles and theory of adult education are studied. 
The psychology of adults is considered and their needs in the 
areas of homemaking investigated. Plans for implementing a 
broad program are formulated and communities sponsoring 
such a program used as case studies. 

HE 455 Education and Vocational Guidance 3 cr. 

Implications of the Manpower Act of 1962 and the Perkins 
Bill for home related employment are studied. Needs in Penn- 
sylvania communities are investigated. Possible programs are 
formulated and experiences needed for their implementation 
sought. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT 

JAMES E. McKlNLEY, Chairman of Department 

JOSEPH ANGELO WALLACE F. MORRELL 

IDA Z. ARMS CARL P. OAKES 

EDWIN W. BAILEY GLENN W. OLSEN 

BLAINE C. CROOKS JOSEPH A. PETERS 

RAYMOND D. GIBSON MILDRED M. REIGH 

WILLARD HENNEMAN DALE M. SHAFER 

JAMES L. KLEMM HARVEY A. SIMMONS 

WILLIAM F. LONG WILLIAM R. SMITH 

JAMES H. MAPLE EMMA LOU SOMERS 

DOYLE R. McBRIDE ANNA T. WINK 

RONALD L. McBRIDE MELVI.X WOODARD 
RONALD E. McCOY 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4 s.h. 

This course is designed to familiarize students with some of 
the ideas underlying the development of mathematics and an 
elementary treatment of problem solving and decision making. 
The primary objective is not to develop "computational" skills 
but to study mathematics in its role as both an art and a 
science. 

Topics to be studied include: numeration and number sys- 
tems with special emphasis on recognizing patterns and struc- 
ture; intuitive set theory and applications, including probabili- 
ty and statistics; and informal logic in its relation to mathe- 
matics, both in algebra and geometry. 

Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Placement Exam- 
ination. 

Number systems and equations; plane trigonometry; in- 
equalities; functions and graphs; complex numbers; theory of 
equations; mathematical induction; the binomial theorem. 

Math 155 Computer Programming 1 s.h. 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the 
facilities in the area of computer programming available to 
him. The basic language rules of the Fortran compiler system 
and library programs and their use are studied. It is hoped 
that the student will then apply his knowledge in other courses 
throughout his college career. 

Math 157 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Algebra and Trigonometry or permission of 
the department. 

Analytic Geometry of the straight line; circle; and the 
conies; polynomials and their graphs; elements of differential 
and integral calculus with applications involving polynomials. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Math 160 Elementary Numeration Theory I 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: 3 years high school academic mathematics. 

This course is designed for those students whose major is 
elementary education with mathematics as their area of con- 
centration. 

Among the topics included in this course are: Early history 
and development of arithmetic and numeration systems; nu- 
meration systems other than base 10; properties of the natural 
numbers; introduction to Boolean algebra and other mathe- 
matical systems; properties and operations with rational num- 
bers; primes; factorization; fundamental theorem of arithmetic. 

Math 250 Elementary Numeration Theory 11 3 B.h. 

Prerequisite: Math 160 

This course is a continuation of Math 160 and will include 
such topics as: Rules of divisibility; properties of and opera- 
tions with real numbers; finite and infinite sets; Venn diagrams; 
order relations; modular and clock arithmetic; introduction to 
algebra and geometry; informal look at probability and topol- 
ogy; truth tables; implications; slope of a line; distance form- 
ula; conic sections. 

Math 251 Basic Concepts of Algebra (Elementary) 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Math 160 and 250. 

This course will include such topics as those touched upon 
in earlier courses but from a more general point of view. Gen- 
eralization and abstraction in linear equations, systems of 
equations, sets, groups and fields, inequalities, absolute values, 
complex numbers, polynomials, algebraic structures and func- 
tions will be stressed. 

Math 253 Theory of Equations 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. 

Among the topics considered are algebraic equations; de- 
termination of roots; algebraic solutions of cubic and quartic 
equations; systems of equations; determinants; matrices, and 
symmetric functions. 

Math 257 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 11 4 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I. 
Differential and integral calculus of algebraic and trans- 
cendental functions with applications to the physical sciences. 

Math 341 Theory of Numbers 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. 

A study of the foundation of number theory with special 
attention being given to such topics as repeating decimals and 
congruences; number theoretic functions; diophantine equa- 
tions, continued fractions. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Math 350 Foundations of Informal Geometry 

(Elementary) 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Math 160, 250, 251 

This course includes a discussion of such topics as: con- 
gruences, measurement, parallelim, similarity, concurrence of 
medians, altitudes, construction of proofs, practical applica- 
tions, elements of spherical and plane coordinate geometry. 
This will be a course of greater depth and generality than that 
found in the secondary school and will be in line with the cur- 
rent curriculum revisions. 

Math 351 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Elementary) 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Math 160, 250, 251, 350 

This course is designed to give an over-all view of funda- 
mental topics in trigonometry, analytic geometry, probability 
and statistics, permutations and combinations, the binomial 
theorem, sequences and fundamental calculus. 

Math 355 Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Math 375. 

The major content of this course will be a study of Euclid- 
ean plane and solid geometry using the metric approach. Em- 
phasis will be placed on application of methods of proof to 
which the student has been introduced in previous courses. 
Finite geometries will be introduced to illustrate consistency, 
completeness and other properties of an axiomatic theory. 

Math 356 Foundations of Geometry II 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Math 355 

This course is designed to further acquaint the student 
with some knowledge of geometries other than Euclidean. A 
detailed study of Non-Euclidean, projective, and others, such 
as affine geometries will be included. 

Math 357 Analytic Geomietry and Calculus III 4 or. 

Prerequisite: Analytic Geometry and Calculus II. 

This course will extend the background of the student in 
elementary calculus and will consider infinite series, Taylor's 
and Maclaurin's expansions, partial differentiation, multiple 
integrals, and an introduction to ordinary differential equations. 

Math 361 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 or. 

Prerequisite: Math 257. 

The topics considered will include linear differential equa- 
tions of first and higher order, those of first order but not of 
first degree, and applications to geometry and the sciences. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Math 362 Probability and Statistics 3 cr. 

This course is intended as a beginning course in statistics 
with emphasis on applications rather than on theoretical de- 
velopments of principles and formulas. Calculus is not a pre- 
requisite. The areas of study in this course are: frequency dis- 
tributions, measures of central tendency and variation, elemen- 
tary probability, sampling, estimation, testing of hypotheses, 
linear correlation and regression, and multiple and partial cor- 
relation. 

Math 363 Mathematical Statistics 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Calculus. 

The theory of Statistics will be developed in this course 
with the extensive use of the Calculus. The areas of study will 
be frequency distributions of one variable, large sample theory 
of one variable, frequency distribution of two or more vari- 
ables, small sample distributions, non-parametric methods, 
goodness of fit, statistical hypotheses, design in experiments. 

Math 366 Computer Math I 3 cr. 

Language rules of the FORTRAN compiler system are 
presented. FORTRAN is used for writing digital computer pro- 
grams which are compiled and executed on the College com- 
puter. Satisfactory completion of at least three programs is 
required. 

Math 367 Numerical Analysis 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Computer Math I; Calculus I, II, III; Differ- 
ential Equations 

Errors in computation. Approximation of functions by 
polynomials. Iterative methods of solving equations. Matrices 
and systems of linear equations. Interpolation. Numerical dif- 
ferentiation and integeration. Methods for solving ordinary 
differential equations on computers. 

Math 371 Linear Algebra I 3 cr. 

Topics considered in this course include: Vectors, linear, 
dependence, the concept of a basis, orthogonal bases, vector 
spaces and subspaces; Algebra of matrices, transpose and in- 
verses, symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices; linear trans- 
formations, determinants, Gaussian elimination and Cramers 
rule. 

Math 375 Introduction to Modern Mathematics 3 cr. 

This course is designed to acquaint the prospective teacher 
with new methods and content in mathematics. A thorough 
study of the development of the complex number system from 
a postulational viewpoint, starting with the natural numbers, 
through the integers, fractions, rationals, irrational, real, and 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



finally the complex numbers, serves as a model of the rigorous 
methods used in mathematics today. Set theory and its applica- 
tions in serving to unify topics in high school algebra and 
geometry are of primary importance. The study of mathema- 
tical structures, including that of groups, rings, integral do- 
main, and fields, acquaints the student with the knowledge that 
there are many algebras and geometries and points out the 
true nature of a mathematical system. Boolean algebra and 
arithmetic modular systems serve as examples to illustrate 
these systems. An attempt is made throughout the course to 
strengthen, but not replace, the traditional mathematics with 
the new. 

Math 376 Abstract Algebra 3 or. 

This course consists of a development of the theory of in- 
tegral domains, fields, rings, and groups. It is designed to de- 
velop the student's power to think for himself and to improve 
his ability to construct formal proofs. 

Math 381 Advanced Calculus I 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Math 357 

Topics from the calculus are treated with a more rigorous 
point of view. The course consists of a study of the real number 
system, point sets, functions, sequences, limits, continuity and 
uniform continuity, differentiation, indeterminate forms, and 
the Riemann integral. 

Math 382 Advanced Calculus II 3 cr. 

This course includes a study of functions of more than one 
variable, partial differentiation, multiple integration, line and 
surface integrals, Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem, infinite 
series, convergence and uniform convergence, and improper 
integrals. 

Ed 451 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary Schools 3 cr. 

The major objective of the course is to prepare teachers of 
mathematics for the modern secondary schools. The principal 
activities in the class are the preparation and presentation of 
lessons on concepts from the secondary schools mathematics 
courses; study of the principles of teaching and learning; ob- 
servations; study of current mathematics curricula; and learn- 
ing to use curriculum materials effectively. 

Math 452 Seminar in Mathematics 1 cr. 

During the semester preceding student teaching each per- 
son majoring in mathematics is expected to perform an inde- 
pendent study of mathematics beyond the scope of the courses 
he has taken. The area for investigation will be selected by the 
student, subject to the approval of the instructor. Upon com- 
pletion of the study, the student is expected to give an oral 
presentation of his findings to the other members of the group. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Math 461 Computer Math 11 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Math 366. 

Digital computers are analyzed as to size, type, usage, stor- 
age, auxiliary storage, input-output facilities and monitors. 
Symbolic programming and compiler systems are studied. 

Math 471 Seminar: Research Usag© of Computers 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Math 362. 

General techniques are described which facilitate process- 
ing of research data on digital computers. Library programs 
are studied and evaluated. Research problems of class members 
are considered. 

El 313 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Math 101. 

In this course emphasis will be given to the place of arith- 
metic in the elementary school and to the recent changes in 
curriculum and method; to techniques for developing concepts 
and processes; to recent research in the field of arithmetic; and 
to books and materials helpful to prospective teachers. Obser- 
vation of master teachers at work will be planned. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MILITARY SCIENCE 

COLONEL JOHN T. JOSEPH, Chairman of Department 

LT. COL. CHARLES B. STEVENSON SOT. GEORGE DETWEILER 

MAJOR WILLIAM J. MARTIN SCT. MAJOR WILLIAM J. FULHAM 

CAPT. ROBERT W. BUTLER SCT. FC NELSON A. TABER 

CAPT. RICHARD A. HERRMANN SPEC. FRANK P. PANKEY 
SSG. LEWIS J. POWELL, JR. 

Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania, 
is authorized a Senior Division, Reserve Officers Training 
Corps unit. The mission is to provide junior officers who have 
the qualities and attributes essential to their progressive and 
continued development as officers of the Army of the United 
States. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT 

The general requirements for enrollment in the ROTC are 
that the student be a citizen of the United States, physically 
qualified as prescribed by the Department of the Army, ac- 
cepted by the institution as a regularly enrolled student, not 
less than 14 years of age, but less than 24 years of age at the 
time of enrollment. For continuance in the ROTC the student 
must successfully complete such general survey or screening 
tests as are given to determine eligibility for admittance to the 
Advanced Course, and agree in writing upon admission to the 
advanced course to complete the course of instruction offered, 
unless released by the Department of the Army. Veterans may 
receive credit for portions of the ROTC military course for mil- 
itary service completed prior to enrollment in ROTC, 

WHAT ROTC OFFERS 

Uniforms, equipment, ROTC textbooks are issued without 
cost to formally enrolled cadets. 

Students having successfully completed the Basic Course, 
or having at least four months of active service in the Armed 
Forces, and meeting the Advanced Course admission require- 
ments are paid a retainer fee, currently amounting to Forty 
(40) dollars per month during the time they are taking the 
Advanced Course. 

After the student completes the Advanced Course and re- 
ceives his baccalaureate degree from the college he is eligible 
for a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States 
Army Reserve. 

Students who have completed the first year Advanced 
Course and have displayed outstanding qualities ol military 
leadership, high moral character, and definite aptitude for mili- 
tary service are designated "Distinguished Military Students." 
Students so honored who maintain the standards until gradua- 
tion are designated "Distinguished Military Graduates," and 
are eligible for appointment in the Regular Army. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Policies affecting enrollment and continuance of students 
in the Senior Division of the Reserve Officers Training Corps 
are included in the provisions of the Selective Service Act of 
1950. This Act provides for military deferment of students 
(certain basic course students upon request, and all advanced 
course students) until completion of their academic course 
under the following conditions: 

1. Students enrolled in the ROTC must remain in good 
standing in both their academic and military courses. 

2. They must demonstrate proper and sufficient aptitude 
and leadership characteristics ultimately to qualify 
them for appointment as commissioned officers. 

3. They must attend a summer training camp, when order- 
ed by competent authority (usually at the end of the 
Junior year). 

4. They are required to sign an agreement to accept a com- 
mission in the Army, if and when tendered, and to serve 
not to exceed two (2) years on active duty as an officer, 
subject to call by the Secretary of the Army. 

SPECIAL FEES 

ROTC Activity Fee and Clothing Deposit. The sum of 
$8.00 is collected from each cadet enrolled in ROTC. Of this 
total, $5.00 is held as a deposit against possible loss of items of 
clothing or equipment loaned to the cadet by the U. S. Govern- 
ment. The other $3.00 is charged to defray the costs of a name 
tag, cadet handbook, and the Military Ball. Refunds are made 
at the end of the school year, or earlier, if applicable. 

CURRICULUM IN MILITARY SCIENCE 

The Military Science curriculum covers four years and is 
divided into two courses: The Basic Course and the Advanced 
Course. 

THE BASIC COURSE 

The first two years of Military Science comprise the Basic 
Course which furnishes a background in basic military sub- 
jects. A minimum of two hours instruction each week is re- 
quired for the MS 101 and 102 courses and a minimum of three 
hours for courses 203 and 204. 

1st Year 

MS 101 Military Science I 2 cr. 

Instruction in Organization of the Army and ROTC; In- 
dividual Weapons and Marksmanship; and Leadership. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MS 102 Military Science I 2 cr. 

Instruction in United States Army and National Security; 
and Leadership. 

2nd Year 

MS 203 Military Science 11 2 cr. 

Instruction in Map Reading; Basic Tactics and Techniques; 
and Leadership. 

MS 204 Military Science II 2 cr. 

Instruction in American Military History; and Leadership. 

THE ADVANCED COURSE 

The second two years comprise the Advanced Course, each 
year of which consists of 105 hours of instruction in Military 
subjects and 45 hours of instruction in selected academic fields 
approved by the Professor of Military Science. Students who 
clearly demonstrate during their attendance in the Basic 
Course the qualities necessary to become a Reserve Officer of 
the U. S. Army are enrolled in the Advanced Course. 

For admission to this course a student must fulfill the fol- 
lowing: have completed the Basic Course; be selected by the 
Professor of Military Science and the President of the Univer- 
sity; be 26 years of age or under at time of enrollment; meet 
physical requirements as established by the Department of the 
Army; execute a contract with the Government to finish the 
course, attend a six-week summer camp and accept a commis- 
sion in the United States Army Reserve, if tendered. When 
contract is signed, completion of the Advanced Course becomes 
a requirement for graduation unless contract is cancelled by 
the Department of the Army. 

3rd Year 

MS 305 Military Science III 3 cr. 

Instruction in Principles of Leadership; Military Teaching 
Methods; Quartermaster Tactics and Techniques; and Leader- 
ship Laboratory. 

MS 306 Military Science III 3 cr. 

Instruction in Quartermaster Tactics and Techniques; 
Pre-Camp Orientation; and Leadership Laboratory. 

4th Year 

MS 407 Military Science IV 3 cr. 

Instruction in Quartermaster Tactics and Techniques; 
Army Administration; Military Law; and Leadership Labora- 
tory. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MS 408 Military Science IV 3 cr. 

Instruction in Service Orientation; Role of the United 
States in World Affairs; and Leadership Laboratory. 



SUMMER CAMP 

The six weeks of summer camp is attended by students 
upon completion of the first year of the Advanced Course of 
Military Training. Time at camp is devoted to the practical 
application and demonstration of principles and theories taught 
during the school year. While at camp each student will re- 
ceive lodging, subsistence, uniforms, medical care, reimburse- 
ment for travel and pay in the amount of one hundred and 
twenty dollars and sixty cents ($120.60) per month. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



MUSIC DEPARTMENT 



HAKOU) S. OKZNDORFF, Qiaiimazi of Daparuocnt 



WILUAM BECKER 
ROBERT E. BERNAT 
DAVID BORST 
•WALLIS D. BRAIIAN 
ROBERT W. BURCCRAF 
CATHERINE C. CARL 
CHARLES A. DAVIS 
DANIEL DiQCCO 
GLADYS DUffKELBERCER 
OLIVE FORNEAR 
WALTER A. G0L2 



ARVILLA HARROLD 
H. EUGENE HULBERT 
DOMINIC INTILI 
C. DAVID McNAUGHTON 
DADY MEHTA 
RUSSEL C. NELSON 
LAURENCE PERKINS 
BETTY DANDO STEWART 
LAWRENCE C. STITT 
C. ROBERT WIGGINS 



Admission to the Music Department requires a satisfactory- 
tape recorded audition to be mailed to the Chairman at the 
Music Department. Detailed instructions will be sent to the 
applicant upon request. 



GENERAL EDUCATION 

Mus 101 Introduction to Music 



3 sJi. 



The course "Introduction to Music" presumes no technical 
background, but does utilize as fully as possible the varied 
musical experiences of each individual to help him extend his 
interest as far as possible. One or two field trips are planned 
each semester to Pittsburgh to attend the Pittsburgh Opera 
and /or the Pittsburgh Symphony. In addition, various concerts 
of college organizations, cultural life events, and visiting artist 
concerts are required to augment the listening experiences of 
the student. 



MUSIC THEORY 



Mus 111 Sight Singing I 



2 s.h. 



Sight Singing I is designed to develop the student's skill at 
interpreting written music by the use of his own voice, regard- 
less of his major performing medium. Areas of study include: 
all major and minor scales; treble, alto, tenor, and bass clefs; 
all diatonic intervals; duple and triple meter with rhythmic 
dictation drills; phrase- wise thinking; and elementary form 
analysis. The sol-fa syllables with movable do are used. 

Mus 112 Sight Singing 11 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Sight Singing I with a mark of C or better. 

A continuation of the development of skills in the areas 
of Sight Singing I, as well as the following additional areas: 
sensitivity to intonation, part singing, compound meters, writ- 
ten melodic and rhythmic dictation. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mils 113 Ear Training I 1 s.h. 

Ear Training I involves dictation skills and notation in the 
following areas: primary harmonies in all inversions, and mel- 
odic dictation with implied and actual harmonies. 

Mus 114 Ear Training II 1 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Ear Training I with a mark of C or better. 

A continuation of the development of dictational and nota- 
tional skills of Ear Training I as well as the following areas: 
secondary triads, seventh chords, and modulation to related 
keys. 

Mus 115 Harmony I 3 s.h. 

Harmony I includes the playing and writing of primary 
harmonies in all inversions, using the chorale style of harmoni- 
zation; and the study of phrase and period through the analy- 
sis and study of melodies to be harmonized, 

Mus 116 Harmony II 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Harmony I with a mark of C or better. 

The content of Harmony I is broadened to include second- 
ary triads and seventh chords, mastery of the circle of fifths, 
and modulation to related keys. Harmonization in the piano 
style is introduced and developed as well as the writing of 
original melodies. The double period and phrase group serve 
as units for analysis. 

Mus 215 Harmony HI 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Harmony H, Sight Singing H, and Ear 
Training II, all with a mark of C or better. 

Harmony III includes the playing and writing of chrom- 
atic harmonies, modulation to remote keys, writing for male 
voices, writing for women's voices, the study and analysis of 
song-forms and simple rondo forms, and harmonic dictation. 

Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Harmony III with a mark of C or better. 

In addition to the further development of many of the 
areas of study in Harmony IH, Harmony IV also includes: har- 
monization at the keyboard; transposition at the keyboard; 
further development of chromatic harmony; study of the 
rondo, sonatina, and sonata-allegro forms; and original writing. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 215 



Mus 315 Harmony V 3 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Harmony IV. 

Many of the harmonic idioms of the past half century will 
be considered, such as: comparative analysis of dissonance; 
poly tonality; polyrhythms; atonalism and the 12 tone system; 
and microtonalism. Original writing in these styles will be 
required. 

Mus 305 Form and Analysis 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Harmony IV. 

The major forms of music from the motet to the chorus 
will constitute this course. Under guidance, the student will 
analyze major works in as many forms as possible, both 
through listening and reading of the work. 

Mus 306 Coimterpoint I 2 sJi. 

Prerequisite: Harmony FV. 

After an intensive study and analysis of the style of the 
16th Century contrapuntal writing, the student will do orig- 
inal writing using the techniques and devices of the period. As 
time permits, the same approach will be made to explore the 
style of the 17th and 18th Century composers. 

Mus 307 Counterpoint II 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Counterpoint I. 

A continuation of the study, analysis, and restricted writ- 
ing of the 17th and 18th Century composers. Consideration will 
be given to the free contrapuntal techniques used by later 
composers. 

Mus 308 Fugue and Canon 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Counterpoint I. 

The application of contrapuntal techniques within these 
two specific forms through analysis, assigned exercises, and 
creative writing. 

Mus 309 Orchestration I 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Harmony IV. 

All the instruments of the orchestra are studied from the 
viewpoint of their contribution to the total sound of the en- 
semble. Ranges and timbres are considered as well as actual 
arranging of selected music for each section, full orchestra, 
band, and other instrumental organizations. Whenever possi- 
ble, the arrangements are performed in class or by one of the 
organizations of the college. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 310 Orchestration II 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Orchestration I. 

A continuation of Orchestration I with more emphasis 
placed on larger projects and the programming of outstanding 
works in college concerts. 

Mus 411 Composition I 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Harmony IV. 

Instruction in Composition I will of necessity be highly 
individualized due to the uniqueness of the creative process. 
Compositional devices will be studied through the analysis of 
works by major composers. Students will do original works in 
the smaller forms of music. 

Mus 412 Composition 11 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Composition I. 

A continuation of Composition I with the emphasis placed 
more on the larger forms of music. Outstanding works will be 
programmed by college organizations. 

MUSIC LITERATURE AND HISTORY 

Mus 301 History of Music I 3 sJi. 

A study of the development of music from the ancient 
Greek and Roman cultures through the Middle Renaissance 
and the 16th Century. Although the approach is an historical 
one, considerable analytical listening is required. 

Mus 302 History of Music II 3 s.h. 

Beginning with the Late Renaissance, History of Music II 
will trace the development of music through the late 18th 
century, including the work of Haydn and Mozart. Consider- 
able analytic listening is required, both from records and 
campus performances, 

Mus 303 History of Music HI 3 s.h. 

Starting with the 19th Century and Beethoven, History of 
Music III is the historical study of the development of music 
through to the present. Analytic listening required through all 
available sources. 

Mus 320 Music of the Ancient World 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

A concentrated study of music from the early Greeks up 
to the Middle Ages, including considerable emphasis on plain- 
song or Liturgical music of the early church. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 321 Music of the Middle Ages 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

Starting with the Jongleurs, Troubadors, and Trouveres of 
the Early Middle Ages, this course deals with the literature of 
music through English and Burgundian Schools at the close 
of the Middle Ages. 

Mus 322 Renaissance Music 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and IH. 

Beginning with Ockeghem and ending with Palestrina and 
his contemporaries, the music literature of this age is carefully 
and thoroughly studied. 

Mus 323 The Baroque Era 3 sJi. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

The Baroque Era extends from Monteverdi through Bach 
and Handel, and considers both vocal and instrumental forms, 
styles, and practices of the era. 

Mus 324 Eighteenth Century Music 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

Although Mozart and Haydn comprise the greater portion 
of 18th Century music, the Rococo Period involves D. Scarlatti 
and C. P. E. Bach as well. The m^ature development of the son- 
ata and symphony comprise a considerable portion of this 
study. 

Mus 325 The Early Romantic Period 3 sJl 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

Beethoven, Schubert, Rossini, Weber, Mendelssohn, Ber- 
lioz, Schumann, and Chopin are the major composers to be 
studied in the Early Romantic Period. 

Mus 326 The Late Romantic Period 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

Wagner, Verdi, Glinka, Bruckner, Meyerbeer, Liszt, 
Gounod, Brahms, Offenbach, Smetana, J. Strauss, Grieg, Bizet, 
Moussorgsky, Saint-Saens, Tschaikowsky, Massenet, Franck, 
Borodin, Rimski-Korsakoff, Wolf, R. Strauss, Mahler, Faure, 
Puccini, Dvorak, MacDowell, and Elgar are the major com- 
posers of this study. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 420 Contemporary Music 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

Beginning with Debussy, Ravel and the other impression- 
ists, touching on Schoenberg, Stravinski, Webern, Honneger, 
Milhaud, et al. Contemporary Music ends with today and to- 
morrow. Various trends, styles, techniques are noted; judg- 
ments are attempted on the more experimental forms; and 
limited predictions of trends are ventured. 

Mus 421 American Music 3 s.h. 

Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III. 

American Music is a study of the History and Literature 
of Music in America from 1600 to the present day. Early Amer- 
ican musical heritages are traced from pre-revolutionary 
America to our day. 

CONDUCTING 

Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 s.h. 

Emphasis will be placed on the fundamental physical skills 
of the conducting process. Various beat patterns will be mas- 
tered and elementary score reading and interpretation will be 
considered. 

Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Conducting with a mark of 
C or better. 

Choral Conducting will provide the opportunity for the 
student to apply his basic conducting techniques to the choral 
area. Each student will conduct the rest of the class in many 
of the standard choral works of the literature. Also a survey 
of suitable literature, organizational problems, voice testing, 
rehearsal techniques, program building, interpretation, and 
diction will be included. 

Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Conducting with a mark of 
C or better. 

Instrumental Conducting will provide the student with the 
opportunity to apply his basic conducting skills to the various 
instrumental ensembles. Each student will conduct the rest of 
the class as well as the available instrumental ensembles in the 
department. Also a survey of suitable literature, organizational 
problems, audition procedures, rehearsal techniques, program 
building, and interpretation will be considered. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 401 Choral Score Reading 2 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Harmony IV, and Choral Conducting. 

Choral Score Reading is designed for the Vocal Curriculum 
student who wishes to further develop his skills at interpreting 
choral scores. Some of the units are: reading 3, 4, 5, and 6 line 
scores; problems of editing music of various periods; further 
development of skill with various clefs, developing a sense of 
tempi; and practice in score reduction at the keyboard. 

Mus 402 Instrumental Score Reading 2 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Harmony IV, and Instrumental Conducting. 

Instrumental Score Reading serves a similar purpose for 
the Instrumental Major. Some of the units are: developing 
skill in reading 12 lines to full orchestral or band scores of 32 
lines; editing and bowing problems of various periods; devel- 
oping skill with clefs and transpositions; developing a sense of 
tempi; and reducing full scores at the keyboard. 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

El 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 s.h. 

(See the Elementary section for a course description.) 
El 212 Teaching Music in the Elementary Grades 3 s.h. 

(See the Elementary section for a course description.) 

Mus 204 Eurythmics I 1 s.h. 

Eurythmics I develops musical perception through physi- 
cal response; stimulates creative imagination through group 
and individual interpretations; and promotes bodily coordina- 
tion, poise, and precision. 

Mus 205 Eurythmics 11 1 s.h. 

Prerequisite: Eurythmics I. 

Eurythmics II continues the skill development begun in 
Eurythmics I and further provides each student with the op- 
portunity to direct others; to master and to teach a repertory 
of folk dances; and to organize the work to fit the needs and 
capacities of elementary pupils. 

Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2 s.h. 

Included in Elementary Methods are the following topics: 
analytical study of texts, recordings, equipment, instruments, 
and other material suitable to musical development of elemen- 
tary pupils; proper treatment of the child voice; selection, use, 
and teaching of rote songs; rhythmic activities and develop- 
ment; music reading; part singing; planning and organization; 
guided observations; and evaluation techniques. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 332 Junior High School Methods 2 s.h. 

The following topics are considered: characteristics of the 
early adolescent pupil; the general music class; choral organ- 
izations; the changing voice; techniques of instruction; evalua- 
tion of materials; evaluation techniques; and guided observa- 
tions. 

Mus 333 Senior High School Methods 2 s.h. 

The organization and development of the large ensemble 
is considered as well as high school courses in theory and 
history of music. ScheduHng, administration, and curricular 
problems of the high school music program are treated. Eval- 
uative techniques, unique to the music program, will be con- 
sidered and guided observations are required. 

Mus 334 Instrumental Methods 2 s.h. 

A treatment of the necessary understandings, techniques, 
equipment, and materials necessary to develop an effective in- 
strumental music program in the public schools. Demonstra- 
tions and laboratory work are designed to give the student the 
competencies needed to meet successfully the various teaching 
situations in instrumental music from the grades through the 
high school. 

Mus 405 Piano Pedagogy 2 s.h. 

Prerequisites: Junior Standing in Piano, and a piano ma- 
jor or minor. 

A survey of all current and significant past developments 
in the teaching of piano both privately and in small and large 
classes. The various piano methods are analyzed, compared, 
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use. 

Mus 406 Voice Pedagogy 2 s.h. 

Prerequisites: a voice major or minor, and permission of 
the instructor, 

A survey of all current and significant past developments 
in the teaching of voice both privately and in small and large 
classes. The various vocal methods are analyzed, compared, 
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use. 

Mus 407 Master Class in Organ 2 s.h. 

Prerequisites: for organ majors only with the organ in- 
structor's permission. 

From time to time the organ instructor will accept from 
four to eight organ majors for this course. Every student will 
observe every other student's instruction and demonstrations 
of various techniques of teaching organ will be given. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 408 Marching Band Techniques 2 s.h. 

The following topics are considered: building a band show; 
alignment of ranks and files; development of a standard pace 
of 6 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation; tech- 
niques of developing morale; and fundamentals of uniform 
design. 

Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 s.h. 

The music major will begin his practice teaching with 
observations and various simple teaching assignments, gradu- 
ally assuming greater teaching responsibilities on the elemen- 
tary, junior and senior high school levels in instrumental and/ 
or vocal music as his particular curriculum requires. A college 
staff member coordinates the work of the student teacher and 
his school supervisor. 

Ed 422 Professional Practiciun (Including School Law) 2 sJi. 

Significant problems of an advanced nature, and closely 
related to student teaching, are introduced in order to insure 
further professional growth. Observing of other teaching situ- 
ations, reading of books and professional journals, along with 
reports and discussions at conferences, will aid in this growth. 

APPLIED MUSIC 

Class Instruction 

The following courses are designed to acquaint the student 
with basic skills in each particular area. The classes are con- 
ducted in a similar manner to those in the public schools but 
for different purpose. It is assumed that the voice major should 
have a working knowledge of each of the three major instru- 
mental groups; the instrumental major should have a working 
knowledge of the voice and vocal production. The class in- 
struction in Applied Music fills this need. 



Mus 151 Class Voice I 




s.h. 


Mus 152 Class Vwce 11 




s.h. 


Mus 153 Class Piano I 




s.h. 


Mus 154 Class Piano II 




s.h. 


Mus 155 Class Violin 




s.h. 


Mus 156 Class Cornet 




s.h. 


Mus 157 Class Trombone 




s.h. 


Mus 158 Class Percussicm 




s.h. 


Mus 159 Class Strings 




s.h. 


Mus 160 Class Woodwinds 




s.h. 


Mus 161 Class Brass 




s.h. 


Mus 162 Class Clarinet 




s.h. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Mus 351 Italian Diction 2 s.h. 

Mus 352 Spanish Diction 2 s.h. 

Mus 353 French Diction 2 s.h. 

Mus 354 German Diction 2 s.h. 

Private Instruction 

One semester hour credit for each number. Each semester 
hour of credit requires one half-hour lesson and five hours 
practice per week for one semester. The instructor will deter- 
mine which series applies. 

111-130 Series, for beginners or near beginners 
211-230 Series, for intermediate students 
311-330 Series, for advanced students 
411-430 Series, for artist students 
available in the following performance areas: 

Piano (Pno) Cello (Cel) Saxophone (Sax) 

Organ (Ogn) Bass Viol (BsV) Trumpet (Trpt) 

Voice (Vce) Clarinet (Clar) French Horn (FrH) 

Harp (Hrp) Flute (Fl) Trombone (Trb) 

Violin (Vln) Oboe (Ob) Tuba (Tba) 

Viola (Via) Bassoon (Bssn) Percussion (Perc) 
Baritone Horn (BaH) 

Ensembles 

No credit; S or U mark; participation required in the 
various curricula as follows: 

Students in the vocal music education curriculum, whether 
their major is piano or voice, will participate in one of the 
large vocal ensembles every semester. Freshmen are not eli- 
gible for the College Choir. 

Students in the instrumental music education curriculum 
will participate in one of the large instrumental ensembles 
every semester. They will further be required to participate 
in one vocal ensemble each semester of their freshmen year. 

Students in the general music education curriculum will be 
required to participate in one vocal and one instrumental en- 
semble each semester. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



If one of the music ensembles is in need of a particular 
player because of the uniqueness of the instrument or voice, 
the student may be required to participate even though he 
has fulfilled the above requirements. 

Mus 120 Percussion Ensemble 

Mus 121 Chamber Ensembles 

Mus 122 Brass Choir 

Mus 123 Clarinet Choir 

Mus 124 Indiana Marching Band 

Mus 125 Indiana Band 

Mus 126 Indiana Wind Ensemble 

Mus 127 Indiana Glee Club 

Mus 128 Women's Chorus 

Mus 129 Opera Workshop 

Mus 130 String Orchestra 

Mus 131 Indiana Symphony Orchestra 

Mus 201 College Choir 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT 

RC»EaT H. HKRMAim, OKirmui of DepiitmoBt 

ARTHUR KANNWISHER 

The Philosophy Department offers, in addition to the in- 
troductory course, a variety of electives designed to serve the 
needs of two kinds of students. Those whose primary interests 
are in other disciplines will find one or more Philosophy 
courses which relate directly to their fields. Other courses may 
be elected as desired. 

Students wishing to concentrate in Philosophy must take 
a total of 27 hours in the field, including Philosophy 321, 322, 
324, and 430. Such students are encouraged, during their un- 
dergraduate work, to achieve basic mastery of another aca- 
demic discipline. However, the philosophy concentratee, de- 
pending upon his interests, may major in either the Natural 
Sciences, Social Sciences, or Humanities. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE 

Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 or. 

A survey of basic issues and fundamental concepts. De- 
signed for the beginning student, this course aims at the de- 
velopment of a critical attitude toward the major "isms" of 
philosophy. Emphasis is placed upon an understanding of prob- 
lems in the field, rather than upon individual thinkers. 

PHILOSOPHY ELECTIVES 

Phil 221 Logic 3 or. 

The Art of Reasoning — The Science of Critical Thinking. 
Designed for the general student, this course aims at develop- 
ing an awareness of the need for precision in meaning, valid- 
ity in formal reasoning patterns, and rigor in determining 
"truth". 

Phil 222 Ethics 3 or. 

An introduction to significant ethical theory. Selected 
writings both ancient and modern are examined and discussed 
critically. The student is encouraged not only to develop a con- 
sistent ethical formulation of his own, but to make application 
of each view studied to current moral problems. 

Phil 323 Political Philosophy 3 cr. 

An examination of major theories of political organization. 
Such substantial works as Plato's Republic, Aristotle's Politics, 
Hobbes' Leviathan, Rousseau's Social Contract, and Locke's 
Second Treatise of Civil Government are studied in depth. 
(See also in Pol. Sci. electives.) 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Phil 324 History of Philosophy 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Phil 120 

Great men and movements in western philosophy from the 
pre-socratic period to the present. The course follows a chrono- 
logical order, examining the whole thought of selected major 
philosophers, together with the world-views of their times. 

Phil 327 American Philosophic Thought 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Phil 120 

A study of the more original and influential philosophic 
postures developed in America from the colonial period to the 
present, and of the men who gave them their most complete 
expressions. 

Phil 328 Aesthetics 3 cr. 

Studies in the meaning and value of man's aesthetic ex- 
perience. The nature and significance of art — its role in human 
experience. Theories of art from Plato to Dewey are examined 
and discussed critically. 

Phil 329 Philosophy of Religion 3 cr. 

An examination of the major theories and problems of 
philosophy in relation to religion. Such topics as the existence 
of God, evil, religious experience, religious language, existen- 
tialism, and mysticism will be explored. The works of Hume, 
Kant, Aquinas, Tillich, Buber, Royce, Stace, Kierkegaard, J. 
Huxley, Augustine, and others will be studied. 

Phil 330 Philosophy of Science 3 cr. 

A survey of the basic nature and structure of scientific 
thought. Problems of physical and social science will be ex- 
amined in relation to philosophy. The nature of scientific laws, 
induction, causation, the logic of explanation, probability, the 
role of mathematics in science, and the place of value in sci- 
ence will be explored. No special or technical background re- 
quired. 

Phil 430 Readings Colloquim 3 cr. 

Designed for the student making a primary concentration 
in philosophy, this course centers around discussion of an in- 
tensive reading program, and includes a research project of 
thesis quality. Admission by special permission only. 



226 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 

PHYSICS DEPARTMENT 

RICHARD E. BERRY, Chairman 

DANIEL G. REIBER ROBERT L. WOODARD 

RICHARD D. ROBERTS PATSY A. ZITELLI 

PAUL M. WADDELL 

PHYSICS COURSES 
Phys 111-112 Physics I and H 8 cr. 

A two-semester course constituting the usual first year's 
work in general college physics. In Physics I mechanics, heat 
and sound are studied; in Physics II electricity and magnetism, 
light, and atomic and nuclear physics. Three hours lecture and 
three hours laboratory per week. 

Phys 211-212 Electricity and Magnetism I and U 7 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 257 
A course in general electricity and magnetism. The electric 
and magnetic fields of D.C. and A.C. circuits, capacitance, in- 
ductance, electromotive force, oscillating circuits, electrical in- 
struments are among the topics developed. First semester: 3 
credits, three hours lecture per week. Second semester: 4 cred- 
its, three hours lecture per week, three hours laboratory per 
week. 

Phys 311 Mechanics I 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157 
In this course among the topics developed are kinematics, 
statistics and dynamics of a particle, oscillators, statics and 
dynamics of extended bodies, planetary motion; three hours 
lecture per week. 

Phys 312 Mechanics H 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 257 
In this course among the topics developed are vibrating 
strings and membranes, wave motion, the Hamiltonian, La- 
Grange's equations, mechanics of fiuids. ITiree hours lecture 
per week. 

Phys 261 Electronics 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157 

The fundamentals of vacuum tubes and their applications 

in circuits are studied. Two hours lectures and three hours 

laboratory per week. 

Phys 371 Optics 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157 
This course deals with such topics as reflection and refrac- 
tion at surfaces, optical instruments, polarization, interference 
and diffraction of light. Two hours lecture and three hours 
laboratory per week. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 227 

Phys 382 Heat and Thermodynamics 4 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics HI and 112, Math 157 
Temperature and expansion, heat transfer, properties of 

gases and thermodynamics are some of the topics developed. 

Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 

Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physics 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 257 

This course deals with the electron, atomic spectra, atomic 

structure, chemical binding, nuclear radiation, the nucleus, 

elementary particles. 

Phys 452 Selected Experiments from Atomic, Nuclear 

and Modern Physics 1-3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Physics 451. The latter may be taken concur- 
rently. 

Experiments include electric discharge in gases, atomic 
spectra, e/m, detection and measurement of radiation and 
others depending on time and facilities available. 

Phys 472 Modern Physics 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 451, Math 357 

Topics developed are electromagnetic radiation, thermionic 
and photoelectric emission, special relativity, elementary quan- 
tum mechanics, statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture per 
week. 

Phys 483-484 Quantum Mechanics 3-6 cr. 

Prerequisites: Physics 312, Math 361 

This course develops quantum mechanics following the 
method of Schrodinger. The theory is applied to the properties 
of wave functions associated with the potentials encountered 
in the harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, the electron in 
a magnetic field and the radioactive decay of alpha particles. 
The general principles of quantum mechanics are related to 
atomic structure and the periodic table. 

Phys 498 Problems in Physics 1-4 cr. 

Under this title there is offered an opportunity for ad- 
vanced students to study, in vigorous mathematical detail, 
special topics in Physics such as Fourier Series, Vibrating 
String Theory, Vector Analysis and others which the student 
or staff member might propose. The amount and quality of the 
work done would determine the number of credit hours 
earned. In general the idea is to have the student deal in a 
more sophisticated manner with topics which receive elemen- 
tary treatment in the regular courses. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 or. 

A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundamental 
concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what 
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer- 
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include 
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and 
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr. 

A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture 
and two hours laboratory. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT 

RICHARD F. HEIGES, Acting Chairman 
PATRICK CARONE DOROTHY PALMER 

RAYMOND L. LEE BERT A. SMITH 

ROBERT L. MORRIS 

Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 cr. 

This course is largely concerned with our Federal and 
State governments. Emphasis is placed upon the constitutional 
basis of government, organization and structure of govern- 
ment, division of governmental powers. Federal and State re- 
lations, public finance, organization and role of political parties, 
and the place of the citizen in government. In a study of the 
functions and services of government, attention is given such 
problems as foreign policy and world relations, economic and 
social security, and the promotion of the general welfare. 
Pols 350 Public Administration 3 cr. 

A study of the organization and methods of governmental 
administrative agencies. Attention is given to organization 
principles, recruiting and training of personnel, administrative 
procedures, problems of bureaucracy in a democracy, and case 
study of public administration. 

Pols 351 The Legislative Process 3 cr. 

A functional study of legislative bodies and the process of 
legislation, covering the organization of legislative assemblies, 
operation of the committee system, procedures, bill drafting, 
aids, and controls over legislation. 
PolS 353 American Political Parties 3 cr. 

This course will trace historically the development of 
American Political Parties. Major emphasis will be placed on 
modern party developments since 1900. 

Pols 354 Metropolitan Problems 3 cr. 

Analyzes the multiplicity of problems facing our metro- 
politan areas. Contemporary developments such as urban re- 
newal, the shrinking tax base, federal aid to cities, subsidized 
mass transit, municipal authorities, and political consolidation 
are examined. Pennsylvania municipalities are contrasted with 
those of other states. 

Pols 355 Comparative Government 3 cr. 

A course in which the major foreign democratic and au- 
thoritarian governments are analyzed. Emphasis is placed on 
the governments of the Soviet Union, England, France, Italy, 
Germany, China and Japan. Comparisons and contrasts are 
drawn between these governments and the government of the 
United States, 
Pols 356 State and Local Government 3 cr. 

Institutions and processes of state and local governments, 
with special attention to Pennsylvania. Emphasis is placed on 
the nature of federalism, state constitutions, parties and in- 
terest groups, the legislature, office of governor, the judiciary, 
and role of state and local government in an urban society. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Pols 357 International Relations 3 cr. 

Consideration is given to the fundamentals of the state 
system, sovereignty and nationalism; the elements of national 
power; the diplomatic, legal, economic, organizational and mil- 
itary relations of states; procedures for the settlement of dis- 
putes; power-security problems and patterns of power to cope 
with the problems. The course attempts to provide a conceptual 
framework on the basis of which international events can be 
sorted out and made meaningful. 

Pols 358 Contemporary Political Problems 3 cr. 

This course emphasizes the dynamics of government as 
they are evidenced in public opinion, pressure groups, political 
parties and our governmental institutions. Attention is also 
directed toward the political-economic nexus within American 
society. 

Pols 359 American Constitutional Law 3 cr. 

Through the decisions of the United States Supreme Court 
the development of constitutional law is studied. Attention is 
given to the legal terminology, the history, and the philosophy 
significant in an understanding of American jurisprudence. Em- 
phasis is given to the influence of legal interpretations on the 
political, social, and economic life of the nation. 

PolS 398-399 News Interpretation 1 cr. 

The course is designed to provide students with techniques 
for intelligent reading of the daily newspaper and weekly news 
magazines and to give them some understanding of current 
affairs at the state, national, and international level. 

PolS 423 Political Philosophy 3 cr. 

An examination of major theories of political organization. 
Such major works as Plato's Republic, Aristotle's Politics, 
Hobbes' Leviathan, Rousseau's Social Contract and Locke's 
Treatises on Government are studied. (See also Philosophy 
Electives.) 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SCIENCE DIVISION 

DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER, Science Coordinator 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

Biol 103 General Biology I 4 cr. 

This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics 
include cellular structure and physiology, growth and repair, 
reproduction and development, control sources of food energy, 
inheritance, and man's interrelationship with his biological 
environment. The classification of plants and animals is re- 
viewed briefly. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. 

Biol 104 General Biology II 4 cr. 

A continuation of General Biology I. Three hours lecture 
and two hours laboratory. 

Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 cr. 

A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundamental 
concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what 
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer- 
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include 
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and 
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory. 

Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr. 

A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture 
and two hours laboratory. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT 

Ed 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: 12 hours of work in major field. Two hours 
lecture and three hours laboratory work per week. 

This course is designed to make the prospective science 
teacher aware of some of the important problems in science 
education. Emphasis is laid on lesson planning, construction of 
unit outlines, demonstrations, and open-ended laboratory ex- 
periences. Each student is required to investigate the latest 
curricular emphasis in his field. 

SPECIAL SCIENCE COURSES 

Sci 311 Elements of Earth Science 3 cr. 

This course is designed to make elementary teachers more 
aware of the science in their environment. While the biological 
environment is briefly reviewed, greater stress is placed upon 
the areas of geology, astronomy and meteorology. Field study 
and lectures strive to include both scientific principles and 
practical classroom activities that the teacher may use in the 
elementary classroom. 

El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 cr. 

The fundamental areas of physics and chemistry are cover- 
ed in this course. Student participation is fundamental to their 
understanding of the basic principles that can be transferred 
to the elementary classroom, and to their familiarization with 
scientific equipment. The latter part of the course is devoted to 
a survey of the biological environment and continues the work 
begun in Elementary Science. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SOCIAL SCIENCE DIVISION 

RAYMOND L. LEK, Social Srienre Coordinator 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

(Required of all students) 

Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 cr. 

This course deals with man's development from 1600 to the 
present. Among the topics discussed are: The Commercial Rev- 
olution; the Age of Reason; the Age of Revolution— political, 
economic, and social the rise of constitutional governments; 
nationalism and the clash of cultures incident to the growth of 
empire. Considerable attention is given to democracy, capital- 
ism, communism, fascism, and socialism as the major ideologies 
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The course con- 
cludes with an examination of the various formulas for world 
order proposed or attempted since 1900. 

Hist 104 History of the United States and 

Pennsylvania II 3 cr. 

A course in the history of the United States and Pennsyl- 
vania from 1865 to the present in which the industrialization of 
America, urbanization, the rise of organized labor, and the de- 
velopment of a distinctly American culture are stressed. At- 
tention is also given to the political, economic, and social re- 
form movements of this period in our history as well as to the 
increasing role of the United States in world affairs. 

Hist 111 American Citizenship 3 cr. 

This course is largely concerned with our Federal and 
State governments. Emphasis is placed upon the constitutional 
basis of government, organization and structure of government, 
division of governmental powers. Federal and State relations, 
public finance, organization and role of political parties, and 
the place of the citizen in government. In a study of the func- 
tions and services of government, attention is given such prob- 
lems as foreign policy and world relations, economic and social 
security, and the promotion of the general welfare. 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 cr. 

Following a brief survey of man's place in nature, the 
course focuses on the concept of culture and on the divergent 
answers that cultures give to the basic questions of man's ex- 
istence. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SOCIAL SCIENCE HONORS PROGRAM 

SS 491 Social Science Honors 3 or. 

Prerequisites include a B average in Social Science courses, 
an average which must be maintained during the honors pro- 
gram. 

Admission to the Social Science Honors course is by in- 
vitation only. Students will do independent research over two 
semesters under the direction of a department member. 

SS 492 Social Science High Honors 3 cr. 

This course is an extension of SS 491. Admission by in- 
vitation. 



PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT 

Ed 451 Teaching Social Studies in the 

Secondary Schools 3 or. 

This course provides an opportunity for the prospective 
teacher to develop understandings and competencies for teach- 
ing social studies. Emphases in the course include: values and 
goals in social studies, the teaching process, materials and 
learning activities, evaluation of learning, and planning for 
classroom teaching. This course is a prerequisite to student 
teaching in the social studies. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT 

ESKO E. NEWHILL, Chairman 

HERBERT L. BENTON VIRGINIA G. GERALD 

DOWNEY n. RAIBOURN WALTER T. SHEA 

Soc 251 Introduction to Sociology 3 cr. 

Sociology is the science of the structure and functioning of 
human groups. Taking culture concepts and social institutions 
as its basic materials, it explores the content, methodology, and 
interrelationships of those studies seeking to record and ex- 
plain man's social behavior in the modern world. Problems of 
social change, and the attendant efforts to direct and control 
such change, are integral parts of the course. 

Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology. 

A course which explores pressing social issues and the 
solutions offered for their alleviation. Within its scope fall race 
and minority discrimination, juvenile delinquency, crime, fam- 
ily disintegration, personal maladjustment, population shifts, 
the role of culture, the nature of social change, and the pos- 
sibility of social planning. Problems are defined and solutions 
are explored in the light of historical, political, economic, so- 
cial, and anthropological data. 

Soc 332 Racial and Cultural Minorities 3 or. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology, 

A study of national, racial and religious minorities and 
divergent heritages in our national life. 

Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology. 

Principal topics are the cause of delinquency, its forms, 
consequences, and the methods that may best be used in its 
prevention. 

Soc 334 Population Problems 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology. 

The focus is upon population growth and distribution. The 
present "population explosion" will be a topic of central in- 
terest. 

Soc 335 Social Stratification 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology. 

A study of social status patterns and social mobility. Deter- 
minants of social class divisions and the consequences of class 
distinctions for individuals and society will be discussed. 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



Soc 336 Sociology of the Family 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology. 

The relationships between types of family interaction and 
extrafamilial problems are emphasized, as well as the impact 
of social change on the structure and functions of the family. 

Soc 337 World Cultures 3 cr. 

Students are provided with a minimal orientation to the 
study of the cultural diversity of human societies. There will 
be an emphasis on the determinants of cultural variability and 
the problem of ethnocentrism resulting from this diversity. 

Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 cr. 

Prerequisite, Soc 251, Principles of Sociology 
The principles of social work; their application to prob- 
lems of family and child welfare; casework and group tech- 
niques. 

Soc 339 American Communities 3 cr. 

Prerequisite, Soc 251, Principles of Sociology 

An analysis of the social structure of communities at the 

local level in relation to the national community structure. 

Examination of current problems and future trends. 

Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 cr. 

Following a brief survey of man's place in nature, the 
course focuses on the concept of culture and on the divergent 
answers that cultures give to the basic questions of man's 
existence. 

Anth 211 Cultural Anthropology 3 cr. 

Prerequisites: Anth 410, and either Anth 412 or Anth 413. 

A survey of problems and theories in the science of culture. 
Each student makes a study of a particular major anthropolo- 
gist or theoretical approach. 

Anth 312 World Ethnography 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology. 
Study in depth of specific non-literature cultures to explore 
questions of cultural integration. 

Anth 313 Pre History 3 cr. 

Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology 
Survey of the Old and New World prehistory with em- 
phasis on archaeological method and theory, and on cultural 
development during the Mesolithic, Neolithic and early Iron 
Age periods. Experience in analysis of archaeological data will 
be provided. 



238 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



INDEX 



Absence and Tardiness 37 

Activity Fee 44 

Administration Hours 53 

Administrative Organization of College 4 

Admission Policy 34 

Advance Registration Deposit 46 

Advance Standing 35 

Advisory System 38 

Art Department 102—129 

Faculty 129 

Course Sequence 102 

Course Description 129 

Athletics 64 

Automobile Registration 52 

B 

Baggage 52 

Biology Department 103 — 139 

Course Sequence 103 

Course Description 134 

Board of Trustees 3 

Buildings 27 

Business Department 104 

Faculty 137 

Course Sequence 104 

Course Description 137 

c 

Calendar 2 

Chairman of Departments 4 

Chemistry Department 106-143 

Faculty 143 

Course Sequence 143 

Course Description 143 

Clubs and Class Organization 63 

Classification of Students 40 

College Board Examinations 35 

Course Numbers 73 

Criteria Governing Continuance in College 38 

Cultural Life Series 62 

College Lodge 65 

D 

Damage Fees 44 

Day Students 53 

Degree Fee 44 

Delinquent Accounts 45 

Dental Hygienist Degree Curriculum 107 

Departments 

Art 129 

Biology 134 

Business 137 

Chemistry 143 

Economics 147 



Education and Psychology 149 

Elementary Ill 

English 153 

Foreign Languages 173 

Geography 197 

Health and Physical Education 186 

History 190 

Home Economics 194 

Mathematics 203 

Military Science and Tactics 209 

Music 213 

Physics 226 

Political Science 229 

Science 231 

Social Science 233 

Sociology-Anthropology 235 

Special Education and Clinical Services 154 

Dining Room Policy (Women) 50 

Dining Room Policy (Men) 51 

Doctors of Special Clinics 4 

E 

Education of Mentally Retarded 109 

Education and Psychology Department 149 

Faculty 149 

Course Sequence 

Course Description 149 

Economics Department 147 

Course Sequence 147 

Course Description 147 

Elementary Education 161 

Faculty 161 

Course Sequence 108 

Course Description 161 

Eligibility for Student Teaching 38 

English Department 165 

Faculty 165 

Course Sequence 112 

Course Description 165 

Enrollment by Counties 72 

Enrollment by Curricula 66 

Entrance Examinations 35 

Emeriti 19 

F 

Faculty 5 

Fees, Deposits, Repayment 43 

Financial Aids 47 

Fire Precautions 53 

Foreign Languages Department 173 

Faculty 173 

Course Sequence 113 

Course Description 173 

Fraternities 64 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



239 



INDEX 



G 

General Education 73 

Geography Department 179 

Faculty 179 

Course Sequence 114 

Course Description 179 

Grade Reports 38 

Grades 38 

Graduate School 42 

Grounds and Buildings 27 

H 

Handbook 53 

Health and Physical Education Department 186 

Faculty 186 

Course Description 186 

Certification in Field of Education for 

Safe Living 188 

History Department 190 

Faculty 190 

Course Sequence 94 

Course Description 190 

Home Economics Department 194 

Faculty 194 

Course Sequence 116 

Course Description 194 

Housing Fee 43 

Housing Policy (Women) SO 

Housing Policy (Men) 51 

How Bills & Charges Are To Be Paid 47 

How To Apply For Admission 33 

Humanities — LA 78 

I 

Infirmary 53 

Infirmary Fee 44 

Inter-disciplinary Studies 77 

J 
Junior Standing 40 

K 

Keith School 55 

Key for Course Numbers 73 

L 

Late Registration Fee 44 

Laundry 52 

Library Hours 54 

Loans 47 

Location of College 1 



M 

Mathematics Department 203 

Faculty 203 

Course Sequence 118 

Course Description 203 

Military Clothing Deposit 45 

Military Science and Tactics Department 209 

Faculty 209 

Requirements 209 

What ROTC Offers 209 

Special Fees 210 

Curriculum 210 

Music Department 213 

Faculty 213 

Course Description 213 

Applied Music 221 

Course Sequence 119 

Instrumental Curriculum 120 

Vocal Music Curriculum 121 

N 
Natural Science — LA 87 

o 

Off Campus Centers 31 

Other Charges 46 

Out-of -State Students Fee 46 

P 

Pre Programming and Regulations 37 

Philosophy Department 224 

Faculty 224 

Course Description 224 

Physics Department 123-226 

Placement Service 55 

Political Science Department 229 

Faculty 229 

Course Description 229 

Pre-Professional Studies 77 

Private Accounts 45 

Private Instruction in Music 44 

Psychological Clinic 54 

Professional Education and Certification 100 

Q 

Quality Points 38 

R 

Readmission Policy 37 

Reading Clinic ; 54 

Regulations of the College 49 

Religions Life 62 



INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 



INDEX 



Religious Organization 54 

Repayments 46 

Reserve Officers Training Corps 54 

S 

Saturday Campus Classes 61 

Scholarships 56 

School Food Service Management 117 

School of Liberal Arts 75 

Science Division 231 

Social Science— LA 92 

Social Science Division 233 

Course Sequence 127 

Course Description 233 

Sociology- Anthropology Department 235 

Faculty 235 

Course Description 235 

Special Education 154 

Special Fees 44 

Special Services 53 

Speech and Hearing 63 

Course Sequence 109 

State Council of Education 3 

Student Activity Fee 44 



Student Cooperative Association 65 

Student Employment 60 

Student Government 61 

Student Supplies 52 

Summer Sessions 55 

Summer Session Fees 45 

Supervising Teachers 19 



Teaching of the Speech and Hearing 

Handicapped 110 

The School of Education 99 

Time of Payments 46 

Transcript Fee 44 

U 

University, Present and Past 25 



Vacation and Guest Charges 52 

Veterans 61 




KEY TO BUILDINGS 



John Sutton Holl 
Thomas Sutton Hall 
Clark Hall 
Stabley Library 
FUher Auditorium 
Wcllar Gymnasium 
Ai:kerman Hall 
Classroom Hall 
(proposed) 
McElhaney Holl 
Leonard Holl 



11. Wilson Hall 

12. Walsh Hall 

13. Weyandt Hall 

14. Elkin Hall 

15. Art Ed. Anr«x 

16. Whitmyre Hall 

17. Student Union 

18. Gordon Hall 

19. Special Education 
Building 

20. Keith School 



21. 


Flagstone Theater 


31. 


22. 


Uhler Hall 


32. 


23. 


Cogswell Hall 




24. 


Classroom Hall 


33. 




(proposed) 


34. 


25. 


Foster Dining Hall 




26. 


Mack Hall 


35. 


27. 


Stewart Hal! 


36. 


28. 


Turnbull Hall 


r/. 


29. 


Wahr Hall 


38. 


30 


Langhom Hall 





Boiler Plant 
Maintenance Building 
(proposed) 
Shop Building 
Memorial Hdll 
(Field House) 
Miller Stadium 
Athletic Fields 
Military Hall 
Greenhouse 



39 



Learning & Resec 
Center (proposec 
Men's Dormitorie 
(proposed) 
Military Hall 
(proposed) 

42. Health Center 
(proposed) 

43. Tennis Courts 



40. 



41